WQ0045964_Application_20241104

Initial Review
Reviewer nathaniel.thornburg
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.) *
Yes No
Permit Number (IR) * WO0045964
Applicant/Permittee Daniel R. Dillinger, Kellie J. Dillinger, Timothy Dillinger, and Nicole A. Dillinger
Applicant/Permittee Address 1181 Beaver Dam Road
Is the owner in BIMS? Yes No
Owner Type
Facility Name
County
Fee Category Single -Family Residence
Is this a complete application?*
Yes No
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if non -application)
Email Notifications
Individual
1181 Beaver Dam Rd. SFR
Granville
Does this need review by the hydrogeologist? * Yes No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Is the facility in BIMS? Yes No
Fee Amount $60
Complete App Date
11 /04/2024
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notfication
Comments for Admin
Comments for RO

Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Please provide information on the person to be contacted by NDB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ..
Name* David Barcal
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
.........................
Application/Document Type*
New (Fee Required)
Modification - Major (Fee Required)
Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Phone Number*
[phone]
Modification - Minor
Renewal
GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
N DAR-2
Residual Annual Report
Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
https://edoes.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Permit Type:*
Wastewater Irrigation
High -Rate Infiltration
Other Wastewater
Reclaimed Water
Closed -Loop Recycle
Residuals
Single -Family Residence Wastewater
Other
Irrigation
Applicant/Permittee*
Daniel R. Dillinger, Kellie J. Dillinger, Timothy Dillinger,
and Nicole A. Dillinger
Applicant/Permittee Address*
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Facility Name*
1181 Beaver Dam Rd. SFR
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
Surface spray application for new 4-bedroom home. Setback waivers and flow reduction included.
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.
(Application Form, Engineering Plans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger - 1181 Beaver Dam Rd Updated
16.98MB
Application Submittal.pdf
Upload only 1 PDF document (less than 250 MB). Multiple documents must be combined into one PDF file unless file is larger
than upload limit.
* By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has
been received by the Non -Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order and made payable to the
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ). I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts
of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
06,W0i,t'W/ �c5-
Submission Date 10/29/2024

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Surface Spray System
with TS-II Pretreatment
Application Package for Single Family Residence
Project No.: C21302.00
Submittal Date: June 10, 2024
`\•n'051201
..� f
=L
74
v
Prepared By:
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103 P.O. Box 129
Cary, NC 27513 Morrisville, NC 27560
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]

Table of Contents
• Cover Letter
• Form: SFRWWIS 06-16
• Project Narrative
• Property Ownership Documentation
• Soils Evaluation
• Engineering Plans
• Specifications
• Engineering Calculations
• Equipment
• Site Map
• Operation & Maintenance Plan
• Operation & Maintenance Agreement
• County Health Department Denial Letter
• Floodway Regulation Compliance
• Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
• Flow Reduction
2

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
A �i
EAL -f
p 051201 _
RISi'0 . �
HisW.�
Cover Letter
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

P.O. Box 129 501 Cascade Pointe Lane
Morrisville, NC 27560 Suite 103
Cary, NC 27513
[phone] www.macconnellandassoa.com
MacCONNELL & Associates, P.C.
"Engineering Today For Tomorrow's Future"
June 10, 2024
To: Nathaniel Thornburg
NC Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources- Non -Discharge Branch
Attn: Nathaniel Thornburg- 9th Floor, Office #942X
512 N. Salisbury St. Raleigh, NC 27604
Telephone: [phone]
To Mr. Thornburg:
This letter accompanies a New Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System
Application for 1181 Beaver Dam Road in Granville County. Within the application package you
will find the following information: project narrative, form: SFRWWIS 06-16, now reduction
letter, narrative, property ownership documentation, soil evaluation, engineering plans,
specifications, engineering calculations, equipment, site map, operation & maintenance plan,
operation & maintenance agreement, county denial letter, floodway regulation compliance, and
threatened or endangered aquatic species documentation. The project referred to in this package is
the construction of a surface spray wastewater irrigation system for a 4-bedroom single family
home. The proposed system will consist of a septic tank, E-Z Treat recirculating media filter,
recirculation tank, field dosing tank, and a spray irrigation system with all the necessary
appurtenances.
Thank you for your consideration for this New Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation
System Application. If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact
me at [phone].
Sincerely,
David C Barcal, PE
Project Manager

�11i1i11�,�
° 0'
EVIL _
- 051201 :v =
'�L• .cc �Q�. •Q
���OC••.NGINE..•''��`:
''•,,h'R/sTOVV�� �ly�ly
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Form: SFRWWIS 06-16
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans, specifications
and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100. 15A NCAC 02T .0100. 15A NCAC 02T
.0600. 15A NCAC 18A .1900. Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to submit all required items may result
in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted. the Applicant shall submit one original
and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
® The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item 11.2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification. use the Non -Discharge Svstem Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
® Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
® Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policv, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
® The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement
shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
® Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policv.
® Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policv.
® Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
® Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall be
sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
® Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
® A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
® All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
® All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
® All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
® Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
® A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
® Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
® Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
® Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
® Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irritation Svstem Loading Rate Calculation Policv.
® A completed copy of the Single-Familv Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
® Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
® A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
® A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
® Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
® Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
® A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
® The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
® Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
® Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
® Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
® Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
® Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
® Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
® Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
® Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
L Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black box" calculations are unacceptable).
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
® Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
® Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
® Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
® A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and II x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Survevor.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
® A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
® Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
® The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
® Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
® Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
® Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
® All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(fl, submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
® How to perform routine inspections.
® A maintenance schedule.
® A troubleshooting guide.
® A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
® A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by all
deeded property owners.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(a), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8). provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10). submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Proeram demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Oualitv Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
❑ US Armv Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6). this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Suecial Deliverv:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
L APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title:
4. Applicant's mailing address: 1181 Beaver Dam Road
City: Creedmoor State: NC Zip: 27522-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) = Email Address:
II. FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: 1181 Beaver Dam Road
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: 1181 Beaver Dam Road
City: Creedmoor State: NC Zip: 27522- County: Granville
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: xx' xx' xx" Longitude: -xx' xx' xx"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement: Mab interpretation by extraction
5. USGS Map Name: Alton Ouadranele (Virginia - North Carolina)
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Engineer's name: David C. Barcal License Number: 51201 Firm: MacConnell & Associates. P.C.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 Cascade Pointe Ln. Suite 103
City: Caa State: North Carolina Zip: 27513-_
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (919) 319- 651
2. Soil Scientist's name: Christopher Murrav License Number: 1284
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 216 S. Swing Rd. Suite 1
City: Greensboro State: North Carolina Zip: 27409
Telephone number: 3( 36) 662-5487 Fax number: (_)
Email Address: david.barcal(cr),macconnellandassoc.com
Firm: Piedmont Environmental Associate. P.A.
Email Address:
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide abrief project description: Four —bedroom residence at 120
GPD/bedroom with 25% engineered flow reduction.
4. Wastewater flow: 360 GPD
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114. explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establishment Type
Flow Basis
Flow Number
Flow
Per Unit of Units
Single Family Residence
gal/bedroom
90 4
360 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
360 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification
Nationwide 12 or 404
Wetlands 401
Date Date Permit/Certification No.
Submitted Approved
N/A
N/A
Agency Reviewer
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility'? N/A feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Maw 3720089400L
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided'? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS — 15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters:
Estimated Influent Designed Effluent Minimum Required
Parameter Concentration Concentration Degree of Treatment
_ (monthly average) Prior to Storage
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 300 mg/1 6 mg/1 < 30 mg/1
(BOD5)
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 300 mg/1 4.5 mg/1 < 30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) 25 mg/1 2.87 mg/1 < 15 mg/1
Fecal Coliforms 187.5 per 100 nil < 200 colonies/100 nil
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: D-105 & Specification Page: 2) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f). have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T
.0605(2), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding? N/A
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance planbeen submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? 2-Strand Wire
Fence (see desien)
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VIL4.) exceed the
soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VIL3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS - 15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(1), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1 total lamps: 2 and maximum flow capacity: 10 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between the
pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alarms
that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: D-102/D-103 & Specification Page: 4, 5) or ❑ No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: D-105 & Specification Page: 2) or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(a), has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the facility's
irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet shall be
marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Irrigation
Treatment /I
System
Storage Unit
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
220
243
maintained as part of the project site
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
90
part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
N/A
N/A
Surface waters (streams - intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
N/A
N/A
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
N/A
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
N/A
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
N/A
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
270
340
Any property line
60
156
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
N/A
Any water line from a disposal system
N/A
Any swimming pool
N/A
Public right of way
171
Nitrification field
N/A
Any building foundation or basement
55
i
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN:
1. Type of treatment system: Selltic Tank / EZ Treat
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (ft) /
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
Spacings (in)
(gal)
Reference
Reference
Septic Tank
1
David Brantley &
9x4.5x5.8
1,000
D-101
Sons
Select
Select
b.
SECONDARY TREATMENT
(i.e., physical, biological
and recirculation processes):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
(gal)
Reference
Reference
Recirculation Tank
1
David Brantley &
7.92x5.08x4.83
1,000
D-102
Sons
EZ Treat
1
EZ 'treat
7. 29x4. 08x3. 83
600 GPD
D-105
Select
c.
DISINFECTION:
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
(gal)
Reference
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
EZ Treat
2.5Dx4H
10 GPM
D-103 (2)
Select
d.
PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufacturer or
No. of
Total Effective
Effective
Plan Sheet
Specification
Material
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Volume Volume
Storage
Reference
Reference
(gal) (gal)
(days)
David Brantley &
1
12.7x5.5x8.5
4,500 3300
9.2
D-103 (1)
Sons
e.
PUMPS:
No. of
Manufacturer /
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Specification
Location
Pumps
Purpose
Type
GPM TDH
Reference
Reference
Recirculation Tank
1
Does to EZ Treat Pod
Franklin E Series
13.6 100
D-102 (A)
Field Dosing Tank
1
Dose to spray field
Franklin E Series
20 93.4
D-103 (A)
f.
BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Specification
Blowers
Type
(CFM)
Reference
Reference
N/A
g.
MIXERS:
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6

No. of Manufacturer / Power Plan Sheet Specification
Location Units Served
Mixers Type (hp) Reference Reference
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6

VH. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified:
2. What is the proposed cover crop? fescue, rye or bermuda
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Minimum Observed Recommended Recommended
Soil Series Fields within Soil Area Depth to SHWT Loading Rate Loading Rate
(ft) (in/hr) (in/yr)
CRB 1 1 .3 22.2
CRC 1 1 .3 22.2
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
Designed
Area Dominant
Designed
1 1
Latitude Longitude
Waterbody
Field (acres) Soil Series
Rate
(DMS) (DMS)
Stream Index Classification
(RateR
in/hr)
( in/ r
z
1 .21799 CRB .16
22.2
36° 04' 50" -78° 41' 05"
22-58-(0.5) WS-V,B
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: UnknownLevel of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Mab interpretation by extraction
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: httDs:Hncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
Dublic/Water%20Ouality/Aquifer%20Protection/LAU/A2reements/W S CA%2008-13 . Ddf.
Spray Irrigation Design Elements
Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
42 ft
Emitter wetted area:
N/A ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
9495 W
Distance between laterals:
N/A ft
Nozzle capacity:
3.9 GPM
Distance between emitters:
N/A It
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
RamBird / 35A-TNT
Emitter capacity:
N/A GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
337 ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
N/A / N/A
Specification Reference:
Page 5
Elevation of highest emitter:
N/A It
Specification Reference:
N/A
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6

Professional Engineer's Certification:
David Barcai, PE attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item 11I.L)
1181 Beaver Dam Road
(Facility name from Application Item II.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
t►ltlltf 1 I
VA
' W20i `
'. �►y� I h1rcF..
cyR►STap
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item 1.3.)
1181 Beaver Dam Rd
(Facility name from Application Item I1.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution, I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. l also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.60, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as nw5ascivil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: - ��,� Date- 10/ 12/24
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 7 of

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Project Narrative
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Project Narrative
Introduction
Owner/Client(s) Daniel & Kellie
Property Address 1181 Beaver Dam Road
Facility Bedrooms 4
Flow Reduction 25%
Design Flow (GPD) 360
The Owner proposes to construct a 4-bedroom single family home at the above -mentioned location
in Granville County, North Carolina. A Soil & Site Evaluation was performed by Mr. Christopher
Murray, LSS from Piedmont Environmental Associates, PA. Mr. Murray conducted saturated
hydraulic conductivity testing as requested by Tim Dillinger. A copy of the report can be found
in the Soils Evaluation Report section of this application package.
David C. Barcal, PE of MacConnell & Associates, PC has been retained for the design of the
surface spray system with E-Z Treat pretreatment. These plans are being submitted for review and
approval to obtain a Construction Authorization Permit for the onsite system that will serve the
4-bedroom single family home. The proposed system will consist of a septic tank, E-Z Treat
recirculating media filter, recirculation tank, field dosing tank, and a spray irrigation system with
all the necessary appurtenances.
The proposed wastewater treatment and disposal system does not have any conflicts with existing
utilities in the area. The system also maintains all the buffers required in the 15A NCAC 02T
.0600 rules. The proposed systems shall meet all of the requirements and specifications outlined
in: Innovative Wastewater System Approval No: IWWS-2015-03-R2 and Innovative Wastewater
System Approval No: IWWS-2007-1-RI
Septic, E-Z Treat Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank
The proposed wastewater treatment system will provide both anaerobic treatment and solids
removal in a new 1,250-gallon septic tank. This tank will provide greater than 48 hours of
detention providing for adequate anaerobic treatment and solids removal from the wastewater.
Septic tank effluent will drain into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank as wastewater flows into the
septic tank. The septic tank will contain a Polylok PL-122, SIM/TECH STF-110 or approved
equal effluent filter to prevent solids from reaching the E-Z Treat recirculation tank.
The E-Z Treat recirculation tank is a new 1,000-gallon pump tank. An effluent bypass valve
located in the E-Z Treat recirculation tank will separate the flow once the E-Z Treat treatment unit
is dosed. The effluent will be returned to the E-Z Treat recirculation tank until the bypass valve is
closed, the remaining effluent will then flow to a field dosing tank. Effluent will be recirculated
through the E-Z Treat treatment unit until additional septic tank effluent enters the E-Z Treat
recirculation tank causing the bypass valve to close.
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger — 1181 Beaver Dam Road
Surface Spray System with E-Z 'Treat
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C21302.00

The field dosing tank is a new 4,500-gallon tank. The field dosing tank will provide treated
effluent to dose the fields.
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit
The Model 600 E-Z Treat treatment unit will be used to provide additional treatment to the septic
tank effluent as well as removing any suspended solids not removed by the septic tank. The E-Z
Treat treatment unit includes housing, piped distribution system, sprinkler heads, and styrene
media. The underdrain system will transport the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent back through
an effluent bypass valve into one of the dosing tanks.
Spray Irrigation Field
The spray irrigation field shall have four zones with a wetted area of approximately 9,495-sf All
spray heads shall be fitted with Rainbird 35A-TNT (5/32") with a base pressure of 30-psi and
sprinkler height of 3-ft to provide a wetted diameter of 84-ft per head. Each sprav head shall also
be fitted with pressure control valves by Senni�4er Model PMR60MF4F4V to limit pressure at
sprav heads to exactiv 30-psi. The field's three zones will be controlled by motor operated valves
supplied by Spears CTQ-05L with position control units are lubricated pluz valves designed for
watertight outdoor conditions.
Ultraviolet Disinfection
The effluent from the E-Z Treat recirculation tank will be disinfected by ultraviolet light prior to
entering the field dosing tank and being irrigated. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be by E-
Z Treat (Model E-Z UV 102) or approved equal by engineer.
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger — 1181 Beaver Dam Road
Surface Spray System with E-Z Treat
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C21302.00

Project Contacts
Names, addresses, phone and fax numbers of the owner, soil scientist, and engineer are as
follows:
Owner:
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County North Carolina
Phone: [phone]
Soil Scientist:
Mr. Christopher Murray, L S S
216 S. Swing Rd., Suite 1
Greensboro, NC 27409
Phone: [phone]
Engineer:
Mr. David C. Barcal, P.E.
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger — 1181 Beaver Dam Road
Surface Spray System with E-G 'Treat
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C21302.00

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Property Ownership Documentation
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Page 1 of 3
Type: CONSOLIDATED REAL PROPERTY
Recorded: 6I4I2021 1:30:00 PM
Fee Amt: $126.00 Page 1 of 3
Revenue Tax: $100.00
Granville County, NC
Kathy M. Taylor Reg of Deeds
B K 1843 PG 927 - 929
Submitted electronically by Ronald J Antonelli. Esg in compliance with North Carolina statutes goverginn recordable
documents and the terms of the submitter agreement with the Granville Countv Register of Deeds.
This instrument prepared by, Ronald J Antonelli, a licensed North Carolina aWrney. Delinquent taxes, if any, to be paid by the
closing attorney to the county tax collector upon disbursement of closing proceeds.
EXCISE TAX: $100,00 RECORDING TIME, BOOK & PAGE
Tax Lot No Parcel Identifier No. 089401381440
Verified By. Granville County on the day of , 2021
Mail After Recording to: Grantee at 3428 Savan Ct, Raleigh NC 27613
This Instrument was prepared by: &nald J. Antonelli" Escr.
Brief Description for Index: Tract 5, 6.215 Acres, by Barry H. Oakes PA dated 1/29/2001, PB 26, PG 70, GCR
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
THIS DEED made this the �JL day of May 2021, by and between:
GRANTOR
Doxander Battle Allen
And spouse,
Kristen Marie Truman -Allen
2226 Forecastle Drive
Fort Collins CO 80524
GRANTEE
KelGe Dillinger
and husband,
Daniel Dillinger
404 Boswell Ct
Clayton, NC 2 752 7
Nicole DiWmger
3428 Savan Ct
Raleigh, NC 27613
Timothy Dillinger
13616 DurantRoad
Raleigh, NC 27614
Tenants in Common
Enter in appropriate block for each party: Name, Address, and if appropriate, character of entity, e.g. corporation or partnership
This property is ( ), is not (X) the primary residence of the Grantor.
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors and
assigns, and shall include singular, plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WiTNESSETH, that the Grantor, for good and valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, has and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the
Grantee in fee simple, all that certain lot or parcel of land situated -in the City/Town of Creedmoor._
Granville County, North Carolina and more particularly described as follows:

Page 2 of 3
SEE ATTACHED "mmiutT A
The Property herein described was acquired by instrument recorded in: Book 1827. Page 167-169
A Map showing the above -described property is recorded in Plat Book 26, Page 70
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances
thereto belonging to the Grantee in fee supple.
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor is seized of the premises in fee simple, has the
right to convey the same in fee simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all encumbrances, and
that Grantor will warrant and defend the title against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever except
for the exceptions hereinafter stated. Title to the property hereinabove described is subject to the
following exceptions:
Ad Valorem Real Property Taxes for 2021
Covenants, Easements and Restrictions of Record
I-N WITNESS WHEREOF the Grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal, or if corporate, has
caused this instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its duly authorized officers acid its seal to be
hereunto affixed by authority of its Board of Directors, the day and year f rst above written.
GRANTORS;
Daxander Batt Allen
�� +lS�j-t-Us►
Kristen Marie Truman -Allen
STATE OF at 0 clla , Li. Mef COUNTY
I certify that the following person(s) personally appeared before me this day, each acknowledging to me
that he/she/they voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the
capacity indicated:
Daxander Battle Allen and spouse Kristen Marie Truman -Allen
Today`s Date: May ZS , 2021.
STIAN ENRIQUE BAR . .
CRI BALENA
Notary blic NOTARY PUBLIC
Printed Name of Notary:C,lrS� ti } , Iewk STATE OF COLORADO
� 4v
My commission expires: �'L1 W PAf` f�OTARYID20184025181
&ILKION EXPIRES JUNE 15, 2022

Page 3 of 3
EXHIBIT A
BEING all of Tract #5 containing 6.215 acres on survey and plat of Barry H Oakes
Surveying P.A., entitled "Family Subdivision Survey for Sherry A Campbell, Cindi
A Cuthrell, Vickie A Thomas, Calvin Allen, Perrin Allen", dated January 29, 2001,
of record in Plat Book 26, Page 70, Granville County Registry, to which reference is
hereby made for a more particular description.
Property Commonly Known as Tract 5 Battle Caviness Road, Creedmoor NC 27522
PIN:089401381440

Page 1 of 2
IIIIi IIII I"'ll"'I) IIIII�) (") III") III IIIIII'I'll (I I"I�IIII
Doc ID: 003879790002 Type: CRP
Recorded: 10/08/2024 at 03:52:15 PM
Fee Amt: $26.00 Page 1 of 2
Granville County, NC
Kathy M. Taylor Reg of Deeds
BK2000 PG906-907
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
NON -DISCHARGE WASTEWATER SYSTEM WAIVER
AGREEMENT TO WAIVE SETBACKS AS REQUIRED BY
15A NCAC 02T .0506(a), .0506(b), .0606(a), .0706(a) AND .1006(a)
1 Tim Dillinger (printed name), certify that I am a deeded owner or an
authorized agent of the property located at:
Address: 1179 Beaver Dam Rd
Parcel No,: TBD
City: Creedmoor State: NC Zip Code: 27522 County: Granville
Furthermore, I certify that I am authorized to make decisions regarding this property, and that I do hereby
agree that the setback distances cited below be granted to the Applicant/Permittee listed on the following
page.
I understand the setback requirements set forth in 15A NCAC 02T. For the parcel identified above,
I consent to the following reduced setbacks:
® Wastewater Irriiiation/Infiltration Setback to Property Lines,
The required setback of 150 feet is reduced to 60 feet, thereby alloying wastewater effluent
irrigation or infiltration no closer than 60 feet from my property line.
V1 Wastewater Irrieation/Infiltration Setback to Places of Assembly
The required setback of 400 feet is reduced to 200 feet, thereby allowing wastewater effluent
irrigation or infiltration no closer than200 feet from my residence(s) or place(s) of assembly.
❑ Wastewater Treatment and Storaze Unit Setback to Progerty Lines
The required setback of feet is reduced to feet, thereby allowing the construction of
wastewater treatment and storage units no closer than feet from my property line.
❑ Wastewater Treatment and StoraLye Unit Setback to Places of Assemblv
The required setback of feet is reduced to feet, thereby allowing the construction of
wastewater treatment and storage units no closer than feet from my residence or place of
assembly.
Signature:
Date: d 7 Avt 6` (_`(
FORM: NDWSW 02-19
Page 1 of 2

Page 2 of 2
ApplicantJPermittee: Daniel Dillinger
Address: 1181 Beaver Dam Road
City: Creedmoor
State: NC Zip Code
Permit No.:
Parcel No.: TBD
27522 County: Granville
f',,nuK--t6"J j
r 'A, ��'1 . ?�it��t� COUNTY
rp ff r ��,�(Cc�Aj
a Notary Public for 7 . MCl.rr`y County, :�irvii:ia,
do hereby certify that `T M(99 V ,11 i' r�YtC -'personally appeared before me this day
and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Witness my hand and official seal, this the day of f©4
SEaI.
JAYKUMAR P WAS Signature of'Notlai1, Public
Notary Public - State of Maryland
St Mary's County
My Commission Exoires May 13, 2028 jtty commission exl7ires MO-')c
Once notarized, this form shall be recorded at the Register of Deeds in the county or counties in
which the described properties are located. A copy of the recorded waiver shall be sent to the
following address:
FORM: NDWSW 03-17
Division of Water Resources
Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
Page 2 of 2

Page 1 of 2
IIIIIIII (IIIIIIII (IIII IIIII IIIII IIIII IIII) IIIII IIIII IIII) IIII) IIIII IIIII III' IIII
Doc ID: 003879800002 Type: CRP
Recorded: 10/08/2024 at 03:53:57 PM
Fee Amt: $26.00 Pape i of 2
Granville County, NC
Kathy M. Taylor Rep of Deeds
(�
BK200O PG908-909
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
NON -DISCHARGE WASTEWATER SYSTEM.WAIVER.._...
AGREEMENT TO WAIVE SETBACKS AS REQUIRED BY
15A NCAC 02T .0506(a), .0506(b), .0606(a), .0706(a) AND .1006(a)
I, Daniel Dillinaer (printed name), certify that I am a deeded owner or an
authorized agent of the property located at:
Address: 11.91 RPavar dam Rd Parcel No.: TRn
City: Creedmoor State: NC Zip Code: 27522 County: Szranvill�
Furthermore, I certify that I am authorized to make decisions regarding this property, and that I do hereby
agree that the setback distances cited below be granted to the Applicant/Permittee listed on the following
page.
I understand the setback requirements set forth in 15A NCAC 02T. For the parcel identified above,
I consent to the following reduced setbacks:
❑ Wastewater Irrigation/Infiltration Setback to Property Lines
The required setback of feet is reduced to feet, thereby allowing wastewater effluent
irrigation or infiltration no closer than feet from my property line. A _
Wastewater Irrigation/Infiltration Setback to Places of Assemblv
The required setback of 200 feet is reduced to g_ feet, thereby allowing wastewater effluent
irrigation or infiltration no closer than go feet from my residence(s) or place(s) of assembly.
❑ Wastewater Treatment and Storage Unit Setback to Property Lines
The required setback of feet is reduced to feet, thereby allowing the construction of
wastewater treatment and storage units no closer than feet from my property line.
❑ Wastewater Treatment and Storage Unit Setback to Places of Assemblv
The required setback of 100 feet is reduced to feet, thereby allowing the construction of
wastewater treatment and storage units no closer than feet from my residence or place of
assembly.
�,�
Signature�j _ , Date: /-1 "ice- "z
FORM: NDWSW 02-19 Page 1 of 2

Page 2 of 2
Applicant/Permittee: Daniel Dillinger
Address: 1181 Beaver Dam Road
City: Creedmoor
State: NC Zip Code:
Permit No.:
Parcel No.: TRn
27522 County: Granville
+GI,J
NORTH AROLINA, COUNTY GX�
� KWlcxa*_-'-' , a Notary Pubhc for 'SJ� County, North arolina,
do hereby certify that V)U Reek b tl`��C''-� personally appeared before me this day
and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Witness my hand and official seal, this the � day of ` 1`
S.W!ft HLCpOPER DALE WALLACE
iacr :Notary Public, State of Texas
"r "V Comm. Expires 06-21-2027
.....
Notary IQ 134418584 r
V
Signature of Notary Public
My commission expires 7
Once notarized, this form shall be recorded at the Register of Deeds in the county or counties in
which the. -.described properties are located. A copy of the recorded waiver shall be sent to the
following address: _.__..-...
Division of Water Resources
Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
FORM: NDWSW 03-17 Page 2 of. 2

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Soils Evaluation
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

PIEDMONT
ENVIRONMENTAL
ASSOC 1 A T E 5, P. A.
2/16/2024 Project # 4860
Tim Dillinger
1316 Durant Rd.
Raleigh, NC 27614
Soils Report for Proposed Residential Surface Spray Wastewater Irrigation System
Project Name: Dillinger Property, Lot 5, 1179 Beaver Dam Rd., PIN: 089401381440
A detailed soil evaluation on the above referenced tract was conducted to determine
suitability for a subsurface or surface wastewater system. This report is being prepared to
satisfy the requirements set forth by 15A NCAC 02T.0600 concerning the soils report for
single family surface wastewater systems since this property does not contain enough
suitable soils to support a 3-bedroom subsurface septic system. The location and
characteristics of a site that is potentially useable for a surface drip irrigation wastewater
system was identified. This report details our findings and provides the necessary
soil/site information needed for a surface irrigation system to be designed by a
professional engineer. This fieldwork was completed in December, 2023.
The potentially useable soil area was located in the field and is shown on the
accompanying soils map (Attachment 1). The proposed disposal area is compliant with
buffers for surface wastewater systems. The map also shows the locations where
measurements of saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat) were performed.
This site is located in the "Triassic Basin" geologic unit of Granville County. Upland
soils on the site are generally similar to the Creedmoor soil series. These soils have
expansive clay mineralogy and may have indications of soil wetness present in the
subsurface horizons. Soil wetness indicators are understood to be perched based on
guidance and interpretations of the Granville County soil survey document. These
types of soils are generally unsuitable for conventional subsurface septic systems.
However, the favorable soil characteristics of the surface horizons offer the opportunity
for surface application of treated wastewater.
Soil Evaluation
The soil condition of the proposed wastewater area is described with the borings shown
on the attached soils map, as well as in the accompanying Ksat location soil profile
descriptions (Attachment 2).
216 S. Swing Rd., Suite 1 �/4 Greensboro, NC 27409 �/4 336-662-5487

The landscape position for the proposed irrigation field is on a broad side slope with a
sandy loam A horizon. We recommend a maximum instantaneous irrigation rate of no
greater than 0.3 in/hr for design purposes. Measurements of saturated hydraulic
conductivity (Ksat) were conducted within the Bt horizon at three locations within the
proposed drip disposal area. The Bt horizon was tested because it was the most
restrictive soil horizon based on texture and mineralogy.
It should be noted that a small gulley feature of the proposed drip dispersal field will rely
on amendment with approved soil. The area should be amended and smoothed with
additional topsoil per the following procedure:
Approved Procedures for the Addition of Fill Materials
1) A NC Licensed Soil Scientist shall review the site to determine that soil moisture
conditions are low enough to ensure that compaction of the underlying subsoil
and rutting of the soil surface will not occur. The Soil Scientist shall also be
present during the procedure outlined below to minimize the risk of damaging the
application area through direct supervision of the installation.
2) The material shall be inspected to insure that fibrous organics, building rubble, or
other debris are not present. Fill material shall have USDA soil textures classified
as sand, loamy sand or sandy loam, however the final six inches of fill used shall
have a sandy loam or loam texture for the establishment of a vegetative cover.
3) Heavy vegetative cover or organic litter shall be removed from the native soil
within the application area prior to incorporation of the fill material.
4) A layer of fill material shall be added to the application area. This first layer
of fill material and the existing soil shall then be mixed to a depth of six inches
below the native soil/fill interface.
5) The fill area shall be shaped to shed surface water and shall be stabilized with a
vegetative cover to prevent erosion if installation is to occur greater than one
week from fill addition. The side slope of the fill shall not exceed a rise to run
ratio of 1:4
6) A soil test shall be performed on the fill material after installation to determine the
amount of liming material necessary to stabilize the material, and the fertilizer
required for the establishment of a cover crop if applicable.
7) If a vegetative cover crop is to be established on the fill material, fescue grass
seed shall be applied at a rate of 5lbs per thousand square feet and mulched with
wheat straw at a rate of 1 bale per thousand square feet.
Since a sandy loam surface texture is required for the fill material, a maximum
instantaneous irrigation rate of 0.3 in/hr is recommended for the filled portion of
the drain field as well.

The geometric mean Ksat of the native Bt horizon (most restrictive) was 0.023 in/hr.
Ksat calculations and field data are shown in Attachment 3.
Single Familv Loading Rate Worksheet
A single-family water balance calculation was conducted per the above referenced
regulation. Based on the geometric mean Ksat and our field observations, these soils fall
under Loading Rate Group SFR-B and could therefore be loaded from 19.5-26.0 in/yr.
Parameters utilized in the SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet are described
below:
Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) and 80th Percentile Irrigation:
Data from a nearby site (RDU International Weather Station) for a 77 year period was
utilized in the model per NC DWQ policy guidelines for these parameters. This data is
shown in the attached SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet (Attachment 4).
Drainage Rate and Discussion of Drainage Coefficient Utilized in the SFR Irrigation
Area Worksheet:
We are proposing a drainage coefficient of 21.8%, which results in an actual Annual
Hydraulic Loading Rate of *22.2 inches/year.
Drainage coefficients were first introduced by US EPA as a way of "penalizing"
wastewater movement through the soil profile since it was assumed that wastewater
carried concentrations of organic substances that would form a "biomat", subsequently
retarding the rate of this wastewater movement over time. It is generally held that the
cleaner the wastewater, the higher the drainage coefficient that could be specified.
Unfortunately, to our knowledge, no rigorous scientific testing has been conducted to
assess how this coefficient can vary as a function of wastewater treatment. In this case, a
relatively high level of treatment (TSII) is specified for the proposed waste stream, and a
drainage coefficient of 21.8% allowed for an annual irrigation rate that was in the range
of appropriate values for the loading rate groups provided by NC DEQ. Similar annual
loading rates have been specified for soils in this region by NC DEQ for many years.
In the case of this submittal, the Ksat data were found to be relatively consistent with one
another. We recognize that the subsoil is restrictive as evidenced by the expansive clays
noted in our profile descriptions and boring logs, but the proposed drain field is located
on a broad linear side slope with 5-7% slopes with a well -established sod cover, thereby
preventing ponding of any applied wastewater. The soil characteristics are also
consistent with one another as evidenced by the soil boring logs and soil profile
descriptions, suggesting that unexpected soil inclusions should not be of concern.

Standard Fertilitv Analvsis
Soils within the proposed spray area were also analyzed for current fertility conditions.
Because of similar landscape type and management conditions, one composite sample
was used to infer soil fertility status within the proposed dispersal area. The standard soil
fertility analysis was completed by Waypoint Analytical Laboratories, Inc. Soil sample
results are included in "Soil Analysis Report" provided by Waypoint Analytical
(Attachment 5). Base saturation and exchangeable sodium percentage were determined
by calculation to be 66% and 1.2% respectively. Appendix 5 also contains information
on other soil parameters such as specific nutrient indices and pH.
Conclusions
Site disturbance could create unsuitable conditions for the proposed system and should
therefore be minimized prior to construction. A permanent vegetative cover should be
immediately established and/or maintained over the entire application field after
installation.
An individual wastewater system permit will be required for this property prior to
obtaining a building permit. This will involve a detailed evaluation by the state to
determine, among other things, system size and layout, drive/parking and building
location. Only after developing this information can a final determination be made
concerning specifics of system design and site utilization. The letter of denial regarding
subsurface septic systems issued by Person County Environmental Health should also be
included in the application for a surface application system.
If you have any further questions, please feel free to call [phone].
Sincerely,
p SOIL 5Ci
Jt'�y pPH�R e1'r�
�C-
v a
�} Y
SJ' '►r;,1 i
1264
��1RiK
G. Christopher Murray, MS
NC Licensed Soil Scientist
Piedmont Environmental Associates, PA

List of Attachments:
Attachment 1 - Soil Map
Attachment 2 - Soil Profile Descriptions at Ksat Locations
Attachment 3 - Ksat Summary and Field Data
Attachment 4 - SFR Irrigation Area Workbook Pages (Including Project Information,
Potential Evapotranspiration Worksheet, 801 Percentile Precipitation Worksheet and
Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet)
Attachment 5 - Standard Fertility Analysis

Ul'iinger Property, Attachment 1 - Soil and Site Map
PIEDMONT
ENVIRONMENTAL
ASSOCIATES. P- A.
Legend
Subject Parcel, Dillinger
Property
Proposed PL
— Surface Water Buffers
Lot 5, Surface Spray
Area (Creedmoor Soils)
Neighboring House
r Buffers (400')
Surface Gulley Feature
(to be amended)
DEQ Soil Boring Log
(Depth to redox, Depth
to exp.)
216 S. Swing Rd. Suite 1 Job# 4860
Greensboro, NC 27409 Date: 12/18/23
piedmontsoil.com Client: T. Dillinger
County: Granville
r �+
- W_ 4� R
t � �
7i "3^
I_
EY
S
4 1r
irk. h. :80 feet I
S,
0 " '. ts? �__ ��' & I "%ea
HIP L
`ram 512,7
satol �Ksat 2
10212 sq ft 1418
�
174 vQrr
►, s 13 7 K .�4 Mail,
Of
15 Acres
# t o Ca
Ike. 'Z ZIvey
QW
"Llot�`\ `
i
i
Bess Roa/d
�
,43tL' �f r' �
SOIL S��,Y
OPHER
r�
n
�ry Y
9�F 1284�`'
4r �{

Attachment 2 - Soil Profile Descriptions at Ksat Locations
Project: Dillinger Property
%
Slope: 5%
Site: Ksat 1
Vegetation:
Field/Wooded
PIEDMONT
PIEDMONT
Name: Lot 5Nest
Co
ByI
CM
io
Date: Dec, 2023
ENVIRONMENTAL
Soil Series: Creedmoor
A S S o c I A T E S P A
U
a
N
w
0
N
> '
d C
t
`O
�
U Z1
0
fn
H MnN
O
C (n
U
I
d
d
N y
d 0.
C
N
_ i.i
L K
U
N
Q
N
cn
N
d
K +'
U c v
+'
'a (n
U
7
U
7
U
7 y U y
2
0
H
fn
fn
fn fn d
A/B
0-9 10YR 5/6
-
-
- moist
sl
wk
med
qr fr ss sp
Bt
9-34 10YR 5/8
10YR 7/1
com
med
dep. moist
c
mod
med
sbk vfi vs vp
BC
34-42 10YR 5/8
10YR 7/1
com
med
dep. moist
scl
wk
med
sbk fi ss p
C
42-84 -
-
-
- moist
sil
Structureless
fr ss sp
Legend.
Seasonal High Water Table:
Texture
Structure
Grade
Structure Tvoe
Structure Size Depth (") Type (apparent/perched):
s
sand
wk
weak
gr
granular
f
fine
12 perched
I
loam
m
moderate
pl
platy
med
medium
si
silt
str
strong
pr
prismatic
p 5ort S
sil
silt loam
cpr
columnar
'Gw `OPHLeR
c
clay
abk
angular blocky
-• ,- 4p
cl
clay loam
sbk
subangular blocky
Moist Consistencv
scl
sandy clay loam
sg
single grained
fr
friable
sl
sandy loam
ma
massive
vfr
very friable
Sid
silty clay loam
fi
firm
(*hum12 4
vfi
very firm

Attachment 2 - Soil Profile Descriptions at Ksat Locations
Project: Dillinger Property
%
Slope: 5%
5Nest 2
Vegetation:
iBy: Clay Field/Wooded
PIEDMONT
Name: Lot
Co
io
Date: Dec, 2023
ENVIRONMENTAL
Soil Series: Creedmoor
A S S o c I A T E S P A
U
a
N
w
0
N
> '
d C
t
`O
�
U Z1
0
fn
H MnN
O
C (n
U
I
d
d
N y
d 0.
C
N
_ i.i
L K
U
N
Q
N
cn
N
d
K +'
U c v
+'
'a (n
U
7
U
7
U
7 y U y
2
0
H
fn
fn
fn fn d
A/B
0-6 10YR 5/6
-
-
- moist
sl
wk
med
qr fr ss sp
Bt
6-34 10YR 5/8
10YR 7/1
com
med
dep. moist
c
mod
med
sbk vfi vs vp
BC
34-42 10YR 5/8
10YR 7/1
com
med
dep. moist
scl
wk
med
sbk fi ss p
C
42-49 -
-
-
- moist
sil
Structureless
fr ss sp
Legend.
Seasonal High Water Table:
Texture
Structure
Grade
Structure Tvoe
Structure Size Depth (") Type (apparent/perched):
s
sand
wk
weak
gr
granular
f
fine
14 perched
I
loam
m
moderate
pl
platy
med
medium
si
silt
str
strong
pr
prismatic
p 5ort S
sil
silt loam
cpr
columnar
'Gw `OPHLeR
c
clay
abk
angular blocky
-• ,- 4p
cl
clay loam
sbk
subangular blocky
Moist Consistencv
scl
sandy clay loam
sg
single grained
fr
friable
sl
sandy loam
ma
massive
vfr
very friable
Sid
silty clay loam
fi
firm
(*hum12 4
vfi
very firm

Attachment 2 - Soil Profile Descriptions at Ksat Locations
Project: Dillinger Property
%
Slope: 5%
Site: Ksat 3
Vegetation:
Field/Wooded
PIEDMONT
PIEDMONT
Name: Lot 5Nest
Co
ByI
CM
io
Date: Dec, 2023
ENVIRONMENTAL
Soil Series: Creedmoor
A S S o c I A T E S P A
U
a
N
w
0
N
> '
d C
t
`O
�
U Z1
0
fn
H MnN
O
C (n
U
I
d
d
N y
d 0.
C
N
_ i.i
L K
U
N
Q
N
cn
N
d
K +'
U c v
+'
'a (n
U
7
U
7
U
7 y U y
2
0
H
fn
fn
fn fn d
A/B
0-11 10YR 5/6
-
-
- moist
sl
wk
med
qr fr ss sp
Bt
11-34 10YR 5/8
10YR 7/1
com
med
dep. moist
c
mod
med
sbk vfi vs vp
BC
34-43 10YR 5/8
10YR 7/1
com
med
dep. moist
scl
wk
med
sbk fi ss p
C
43-48 -
-
-
- moist
sil
Structureless
fr ss sp
Legend.
Seasonal High Water Table:
Texture
Structure
Grade
Structure Tvoe
Structure Size Depth (") Type (apparent/perched):
s
sand
wk
weak
gr
granular
f
fine
14 perched
I
loam
m
moderate
pl
platy
med
medium
si
silt
str
strong
pr
prismatic
p 5ort S
sil
silt loam
cpr
columnar
'Gw `OPHLeR
c
clay
abk
angular blocky
-• ,- 4p
cl
clay loam
sbk
subangular blocky
Moist Consistencv
scl
sandy clay loam
sg
single grained
fr
friable
sl
sandy loam
ma
massive
vfr
very friable
Sid
silty clay loam
fi
firm
(*hum12 4
vfi
very firm

Appendix 3, Geometric Mean Ksat Data, Beaver Dam Road
Nest
Horizon
Depth(")
Ksat (in/hr)
N1
Bt
20
0.017
N2
Bt
15
0.008
N3
Bt
20
0.086
Geometric Mean Ksat:
Horizon Ksat (in/hr)
Bt 0.023

INFORMATION
SITE ID#
Nest 1
LOCATION COORDINATE SYSTEM
Date
11 /30/23
Measurement Conducted By
SST
Job Name
1179/1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Job Number
4860
Weather Condition
Temperature
Soil
Horizon
Bt
Source of Water
Depth of Hole
20
Radius of Hole
2 54
Initial Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15 24
cm
Final Depth of Water in Hole (H)
1524
cm
Ratio H/r
60000
Start Saturation Time
Start of Steady -State Condition Time
No of Reservoirs Used at Steady -State
1
A factor in Equation [21 of Manual
0001127
Hole Depth 1 20 508
Clock
Time
Water Level
Reading
Time Interval
Change in
Water Level
Flow Volume
Flow rate
Q
Flow rate
Q
Ksat
Ksat
Equivalent
Ksat
cm
Minute
cm
cm3
cm3/min
cm3/hour
cm/hour
cm/day
d/s ft
1001
29 6
1009
293
800
03
6
075
450
005
122
030
1023
287
1400
06
12
086
514
006
139
034
11 02
26 3
3900
2 4
48
1 23
738
008
2 00
0 49
11 32
25 31
3000,
1
1 20
067,
400,
005
1 1 08
1 0 27
12 00
24 5
2800
0 8
16
057
34 3
004
0 93
0 23
1232
236
3200
09
18
056
338
0.04
091
022
1301
22 6
290
1
201
069
41 41
0.05
1 1 12
1 0 28
1332
21 5
31 001
1 1
j 221
0711
42 61
0.05
1 1 15
1 0 28
- age 0 04�
AVERAGE
cm/hr: 0 044
in/hr: 0.017
1524
1524

INFORMATION
SITE ID #
Nest 2
LOCATION COORDINATE SYSTEM
Date
11 /30/23
Measurement Conducted By
SST
Job Name
1179/1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Job Number
4860
Weather Condition
Temperature
Soil
Horizon
Bt
Source of Water
Depth of Hole
15
Radius of Hole
2 54
Initial Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15 24
cm
Final Depth of Water in Hole (H)
1524
cm
Ratio H/r
60000
Start Saturation Time
Start of Steady -State Condition Time
No of Reservoirs Used at Steady -State
1
A factor in Equation [21 of Manual
0001127
Hole Depth 1 15 38 1
1524
1524
Clock
Time
Water Level
Reading
Time Interval
Change in
Water Level
Flow Volume
Flow rate
Q
Flow rate
Q
Ksat
Ksat
Equivalent
Ksat
cm
Minute
cm
cm3
cm3/min
cm3/hour
cm/hour
cm/day
d/s ft
1012
63
1024
5 1
12 00
1 2
24
2 00
1200
0 14
325
0 80
11 02
2 6
3800
2 5
50
1 32
789
009
2 14
0 53
11 32
1 9
3000
0 7
14
047
280
003
076
0 19
1202
1 4
3000
05
10
033
200
002
055
013
1232
1
3000
04
8
027
160
0.02
043
011
1302
0 51
30001
0 5
101
0331
2001
0.02
1 054
1 0 13
13321
01
30001
0 5
101
0331
054
0 13
AVERAGE
cm/hr: 0 021
in/hr: 0.008

INFORMATION
SITE ID #
Nest 3
LOCATION COORDINATE SYSTEM
Date
11 /30/23
Measurement Conducted By
SST
Job Name
1179/1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Job Number
4860
Weather Condition
Temperature
Soil
Horizon
Bt
Source of Water
Depth of Hole
20
Radius of Hole
2 54
Initial Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15 24
cm
Final Depth of Water in Hole (H)
1524
cm
Ratio H/r
60000
Start Saturation Time
Start of Steady -State Condition Time
No of Reservoirs Used at Steady -State
1
A factor in Equation [21 of Manual
0001127
Hole Depth 1 20 508
Clock
Time
Water Level
Reading
Time Interval
Change in
Water Level
Flow Volume
Flow rate
Q
Flow rate
Q
Ksat
Ksat
Equivalent
Ksat
cm
Minute
cm
cm3
cm3/min
cm3/hour
cm/hour
cm/day
d/s ft
1008
369
1024
32 9
1600
4
80
500
3000
034
8 11
2 00
11 02
23 4
3800
9 5
190
500
3000
034
8 11
2 00
11 32
19 2
3000
4 2
84
2 80
1680
0 19
454
1 12
12 02
14
302
5 2
104
3 47
208 0
0 23
5 63
1 39
12 31
9 5
29 00
4 5
90
3 10
186 2
6.21
5 04
1 24
13 02
4 21
31 001
5 3
1061
3421
20521
0.23
1 555
1 1 37
13321
-051
30001
4 7
941
3 131
18801
0.21
1 509
1 1 25
- Average 0 218M
AVERAGE
cm/hr: 0 218
in/hr: 0.086
1524
1524

Project Name: Dillinger Property, Lot 5
Facility Address: Adjacent to 2391 Zion Level Church Rd
Semora, NC 27343
County: Person County, NC
Prepared by: G. Christopher Murray, L.S.S.
Project Design Flow = 360 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
6 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Dillinger Property, Lot 5
Location of Temperature Data:
RDU Int. Airport - Raleigh, NC
Starting Year of Data Record:
1946
Ending Year of Data Record:
2023
Period of Record (years):
77
Source of Data:
State Climate Office of North Carolina
Site Latitude (degrees)
35.79 within range
Calculated PET:
32.80 inches
Mean Monthly
Calculated
Temperature
Daylight
PET
(degrees F)
Hours 112
Heat Index
(inches)
January
40.6
0.87
0.92
0.28
February
43.3
0.86
1.41
0.43
March
60.6
1.03
2.98
1.17
April
60.0
1.09
6.66
2.43
May
67.4
1.21
7.96
3.97
June
74.6
1.22
10.63
6.37
July
77.9
1.23
11.76
6.14
August
76.6
1.16
11.26
6.62
September
70.7
1.03
9.10
3.89
October
60.3
0.97
6.67
2.20
November
60.8
0.86
3.04
0.99
December
43.1
0.86
1.38
0.42
TOta 1 =
71.67
32.80
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Dillinger Property, Lot 5
Location of Precipitation Data: RDU Int. Airport - Raleigh, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1946
Ending Year of Data Record
Period of Record (years)
Source of Data
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation
2023
77
State Climate Office of North Carolina
54.48
80th
%of Mean
Percentile
Mean Monthly
Annual
Monthly
Precipitation
Precipitation
Precipitation
.January
3.27
7.45
4.06
February
3.00
6.83
3.72
March
3.64
8.29
4.52
April
3.27
7.45
4.06
May
3.64
8.29
4.52
.rune
4.02
9.15
4.99
.July
5.10
1 1 .61
6.33
August
4.67
10.63
5.79
September
4.07
9.27
5.05
October
2.97
6.76
3.68
November
3.05
6.94
3.78
December
3.22
7.33
3.99
Total =
43.92
100.00
54.48
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Dillinger Property, Lot 5
Design Flow = 360
SFR Loading Rate Group: SFR-B
Limiting Soil Ksat = 0.023
Drainage Coefficient = 0.218
Drainage Rate =
Annual Hydraulic
gal/day Loading Rate = 22.20 inch/yr
inch/hour Irrigation Area = 9,496 square ft
= 0.21801 acres
0.12006 inch/day (Formula: Ksat' Drainage Coefficient' 24)
80th Percentile
Vertical
Monthly
Number of Days
Drainage
Precipitation
intheMonth
PET (in/mo)
(in/mo)
(in/mo)
January
31
0.28
3.72
4.47
February
28
0.43
3.36
3.72
M arch
31
1.17
3.72
4.52
April
30
2.43
3.60
4.06
May
31
3.97
3.72
4.52
June
30
5.37
3.60
4.99
July
31
6.14
3.72
6.33
August
31
5.52
3.72
5.79
September
30
3.89
3.60
5.05
October
31
2.20
3.72
3.68
November
30
0.99
3.60
3.78
December
31
0.42
3.72
3.99
TOTAL =
365
32.80
43.82
54.89
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate Table
SFR
Maximum Annual Geometric Mean
Loading
Loading Rate Ksat Range
Rate
(in/yr) (in/hr)
Group
Low - High Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0 >0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0 0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 -19.5 0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 -13.0 0.0 - 0.003
Assignmentto a
SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600 permit
application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu saturated
hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive horizon for each soil
mapping unit within the irrigation area.
Maximum
Maximum Allowable Maximum Allowable
Allowable
Irrigation
Irrigation
Irriaation (in/mo)
(aallons/dav)
(aallons/month)
0.00
0
0
0.07
15
415
0.38
72
2,245
1.97
389
11,671
3.18
606
18,800
3.98
786
23,585
3.54
675
20,934
3.44
658
20,394
2.44
482
14,447
2.23
427
13,225
0.81
160
4,811
0.15
28
873
22.20
4298.76
131,400
Required Flow
2 bedrooms 240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms 360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms 480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms 600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms 720 gal/day
262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable irrigation:
131,400 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be greater
than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
A ��,
pQ`oF
- p 051201 :.47 =
�VGIHEE-
�r .C�'RISTOO �.r✓!� r�
fi �
Engineering Plans
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

e
DANIEL & KELLIE DILLINGER
1181 BEAVER DAM ROAD
SURFACE SPRAY SYSTEM
WITH TS-II PRETREATMENT
41— Pak 0
Vi Y.inpv
Hal
�
o
Ce�ai¢ eN 6alle`ryQ
X
IT
Rml
—dil
ch5late
VaFl-,
'rly 4c�zc
id
V I C IN IT Y M A P
U
m
a`
0
~ COPYRIGHT C, 2024
N
1181 BEAVER DAM ROAD
CREEDMOOR, NC 27522
PROJECT No. C213O2.00
GRANVILLE COUNTY, NC
PIN#: 089401381440
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS:
C-100 COVER SHEET
C-101
GENERAL NOTES
C-102
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS &
PROFILE
C-103
OVERALL SITE PLAN
C-104
TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL PLAN
C-105
500' AREA AND SOILS MAP
C-106
SUPPLY LINE PLAN AND PROFILE
D-101
DETAILS 1 OF 9
D-102
DETAILS 2 OF 9
D-103
DETAILS 3 OF 9
D-104
DETAILS 4 OF 9
D-105
DETAILS 5 OF 9
D-106
DETAILS 6 OF 9
D-107
DETAILS 7 OF 9
D-108
DETAILS 8 OF 9
D-109
DETAILS 9 OF 9
LOCATION MAP
w w p
UN U
wa WW z
J � } � H
w w z
ww 'a1w
I. oU
J a.
w� w0. W
a J
Y w = J
0'aUN>
m a
z m
x w~
a
O G
0 N N
�M O
ma OU o0
5, a
NN Zm
Q
z z m 0 m
�OQX
w K X = Q
Z U m K m
00
z�
o0aLism
Q z J V
CCOw
N�
U U Fe
Ow
U
W Coll
t
Ij
0 O
U cn
U
Ct�y
"q

U
mikiImiClilwki WII*?
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES AND SUBCONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND LOCATIONS OF
ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND UTILITIES.
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE & LOCAL REGULATIONS & POLICIES.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE OSHA, NCDDT AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
5. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ALL CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE EXPEDITIOUSLY AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
6. LOCATION OF DRIPPER LINES AS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. LINES SHALL LAY PARALLEL TO CONTOURS ® ±36'.
7. SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES MAY BE LAID IN SAME TRENCH. SEPARATION IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY.
B. LAYOUT OF THE APPLICATION AREA IS BASED ON FIELD DELINEATION OF SOILS AREA BY A LICENSED SOILS CONSULTANT. ANY CHANGE IN LAYOUT BY THE CONTRACTOR OUTSIDE THE
DELINEATED AREA SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE SOILS CONSULTANT, COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT, AND THE ENGINEER.
9. DRAIN ALL ROOF AND TOE DRAINS AWAY FROM DRIP FIELD AND TREATMENT UNITS
10. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1DD FEET OF SEPARATION FROM ANY WELL TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNITS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEMS IF APPLICABLE
11. WASTEWATER AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH IWWS-2015-3-R2
12. ALL PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
13. VORTEX FILTER IN HYDRAULIC UNIT SHALL BE INSPECTED UPON EACH REGULARLY SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE VISIT.
14. INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING DISPERSAL AREA WAS PROPERLY CLEARED & SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS ARE CONDUCIVE FOR INSTALLATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING INSTALLATION.
15. EJECTOR PUMP MAY BE REQUIRED FOR BASEMENT FIXTURES. INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION.
16. KEEP ALL EXCAVATIONS 20' FROM INSTALLATION AREA.
17. KEEP WELL AND SEPTIC SYSTEM OUT OF ANY UTILITY EASEMENTS AND AT LEAST 10' FROM UTILITY LINES.
18. DO NOT INSTALL LAWN IRRIGATION SYSTEMS WITHIN 20 FEET OF DISPERSAL AREA.
19. DO NOT CONNECT WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS, CONDENSATIONS DRAINS OR SUMP PUMPS TO ONSTE SYSTEM.
20. IF A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING REQUIRED BY PERMIT, PLEASE CALL TO SCHEDULE.
21. ANY DEVIATION FROM THIS DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
22. ELECTRICAL WIRING SHOULD BE INSTALLED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, ACCORDING TO NEC, STATE AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES, AS APPLICABLE.
23 CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL TANKS ON UNIFORMLY FIRM AND STABLE COMPACTED GROUND, CRUSHED STONE IS RECOMMENDED TO PROVIDE UNIFORM SUPPORT TO TANK BOTTOM ESPECIALLY IN
POOR, WET OR ROCKY SOILS,
24 ALL TANKS MUST BE WATER -TIGHT AND CONFORM TO APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
25, ALL PVC JOINTS SHALL BE PRIMED AND CHEMICALLY FUSED UNLESS THREADED.
26, MAXIMUM COVER OVER TANKS AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES VARIES BY MANUFACTURER AND COUNTY.
27, DISPERSAL FIELD CORNERS OR PROPERTY CORNERS SHOULD BE MARKED BY A LICENSED SURVEYOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING LOCATIONS MATCH
THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWING.
28, REFER TO SITE DRAWING FOR ANY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS.
29. MACHINERY SHOULD AVOID PERCOLATION AREA.
30. MACHINERY SHOULD NOT TRAVERSE EXCAVATED/EXPOSED PERCOLATION AREA.
31. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES NOT DESIGNED TO DRAIN BACK SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM FREEZING.
ONE CONTROL PANEL WILL CONTROL THE WASTEWATER SYSTEM.
PANEL SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 14.5" WIDE X 19.2" HIGH AND IS A NEMA 4X, UL RATED ENCLOSURE. PANEL SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE SYSTEM DISTRIBUTOR.
THE PANEL SHALL BE MOUNTED BY THE ELECTRICIAN WITHIN 10' OF THE TANK UNITS, AND 48" - 60" OFF THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE ENCLOSURE.
THE INSTALLER'S ELECTRICIAN SHALL MAKE THE INTERNAL PANEL CONNECTIONS OF THE PUMP/UV AND CONTROL CORDS. CONTROL PANEL SHALL CONTAIN A WIRING SCHEMATIC IDENTIFYING ALL
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS. THE SYSTEM INSTALLER SHALL BUNDLE AND MARK EACH CORD WITH THE APPROPRIATE IDENTIFICATION AND SECURE IN THE ACCESS RISER AT THE DIFFERENT PUMP/UV
POINTS,
CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE SUPPLIED FOR THE PUMP.
CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS SUPPLIED FOR THE BOTH ALARMS.
CONTROL (DRIP) PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE SUPPLIED FOR THE PUMPS.
CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 30 AMPS, 115 VOLTS SUPPLIED FOR SOLENOID VALVE HEATER.
THE ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS.
A MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE OF 1 M" SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICIAN AS A CONNECTION BETWEEN CONTROL PANEL AND EACH RESPECTIVE TERMINATION POINTS OUT IN
THE TANK AREA.
ALL OPEN CONDUIT ENDS SHALL HAVE REMOVABLE CLAY TYPE DUCT SEAL EMBEDDED TO PREVENT GASSES AND MOISTURE FROM ENTERING THE CONTROL PANEL. DO NOT USE PERMANENT
SILICONE OR EXPANDABLE FOAM PRODUCTS.
ALL PUMP AND FLOAT CONTROL CORDS SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH EITHER 30' OR 50' LEADS. THIS WILL HELP KEEP SPLICES TO A MINIMUM AND SHOULD BE AVOIDED IF AT ALL POSSIBLE. IF
A SPLICE MUST BE USED, IT MUST BE MADE ABOVE GRADE IN A PLASTIC NEMA 4X JUNCTION BOX.
ALARMS SHALL BE AUDIBLE AND VISUAL.
AUDIBLE/VISIBLE ALARMS SHALL BE EXTERNAL TO ANY STRUCTURE.
SITE RESTORATION
J
1. BACKFILL WITH SUITABLE LOOSE MATERIAL (SANDY LOAM TO SANDY CLAY LOAM) FREE OF LARGE OR
Lu F
O
DAMAGING OBJECTS, SEED AND STRAW BACKFILLED AREAS (OR SOD WHEN REQUIRED).
Z O
V
2. PROVIDE EROSION PROTECTION FOR BACKFILL MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND COUNTY
W Z
STANDARDS AND MAINTAIN UNTIL PERMANENT PROTECTION IS ESTABLISHED.
3. BACKFILL SHOULD BE GRADED TO PREVENT THE INFILTRATION OF SURFACE WATER AND DIVERT STORM
WATER RUN-OFF AWAY FROM THE SYSTEM WHEN ADDITIONAL FILL IS REQUIRED, IT SHOULD BE PLACED
AFTER SYSTEM IS INSTALLED FROM THE EDGES CROWNED IN THE MIDDLE AND FEATHERED OUT 10'
BEYOND THE DISPERSAL AREA. FILL SHOULD BE TEXTURE GROUP II OR III AND FREE OF LARGE STONES
K F
AND ORGANIC DEBRIS TOP 2" SHOULD BE SUITABLE FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF LAWN.
L a W W
Z
? O N m
TREATMENT UNITS
w ¢
Z
wo'aH_
1. SAMPLING CHAMBER OR MEANS OF COLLECTING A FRESH SAMPLE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL TS-1 &
J K W
o
U
TS-2 SYSTEMS. IT IS PREFERRED THAT THE INLET OF THE PUMP CHAMBER BE USED AS THE SAMPLING
J W d M
N tl
W
LOCATION WHEN A PUMP IS REQUIRED.
y W 0.
J
J_
2. SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND POLICIES.
43 m Q N
�
LU U_=
a
0
OPERATING REGIME FOR SPRAY IRRIGATION SYSTEM
1. SYSTEpM IS DESIGNED (MICROPPROCESSORSS)) ARE PROVIDED TOO THE TREAT FILTER
pAND FCCONTRROLLS gDOSE
� �(`E--Z
Q�NPRny l(fOO�� lC PPUMP Ti�D� F SE�aV RIG%TIo�JI FiECD DW
�NL'E ✓L(IF
N!♦"E
T?TNFTS it RLESS THELOWLOW
Oa a1kM
..o
LEVEL SIGNAL IS ACTIVATED) THE PREPROGRAMMED VOLUME IS REACHED THE ACTIVE PUMP WILL BE
N
��
.,WHEN
DE -ENERGIZED. THE PUMP LL ALSO DE -ENERGIZE IF THE LOW WATER LEVEL "PUMP OFF" SWITCH IS
m
m O U
QQO
ACTIVATED.
2. IF THE HIGH WATER LEVEL "ALARM" FLOAT SWITCH IS ACTIVATED, THE SYSTEM WILL BEGIN ITS OPERATION
OF DELIVERING THE PREDETERMINED DOSE VOLUME, AND SHALL ALSO ENERGIZE THE AUDIBLE AND FLASHING
ALARM FIXTURES. (ONCE ENERGIZED, THE FLASHING AND AUDIBLE ALARM UNITS WILL ONLY BE RESET
MANUALLY OR BY REACHING LOW LEVEL CONDITIONS)
3. THE SPRAY PANEL MICROPROCESSOR MAY LOG AND RECORD FOR LATER RETRIEVAL CYCLES DOSED AND ANY
ALARM CONDITION.
4. THE MAIN PUMP CONTROL PANEL SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, AN "AUTO/MANUAL" SYSTEM
CONTROL SWITCH, STOP/START SWITCH FOR EACH PUMP, NON-RESETTABLE ELAPSED TIME RECORDER FOR
EACH PUMP, AND INDIVIDUAL PUMP RUN LIGHTS.
5. THE MAIN PUMP CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE A NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE. ALL SUPPORTING CONTROL UNITS, IF
NOT HOUSED WITHIN THE MAIN PUMP CONTROL PANEL, SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE.
-SPECIAL REQUIREMENT-
1. CONTACT MIKE STIDHAM (707-408-2916, MSTIDHAM®EZTREAT.NET), FOR ORDERING E-Z TREAT
EQUIPMENT OR FOR LOCAL DISTRIBUTOR INFORMATION.
2 PRECAST TANK MODEL NUMBERS SHOWN ON PLAN ARE PRE -APPROVED. "EQUAL TANKS" SHALL BE
EQUIVALENT SIZE OR GREATER BY SHOAF PRECAST, INC (336-787-5826, INFO®SHOAFPRECAST.COM)
WHICH ARE ALSO PRE -APPROVED. OTHER TANKS MAY BE USED WHEN PRE -APPROVED BY ENGINEER.
f h Q
�N Zm
N
W Q
Z Z m 0 m
<
W K X = Q
Z m U m
a Fci0M
z�
' o LLI
Qz �a
u >
N�
UU Li
Awl

E-Z TREAT
Z
POD FILTER
4" SCH 40 PVC 11
',
1,D00 GALLON }
CP
RAIN SENSOR IEaLo
- DWELLING -
SEPTIC TANK
O UV
E I\/ (1D-0 Al )
I 0 I FORCE WIN
�v11N.� 4,600 GALLON FIELD (`—'}4II� 1-1/2' SCH. 40 PVC FORCE MAIN GROUND
DOSING/STORAGE TANK GRAVITY LINE
FLOW DIRECTION ►
my 1,000 GALLON E-Z TREAT RECIRCULATION TANK
V
N
m
-DWELLING -
m (ASSUMED)
U
y FIN GRADE ±3359'
m GROUND-- EL -- 5'
Q 4' SCH. 40I PVC p 2DOR MIN. NIN 3320'EL
NV
E ±334�LLING) EL
133
1,D00 GALLON
SEPTIC TANK
y NOTES:
lz
1. TANK LOCATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SO AS
TO SHOW EACH TREATMENT ITEM
m 2. ALL GRAVITY LINES SHALL BE 29 SLOPE MIN
0
m
E
H
GROUND EL 43331'
INV IN EL BYPASS INV IN EL
±3316' p NV EL 13310'
1,00D GALLON 33"I
E-Z TREAT 4.5DO GALLON
RECIRCULATION TANK DOSING/STORAGE TANK
4" SCH. 40 PVC
4" SCH. 4D PVC
NOZZLE EL. NOZZLE EL
NOZZLE ED 23397' ±339.9'
3334.2' zz:NOZZLE EL.
2334 6'
GROUND EL. GROUND EL. GROUND EL.
3336.7' 2331.6'
GROUND EL. ±335.9'
3331.2'
_ PIPE EL. /
2333.7' PIPE EL.
PIPE EL. PIPE EL. 3333.9'
3328.2' 3328.6'
' TO SPRAY FIELD
SPRAY FIELD
TREATMENT SYSTEM SCHEMATIC/PROFILE & MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
C- 002 NTS
a`
0
N
N'; I,AIIM1PI h 1.1d IPll l N(tN' I ,A .Y. `�
I MN11
I I'll1 IA\K I�hl✓��,I
I 111,u„ 1 I II1� 11.L
I I I I I rl l I I I I I;
ICI I`1 n� I VI NI
I II.I„I II.IR III 1lI IJ\II
. I I I'/',VIi11 I I D1' IIJI �' I11)F!
I'I1111' I;NS`,
I II AI/.N.,
HM A I:Ir41[ N
1 N. :,:"I11-1 IN I L'. I
'.MI"._ I�I•.I I,JH III I�IN I'II •I\I, .1N
r;NIkc I I'ANI I IIJI'
I'. MI' I I I I I I
�e
�UW
1 .11)11I.I.—
_"J,
~ LL O
[ III 1 ( ❑', r1; I'LI NII l.IION
F Q
V- ICI, II I' I�NKI✓..''„
} W U
Nf.1
II
,IX I II ILAlION 141V 1' A'�,
N
I/ MON111',
V �I I MITI/. MI A ti
I.J1 1J�I ,f 1'�I
ALL 'I I ;. A N1 I I 1'
I' Mf'HIII
'1 •II MI I PIL 11 ;
`. I.I!A'
'11'I
U
N': f'I; f1:1 .'h..11.FA I OM:,
1. I.� II AIl1:N -AN I<� A`.D
Q F W Z
z O N
M r,N II f
I 11I nlm In11 III.
J H H
K }
J�
I
'NII'I
Na Z
(� I I A% A. 11
O
I"I ( KI I
NI I N � N nD I'I I'I h(I ,'JM" Y!I11 rT
J W U
J W�W d w W
•::1 I lcl !
` II [ s \I ..I r/
W i N d J
Y QQ W = J_
AI".I I� II',II 'AI III"
Ll] U N
<
m I.-Q
TN(II
W 2 K
- e I✓�r;N III'.
i �11
II(,".I IT.N AAIT, I'II Ir' CAI IT N
Z >~ (�
0 c N >
I MINIID.
., I II 11 _ 1 111(
1,.I` �� I. 1 III
A�
III
- 1 'AI
N 1M.I In II 111 M1 INr,l ll ',
Al' 'I 11 <1'1 III I IlJI � I AI l'IN
Z N O
O �O N
liI`'',INII
1,11IL"�
Q M �O
T II r1
mN ��
OU Q
Y o
Mor�11I.
I<A I �AI+LI IN Itl F/I`�;I
l`. 11 u1,1
m 7 0
o
�i
1""I
c
1 11 I111. 1 IJ IND"
. IjIIVDI.I''Ay .•I
A Z A
N N
. NII
„O`,IIOIJ1 1 N 'UH;
11 N^ti 1 1I(11 • 1J1 [II, IN ITN
UL Q
Z Z m K m
'1 r".), TI
J a
I N I � r1
X
WKXUQ
MI N': III
Illf I1: I( INH/I'.
ZUl9Km
MLNIIIIY
III (.. I'. MI"• I I+N I 'JK.',
a F O Z ry
(111 c TMl r,n. A;U
QZ u.
J�
1 i iVfNII
If'lA 'A�:I r !; AN111 A, III�,I Il
N II'I �T,II� II
V) w N�

_ LEGEND
�\ V -
\ ADJACENT BOUNDARY QJ\
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY) K F w a U
I / CO CLEAN OUT >
Sze coNTouRs - INDEX �
448 CONTOURS - INTERMEDIATE
DIVERSION BERM DITCH
DRAIN LINES/TRENCHES (INITIAL) W C] � Z U
DRAIN LINES/TRENCHES (REPAIR) Z a0 N W Z
DRAIN LINES - FLAGGED (NOT USED) JI.
N Q Z
\\\ \\ �\ ' / EASEMENT LINE W 0 Q W, O
EXISTING ELECTRIC LINE Zi J d K W
/ EXISTING FENCE W d __1aa
v
Y W U = -Li
N GRA EXISTING
\ — PROPOSED FORCE MAIN m LL F Z
II I / __
GDR"
AY RIGHT-OF-WAY W ao
T 2
RIPARIAN BUFFER p c N 2i O
1 I SETBACKS
a 60' PROPERTY \
y SETBACK PER 1 SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
SETBACK —.—.—.—.—.—
O N
m WAIVER \ \ _ _� \"9� \ \ INEXISTING WATER LINE p
,��v/ �_ Z G N
�WIY \\ �A�d \ \ \\ \ 1 a M �O
SUITABLE �� \ m U !A m S ILS O
uNDARv ��o A �I NOTES
1. PARCELS TAKEN FROM NC ONEMAP. TOPO TAKEN �y
FROM NC FRIS. SITE PLAN AND SOIL INFORMATION
! SURFACE �`�' BOUNDARY \ \ \ \ \ ASSOCIATES, P.A. N ry Z
C) I WASTE PROVIDED BY PIEDMONT ENVIRONMENTAL
EXISTING SHED. SPRAY
\ REPRESENTED \ �- JJ m
/ BY PROPOSED \ - \ 1 2. KEEP SPRAY AREA A MINIMUM OF 150' OFF OF Z Z ry K m
FENCE / �\ \ �\ j \ \ PROPERTY LINES. 60' OFF NORTH-WEST PROPERTY U
LINE PER SETBACK WAVER. KEEP TANKS A MINIMUM O U X
/ /Vr \ / \ / \ \ l I I OF 50' FROM PROPERTY LINES. q F a F LL
/ �� �\� ri V \ \ I I 3. KEEP SPRAY AREA A MINIMUM OF 90' OFF OF O = In O ry
DWELLING PER SETBACK WAVER. a O Z
150' PROPERTY —\� �\ \ \ \ j I I 4. THIS IS NOT A SURVEY. O Z a LLI
J
ET SETBAG�K \ REVIEW BOINDARY At / I� I a
BD' DWELLING ( 1 \ \yam MIDWAY POIf✓T U > Q' SETBACK PER , (TM ) L J �/ \ I I I I N N m C, 4 _ BETWEEN COMPLIANCE
_ BOUNDARY A,�D U d'
SETBACKS I \ _ \ \ ` / I Q U
m ��C' ,. / / WAIVER WASTE BOUNDM�RY PER I L O W
Y` PROPOSED \ \ 15A NOAO 02L .0106 �1` 1 \ !�
SYSTEMENT
'
r l
E \ I U
AP�PF%x Lo TION I R61 V A V
7 \
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1" = 80'
d / OF ROPO D 4-
°� BEDROOM ELLING' - /
cn
/ V 0 40 80 160 240 F�
X
CARp�i � O
N // J\` / / �\ OOMpLIANCE BOUNDARY AT 1 11 \ �O� F�sS ` I
PROPERTY LINE PER-
_ � / j / � I � 15A NCAc ou 0107
51201 q
/c(N_
N

w
LE v vv a o
\ \+ \ \ \ wv
IEcRAsPEo
DRIVE a
PROPOSED #4TN
FENC
AVE
1IAX
�V ATy�° 4V �n \ wp �z U
/
/ Q /�FM \�l \ \ \ `P �O \ 9O Nm Z
\ \ dG 9� \ J cL N Q Z
4\ x / \ \ \ \ w p Q W, O
w wIm
a X.w
J
Gyg� I \ / \/ \+ \ \\ \ ai� UN i
LEGEND
sPRAv
N
SHEDING HEAD T T /' ADJACENT BOUNDARY G
- - BOUNDARY (PROPERTY) Z N N
TSUITABLE RIGHT-OF-WAY Q a1kM Ed o �'• / BOUNDARF CONTOURS - INDEX } 00U Qo
U { \ I \ \ CONTOURS - INTERMEDIATE m 0
SPRAY \ \ x FENCE �y
/ k i HHEAD \ EDGE OF PAVEMENT
H h
\\ 100 YEAR FLOOD PLAIN > r —
s
/ / \ INITIAL DRIP LINES Q
m
W Jma1000-GALLORETURN LINES
EZRT p U'y m X
\ SUPPLY LINES f Q XO f LL
\ / 1-1 /2" \ \ — Y- �- �- DIVERSION BERM Z U m K m
/ \ 1000-GALLON UV INSIDE SCH PVC \ 1 5 SOIL BOUNDARY a f O O
m
SEPTIC EZRT FORCEE MAIN Z
\ TANK' / _ _ _ _ W a
E / / - SURABLE SOILS BOUNDARY p O us �
DIVE BERM / W / \ — — NOTES L� RETURN MANIFOLD N > c
/ \ s 0 1 1. PARCELS TAKEN FROM NC ONE AP. TOPO TAKEN ® SUPPLY MANIFOLD Q Q K m
d 00 \ _ FROM NC FRIS. SITE PLAN AND SOIL INFORMATION V U K Lim T" SCH / —� — / — PROVIDED BY PIEDMONT ENVIRONMENTAL CO lR CLEAN Oh O
PVC C MIN
/ \ SHUT OFF � / ASSOCIATES, P.A.
2N SLOPE F� VALVE / 2. EZRT EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TAN
\ FLOW METER KEEP TANKS, SPRAY AREA, AND MANIFOLDS A HU HYDRAULIC UNIT U
E -!- MINIMUM OF OFF PROPERTY LINES. 60'
OFF NORTH-WEST PROPERTY LINE PER SETBACK
H � EZ-TREAT 4,500-GALLON \ / / UV ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
WAIVER. POD j LET \ ZV/M ZONE VALVES/METER I�.y
/ 3. KEEP SPRAY AREA A MINIMUM OF 90' OFF OF 1
/ CONTROL PANEL DWELLING PER SETBACK WAIVER. E-Z E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT I --I
5 i
WITH MINI CLIK RAIN \ / 4. THIS IS NOT A SURVEY. FOT FIELD DOSING TANK W
o
SENSOR H7
N / /
/ / I GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " = 30'APR
P CAIZ
PDX
0,00
OF 0 15 30 60 90 ? [�OFESS
4-BEDROOM ct
DWELLING
PALO
I ^ 1 51201
a`
/� / GINE�
C.BP�,•` �Zf
/
N
/
N

CrC W %
CrC � F _
EXISTING DWEL ING / \ \
P) /
500' F,
TREATMENT
AND DISPCrBOSAL \
E / � SETBACK
1GO
PROPOSED WELL ,pr
LOCATION (100'
WELL SETBACK) EXISTING
R EXISTING GRAVEL „p \
g / BUILDING DRIVEWAY
V W EURFACE
SPRAY"� \
FIELD
w EXISTING EXISTING = A \
TO
/ EXISTING GRAVEL M \ \
yo STORAGE � DRIVEWAY /
LDINr�O' N E RIVER D FFER / \�
/ PROPOSED
STORAGE
auILDINc
x
C PROPOSED
DWELLING / PROPOSED E-Z
1 TREAT TREATMENT
/ SYSTEM
APPROX
E LOCATION OF
BATTLE CAVINE55 ROAD / 4-BEDROOM
p 1 50' PRIVATE RAW DWELLING
m \
EXISTING DWELLING
� (TYPJ
E � I 1
EXISTING DWEL ING
DO T�
YP) A CrC
ro \
2
o /
N
LEGEND
—
ADJACENT BOUNDARY
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
- -
RIGHT-OF-WAY
CONTOURS - INDEX
CONTOURS - INTERMEDIATE
%
FENCE
EDGE OF PAVEMENT
• • • • • . • • •
• . 100 YEAR FLOOD PLAIN
INTIAL DRIP LINES
RETURN LINES
SUPPLY LINES
DIVERSION BERM
5
SOIL BOUNDARY
- - — - — - — —
- SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
0
RETURN MANIFOLD
®
SUPPLY MANIFOLD
CO
CLEAN OUT
EZRT
EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
HU
HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
ZV/M
ZONE VALVES/METER
E-Z
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT
FDT
FIELD DOSING TANK
SOIL DESCRIPTIONS
Cr8 Creedmoor
coarse sandy
loam, 2 to 6
Percent slopes
CrC Creedmoor
coarse sandy
loam, 6 to 10
percent slopes
W Water
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1" = 150'
0 75 150 300 450
0
ZEL
a
w
�N
a0
O N
N
0 Q LU WH Z
z-0 } m H
J N W Z
W 0 Q K O
Zi w U
J d K w
w w a
Y w = J
>
W� �= a
0
O G
Z N N
Q 4�M �O
m O U pA
f h
< 5 m
N
Z Z m 0 m
QX
w K X = Q
Z U In m
0FCi0
K Z
o0aLLm
Z �v
v) w Nm
U
C w.Li
Ow
MrA
U
oo
U rA
ct
"q

- AY J
SPRAY HESPR
AD 4 LEGEND z ILL
O
HEAD 2 I \Y A / ADJACENT BOUNDARY J d (0
-- -- PROPOSED 4-BEDROOM BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)IL
d pjf V
DWELLING , k -- - _ -� - _ - - - \ - - RIGHT-OF-WAY Q
- - �-
DIVERSION - PROPOSED CONTOURS - INDEX Yn J
BERM FENCE \ / CONTOURS - INTERMEDIATE B _ % FENCE
L —
_ EDGE OF PAVEMENT
+00
\ 1-1/4 SCH. 100 YEAR FLOOD PLAIN Z '0 SCH. m Z
\ C z
FORCE AIN / \ INRIAL DRIP LINES J x N Q Z.
RETURN LINES W D Q W
SUPPLY LINES J IY W O U
\ 0 0 / \ _ _ / -� _ _ (- I- I- DIVERSION BERM W O) d W
_ p 5 SOIL BOUNDARY Ua N 5;
�\ �O I I / SPRAY - — — — — - SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY W K = Q
R E-Z TREAT J \ } j HEAD 3 C� RETURN MANIFOLD Z n~
TREATMENT SYSTEM SUITABLE SOILS Q c 0) 2i
x \ BOUNDARY SPRAY \ t ® SUPPLY MANIFOLD 0
/ \ / HEAD 1 \ / / CO CLEAN OUT
EZRT EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK G
C S c O
HU HYDRAULIC UNIT z .. N N
OSUPPLY LINE PLAN
C-106 1"=30'
U
N
340
d
m
m
335
I W ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION QM LLJO
ZV/M ZONE VALVES/METER } 0 U Q O
m 0
E-Z E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT
FDT FIELD DOSING TANK
SPRAY HE,OS 1 & Z
p m
EXISTING
GRAn=�
d <
�—
O
m v
330
FM — FM —
-1/2" SCH. 40
NC FORCE MAI::
4,500 VGAL.
FIELD �wi...
325
U
TANK
N —0+25
0+00
0+50 1+00
Station
SUPPLY LINE PROFILE
o C-106 HORIZONTAL: 1"=30'; VERTICAL 1"=5'
N
SPRAY HEADS 3 & 4
M /
FM —
1+50
340
335
330
325
2+00
O
W
f h Q
ry z m
N
Q
zi
z z m 0 m
�O�QX
W w X 2 LL
z U m m
0 Fci0M
z�
o0aLLm
Qz �a
u >
Q Nm
U U K i
OW
Mf
U
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1" = 30' a
WI
0 15 30 60 90 Z
zIj
O "
l�ll1)F,l 0
ct
1 51201 C�
O -INE��

r T PRECAST CONCRETE
3/4" GATE VALVE (FIELDI R,DJUST "DONUT" (OPTIONAL)
TO 4 GPM FOR E-Z TR SPIN
FILTER RETURN FLOW) "
3�-SCH. 40 PVC ECIRC. LINE
CLEAN Q,
OUT D-101
SEPTIC FLOW / / 4" EH.
FROM HOUSE J / \\�1 1,000-GALLON SEPTIC TANK U \\Y 40 IVC
BY DAVID BRANTLEY k SONS
• T ST-502 OR APPROVED EQUAL I• ,
EFFLUENT 1 / (SEE D-102 FOR
FILTER CONTINUATION)
310' OF FILTER
SERV I 4" WYE 4" 45' BEND
SCH. 40 PVC 24"0 E-Z SET RISER W/COVER HANDLE
IFYP. UN
F BELOWLESS DRIVEEWAYRWISE OR PAR ING) LOT THEN
USE ONLY H-20 TRAFFIC RATED DEVICES
L — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — LL — — — — — — — — J
4" X 1":
REDUCER
il" SCH 40 106" PIPING TO BE 4" SCH. 40 PVC
PVC RETURN
FROM FIELD
O SEPTIC TANK O GRAVITY CLEANOUT
D-101 NTS D-101 NTS
24"0 E-Z SET RISER W/COVER (TYP. UNLESS
OTHERWISE NDTED)
NOTE FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING RISERS
FLEX 2-PVC (S SCH. 40 PVENT
(SEE D-101 NOTE 17'
2' VEX-
i
INV IN Wi TER LINE
(SEE SHEET C-102)
3" _ ,F
MIN
a �
312 + TANK FLOOR
IMIN. . ' .
OSEPTIC TANK SECTION
D-101 NTS
WATER TIGHT SEAL
N� ON RISER ASSEMBLY
\ 3/4" SCH 40 PVC RECIRCULATION
LINE FROM E-Z TREAT TEE
+ 4" SCH
40 PVC
(SEE D-102 FOR
_ f CONTINUATION)
NV. OUT
1"-2" BELOW INVERT IN
W ` L CAST -A -SEAL
\\ 4D2 RUBBER
BOOT (TYP.)
SIMTECH STF 11D SERIES,
POLYLOCK PL-68 OR
• ENGINEERS APPROVED EQUAL
1/3 TANK LENGTH
NOTES
1. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SCH 40 PVC UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. ALL PVC PIPES SHALL
BE BURIED A MINIMUM OF 3 FEET UNLESS SHOWN
OTHERWISE.
2. ALL TANKS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28-DAY
CONCRETE STRENGTH OF 4500 PSI.
3. TANKS SHALL MEET REINFORCING REQUIREMENTS TO
ACCOMMODATE 300 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT.
EITHER STEEL REINFORCING WIRE, REBAR OR
APPROVED FIBER MAY BE USED.
4. ALL SERVICE ACCESS OPENINGS WILL BE A MINIMUM
OF 24 INCHES. EXCEPTIONS MAY BE MADE ON A
CASE BY CASE BASIS WITH E-Z TREATS PRIOR
WRITTEN APPROVAL. ALL ACCESS OPENINGS SHALL BE
FITTED WITH E-Z SET RISER ASSEMBLIES. SERVICE
ACCESS OPENINGS FOR THE RECIRCULATION CYLINDER
SHALL BE A 30-INCH OPENING AND FITTED WITH AN
E-Z SET 30-INCH RISER ASSEMBLY. TRAFFIC RATED
TANKS SHALL HAVE CONCRETE RISERS.
5. ALL JOINTS (TOP -SEAM) SHALL BE SEALED USING
CONCRETE SEALANTS BUTYL SEALANT / CS-1D2
MEETING ASTM C-990.
6. TANKS SHALL BE LEAK -TESTED PRIOR TO SYSTEM
START UP BY APPLYING A VACUUM OF 4-INCHES OF
MERCURY WITH RISER ASSEMBLIES IN PLACE OR WITH
APPROVAL BY E-Z TREAT, A 24-HOUR STATIC WATER
TEST, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM STANDARDS
7. NON -CONCRETE TANKS SHALL NOT BE USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE E-Z TREAT SYSTEM WITHOUT
PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY E-Z TREAT.
8. ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH PRECAST
CONCRETE TANKS SHALL BE PRESS_ SEAL
CAST -A -SEAL 402 RUBBER BOOTS AND GROUTED.
9 THE FILTER POD INVERT OUT SHALL BE A MINIMUM
OF 6" ABOVE THE INVERT IN OF THE RECIRCULATION
TANK OR 1/4-INCH PER FOOT SLOPE, WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.
10. CONTRACTOR MAY USE LARGER TANKS
11. MAXIMUM COVER OVER NON H-20 TANKS SHALL BE
3D" OR AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
12. SYSTEM INFLUENT SAMPLE SHOULD BE TAKEN FROM
INLET TEE IN SEPTIC TANK RISER
13. SEE C-tot FOR GENERAL NOTES.
14. LENGTH, WIDTH, AND DEPTH OF TANKS WILL VARY
PER MANUFACTURER.
15. MAY USE COMBINATION SEPTIC TANKS AND
RECIRCULATION TANKS RATHER THAN SEPARATE IF
NECESSARY OR DESIRED BY OWNER.
16. IN AREAS WITH LOW ALKALINITY WATER, INSTALL 355
LES. OF MARBLE ROCK (1"-Y DIAMETER) IN
24"x24" MESH BAGS USE 1 BAG PER E-Z TREAT
POD. PLACE MARBLE ABOVE "BEAD" PILLOWS.
17. ALL VENTS FOR TANK RISERS SHALL BE 2" SCH. 40
PVC AND HAVE POLYLOK CARBON FILTERS OR
ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL
J D7 p
LL
F O Its
LLI
W C] �Z U
(Q Q F W Z
J K u 2 >
J � N W
Wo 'l Z.
o
K aK W U
W W U) 0. W
Y Q W = J
m LL H Z
Wmm wt M=
Qc w�
C]

(SEE D-105 FOR
CONTINUATION)
TO E-Z 1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
TREAT POD �
..
FROM E-Z
TREAT POD
---1LJL—
30"o E-Z SET RISERI
W/COVER (TYP)
f314" SCH. 40 PVC RECIRC LINE TO SEPTIC
_______________—
CLEAN
. -
12" MIN LENGTH
OUT
(SEE D-101 FOR
CONTINUATION)
1
-
FLEX PVC
1.000 GALLON RECIRCULATION/PUMP TANK
BY DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS
L
(---
a
PT-237 OR APPROVED EQUAL
FLOW
+I
TURBINE PUMP
SPIN FILTER
10
ED
TO FIELD
±95" o
DOSING
CHAMBER
-
ORECIRCULATION TANK
D-102 NTS
PRECAST CONCRETE
"DONUT" (OPTIONAL)
(TYP.)�
I I I I I
CAST -A -SEAL 402
RUBBER BOOT (TYP.)
4" SCH. 40 PVC J
DROP TEE (TYP.) �1 --
2" SCH. 4D PVC VENT
(SEE D-101 NOTE 17)
3/4" GATE VALVE
3/4" SCH. 4D
PVC RECIRC. LINE 3/4" UNION
s
� m
FLOAT TREE J
BRACKET
HIGH WATER ALA
RM= r
40" ABOVE FLOOR
.II
EFFLUENT BYPASS VALVE W/FLOW
RESTRICTOR TO 10 GPM
ALARM LIGHT
CONTROL PANEL (LOCATED
WITHIN 10-FEET OF TANKS)
DIRECT BURY
_ CAABBLE?TTOO PANEL
��
\ 1 PVC
CHECK VALVE A`n
-- -- ---- /� 1-1/2" SCH.Y40 PVC "
I - FULL UNION (TYP.)
DOSE ENABLE= -!
22" ABOVE FLOOR
v 1-1/2" SCH. 40
1I+ PVC FLOAT TREE /
ALL TANKS REQUIRE A
6" THICK #•57 STONE
BEDDING (TYP)
ORECIRCULATION TANK SECTION
D-102 NTS
FRANKLIN SUBMERSIBLE
EFFLUENT PUMP CATALOG
NUMBER STEP 20, 1/2 HP
I 1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC (SEE D-105 FOR
\ LINE TO FILTER POD CONTINUATION)
NOTE.
UV UNIT NOT SHOWN FOR
CLARITY. SEE DETAIL 2, D-104
EFFLUENT BYPASS
VALVE BY E-Z TREAT
SEEIEFFLUENT BYPASS
VALVE SECTION A. D-104
MI RI URY FLOAT
3. SWITCHES (3)
3" PVC STAND
J W N
LL O0
F O 0
0 N

E
I I
I I
---------------------------
TURBINE PUM D-103
I D
PUMPTANKPTH2O-50fiBYDAVID BRANTLEY & SONS, EQUAL BY SHOAF PRECAST, INC
\� OR APPROVED EQUAL \� / TO HYDRAULIC
UNIT
I I
FLOAT TREE
(lYP)
I I
L J
Im
OFIELD DOSING TANK PLAN
D-103 NTS 2" SCH. 40 PVC VENT 1-1/4" SCH. 40
(SEE D-101 NOTE 17) PVC FULL UNION
1-1/4" PVC
CHECK VALVE
[DIRECT BURY
CABLE TO
Q1 PANEL
S • . . 3 I/ —
FLOAT TREE BRACKETS
(SEE D-102 FOR •�, _
1-1/4" SCH. 40 PVC
CONTINUATION)
TO SPRAY HEADS
SECONDARY TIMER 330' ABOVE FLOOR
•
-
(SEE D-108 FOR
HIGH WATER ALARM 327' ABOVE FLOOR/,
CONTINUATION)
ti
-
_ - -
DOSE ENABLE 321" ABOVE FLOOR
MIN.
PUMP OFF 318' ABOVE FLOOR
`
MERCURY FLOAT J
*
SWITCHES (4)
6"
m 1-1/2" SCH. 40
MIN
PVC FLOAT TREE
_
+
FRANKLIN SUBMERSIBLE EFFLUENT
3" PVC STAND
PUMP CATALOG NUMBER STEP 2D,
1/2 HP
OFIELD DOSING TANK SECTION
D-103 NTS
100% 4" WELL CAP
BACKUP DISCDN NECT
PRIMARY LAMP LAMP UNION (TYP )
4" 2" 2" 4"
O
4" x 2" 17" 4" x 2"
REDUCER REDUCER
1/2" BALL
VALVE
TOP VIEW
CONTROL
WITH ALARM
2"x2"xt/2"
REDUCING TEE
4' 2" 4'
4 2" J` 1/2" BALL q" 2"
REDUCER VALVE
REDUCER
DISCONNECT
UNION (TYP.)
PRIMARY _1DD%
LAMP - L — BACKUP 1. ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT PURIFIER UV-102
LAMP BY E-Z TREAT.
2. PROVIDE DUAL GFI RECEPTACLE FOR
UNIT AND HEAT TAPE. FIELD ROUTE
2-/12,1-N12G, IN 3/4" PVC
NON -CORROSIVE CONDUIT TO 120 VOLT SINGLE PHASE
REFLECTIVE AND 20 AMP BREAKER AT HOUSE.
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE 3 ORIENTATION PER SITE REQUIREMENTS
4. INSTALL 1/2' BALL VALVE FOR
SAMPLING DOWNSTREAM OF UV
UNIT.
5 MAY LOCATE IN RECIRCULATION TANK
SECTION VIEW IF ACCESS PROVIDED.
OULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT
D-103 NTS
J W M
LL 0
F 0 0
0 M
L9Ha WW z
JoN 1, }
}
J N W Z
UU I. o
M K W U
W a w W
W N d J
Y a W = J
a{w U0 j
m a
W�=X
Q w 1,
a

EFFLUENT BYPASS
VALVE BY E-2 TREAT
L '
4" FROM FILTER POD 4" SCH 40 PVC
CROSS (TYP.)—
4" SCH. 40 PVC
FLOAT BALL —
I\
O\ISHEDGRADE
4" 91' BEND
11
FLOW CONTROL
WEIR
4' TO ULTRAVIOLET
WATER LEVEL PLATE
DISINFECTION UNIT
(FIELD ADJUST TO SHUT
(IIF APPLICABLE)O
OFF RETURN FLOW TO
RECIRCULATION TANK AT
6" BELOW SECONDARY
TIMER ELEVATION)
BALLAST
_
/-TANK
(IF APPLICABLE)
i `1 J�
O MIN.
ALL TANKS REOUIRE A 6-
THICK STONE BASE (TYP.)
OEFFLUENT BYPASS VALVE SECTION
D-104 NTS
1-1 /2".1-1 /2"x3/4"
PVC REDUCING
TEE
3/4" SCH. 40
PVC RECIRC LINE
30'o RISER W/COVER
SEE GEN. NOTES
/2" ELBOW (TYP.)
/2" SCH. 40
FULL UNION
1-1/2"' PVC CHECK
3/4" PVC VALVE
GATE VALVE 1
1 3/4" 1-1/2" SCH 40 PVC LINE TO
FROM UNION FILTER POD (TREATMENT POD)
PUMP
3/4" 90' ELBOW
RECIRCULATION TEE SECTION
D-104 NTS
TWO (2)
#4 REBAR _ „l
I I
0 0
fLky
z�..
�
TOP
a
VIEW
NOTE 1
I
NOTE 2
1z SIDE VIEW
M
NOTE 6
1.
PROVIDE TANK BALLAST ON SITES WHERE SEASONAL
U)
V
HIGH GROUNDWATER IS WITHIN 6' OR ABOVE THE
J
W O
BOTTOM OF THE TANKS.
F
0 7
2.
CABLES SHALL BE 3/16" STAINLESS STEEL, LENGTH
LU
V
VARIES PER TANK.
0
3.
CONNECT CABLE TO REBAR EMBEDDED IN BALLAST
WITH TWO (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS PER
CONNECTION.
4.
TIGHTEN MINIMUM 2 CABLES PER TANK.
W
5.
EACH CABLE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2' FROM END
C]
W Z U
OF TANK.
Z O
F w Z
V1
6
REBAR SHALL BE N0. 4
Jw
N a Z
7.
BALLAST MAY BE PRECAST OR POURED IN PLACE
C] Q
} K 7
USING PLYWOOD FORMS
J
K W 0
8.
TOTAL SEPTIC TANK BALLAST SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF
W �
N 0. J
TWO (2) CUBIC YARDS.
.S Q
W = J
9.
TOTAL RECIRCULATION/FIELD DOSING TANK BALLAST
m
Q H Z
SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) CUBIC YARDS.
W
_
H
10
CONCRETE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3,DDO PSI.
Q
N C)
11
CONTRACTOR MAY USE CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS WITH
MINIMUM CONCRETE MASS PROVIDED WITH APPROVAL
OF ENGINEER,
12,
SEE BUOYANCY CALCULATIONS IN APPLICATION PACKAGE
O N
FOR BALLAST DIMENSIONS
Z
C4 N
Q.6M
�O
m N F 0
0 U Qp o
mL
OTANK BALLAST DETAIL (IF NEEDED)
D-104 NTS
MINI -CLICK
RAIN SENSOR
(® 9 e
L.D WIRES TO
CONTROLLER
1.DDO NOT COVER
2. RAIN SENSOR SHALL BE
MODEL MINI-CIK BY HUNTER
ORAIN SENSOR
D-104 NTS
A
I,NE
m

2" X 6" BOARD WITH ALUMINUM
BRACKETS ATTACHED TO POD WITH
7'-3-1/2" (TYP.) S.S SCREWS TO ASSIST WITH
- - SOIL STABILIZATION (TYP. OF 4)
4" CPP (SEE SITE PLAN FOR
OUTLET)
0 0 3/4" CAP o
(nP.) o
o o TO OUTLET
.a o SPRAY NOZZLE o
o (TYP.) o
o PRESSURE GAUGE 1-1/2" BALL VALVE o D-105
o � �
o
4" SCH. 4D PVC
90 ELBOW (TYP.) NOTE$:
ft-1/2-� 4"j 1. PROVIDE UNDERDRAIN ON SITES WHERE SEASONAL HIGH
1 GROUNDWATER IS WRHIN 6" OR ABOVE THE BOTTOM
OF THE TANKS.
2. PROVIDE VENT ON POD WITH CARBON FILTER
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT PLAN
D-105 NTS
TOP OF
POD
E-Z TREAT POD FLTER SYSTEM
I � i
4 1-1/2ro
SUPPLY
w y LINE
W i
yl
4' CPP PERFORATED
TUBING (SLOTTED)
r4"P RETURN 1
LINE
6" THICK #57
STONE BEDDING
AROUND POD (TYP) (TYP) SEE SHEET
C-102 FOR
INVERT CUT
OE-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT SECTION
D-105 NTS
3' ALL AROUND
SELECT BACKFILL
FREE OF DEBRIS
Fr1�6 cED
J W
LL �
0
F O 7
0
W C] Z U
W
�a W Z
J K Fi 2, H
a
J " N W Z
w � 'a W, o
J M K W U
J W N M W
Y¢ W-
m LL H Z
Qc w (7
0
o c
Z N N
m N F 0
mL pU po
~� a�
M
ry Z m
w a
Hoxuk
WwxLL
Z U m m
a FOZry
K 7
o Oa wr
Z v
aw Mc
U U Fe Km
Ocn
l /'U
1 /'1
W�
O•�
U cn
U
5ct
Iti

RAIN BIRD MODEL 35A-TNT,
BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE
(SBN-3) WITH SPREADER (LAN-1) rn fO
LL o
PERFORMANCE Q
io 2 STRANDS OF WIRE " NOZZLE & 3.9 GPM, 30 PSI, � j p
42' RADIUS, 180' ANGLE 0
1% 3/4"
REDUCER
SALT TREATED 4"x 4"��1" BRASS BALL VALVE (9wo Q w w z
o - - w >
n ;.I 1" SCH. 40 GALV. STEEL PIPE w w z
w a 'a o
J K K W U
�W wa w
Ya W=
coLL H Z
EXISTING GRADE z
o c N
NOTE-
1 . POSTS TO BE PLACED ±20' O.C.
OTWO STRAND WIRE FENCE
D-106 NTS
1" POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT NOTES,
WATER METER
1.
BADGER MODEL 55 FLOWMETER
FINISHED
2.
FOR IRRIGATION LINE.
APPROXIMATELY 5' FROM FIELD
GRADE
DOSING TANK (FDT).
/a
/a
U
1-1/2"PVC S X MIP
6" MIN. #57
HEAT PAD
RECTANGULAR HDPE
ADAPTERR (TYP. OF 2)
STONE (TYP.)
METER BOX
OIRRIGATION FLOW METER
D-106 NTS
1" X 1" X 1/2" RAINBIRD 16A-FDV
GALV. TEE FILTERED DRAIN VALVE
O �
i
N 1-1/2" SCH. 40 - BACKFILL WITH CLEAN
PVC HEADER PIPE WASHED #57 STONE & WRAP
W/ SWING JOINT, IN MIRAFI GEOTEXTILE
TEE, OR ELL
1" GALV. STEEL
PIPE RISER, STEM
1-1/2" X 1" AND 1" TEE
REDUCER
of BUSHING :yam 2,000 PSI CONCRETE
1" SCH. 40
PVC (LENGTH 1" GALV. CAP
VARIES)
I�►I
NOZZLE DETAIL
006NTS

Branch OICun Pmte=n DevloODaoonntd: Means Field PraAded -
PUMP s m per manufamrdng spad®dms for pump/mdor
IrKarrling Powr
120P130 VAC, 5O19OHZ PUMP LOAD
G L1 L21N 120Yt30 VAC, 0-1fl AMP., Soieo HZ
I I L3� PUMPS MUST CONTAIN INTEGRAL
1j I#II1 THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTOMI
I
III L7 7I_ 1 _T'� PUMPt
20A M1 GROVN❑ TO
GROl1ND LVG
CONTROL
Inwmalg Power
120 VAC, 50/50NZ
L7 N
I I
C92�
10A }
V F2 11
G7
D SW1
1R1 1 TD1 - `OFF A M1 -
I�����J� ffL \�A^n'u�rD
_Ll?
F$- High Alarm
T,aS
FS1-Low Aann
Tat Trylig2 Al_ Jt A2
' T ALARM BEACON
m 21 CR1
E I
11 C� 14 4� 14 All R2
Test: F,%.ncs
0
Ft, F2 FUSE MIST BE
REPLACED WITH 1 AMP
wn"C20mm TYPE
FAST ACTING 250 V MAX
This Control panel is far timed dosing applications. When
the timer enable float IS Upr the timer WIII start timing far the
duration of the "Offtme and when complete, the pump Will
start for the duration of the "On" time. Both Off and On
times are adjustable. This pattern repeats until the time
enable float lowersand rums off. The Low float acts as a
redundant off and will also activate the alarm. If the level
reaches the High float wdtch, the alarm will activate.
- - - FIELD WIFUM
- - FIEIDSUPPLIED
0TERMINAL BLOCK
Purr vnlag = BUC
W
12DVAC Lblltrd Wring - RED
NeubeI=WHIT
s
Grwnd = GRN
'
n"reIN
o
1Y 86 16
I +a a
I I
I I
I I
I I
I 1a 50 1W I
I ® cmasr ePr-rvan I
I a aarau�a I
sal HIA SWMH I
z
a�rY ,aTAauarEYwtral i
�' I
I I
Nl KAwrmommAcros I
I al RYrrwn aaaraa I
a awvn� I
Is RaATBwITcN I
8
I Col RAq+au[(HMTYsa I
I
o
TB1 T62 TB3 T% TB5 Tale12
OFTI� �I
'DTP' 16lSJpl
On
0 6 t3 Off
1
$Cale Min
® R_�yE
• y,
'IZ z
NOTES-
1. SEE SHEET C-101 & D-101 FOR ALL
1
GENERAL NOTES
2. PROVIDE JUMPER WIRE OR EQUAL
METHOD TO DISABLE RAIN SENSOR
TERMINALS ON SUBSURFACE
INSTALLATION
3. PANEL SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR
o F83-Ngh
Fg1 -L9W �2' Level
Level Timor Enable
TD set the timer, use a scrmgdrfvertO changetmer
Sale(a12 ma9twmmon). use a scewdrlver hT
change the"On- time Increments(minutes ma4
4° a
s 8
51wd Detui�.
SECONDARY TIMER/HIGH WATER ALARM,
DOSE (TIMER) ENABLE, AND LOW
WATER ALARM (REDUNDANT OFF).
Float SWIbj1 Feld NR11ng
*F51 - Normally Open, Narrow Angle
- Nmnlally Open, Wide Angle
aFS1A 'F53 - Normally Open, WideNarroAngle
Common). use a screwdriver to Change the W
time Increments (hours most common). Turn the
dal calm the iced line to the deslred'On' time
(this example is 2 minutes). Turn the dial with
the Green line to the desired "Ofr time (this
[Tmumm 571ematle
4 PANEL BY ALDERON, OR EDUAL
5. PANEL TO BE SUPPLIED BY E-Z
TREAT.
sample is 4 Hours).
slxea N0
Ndm.
1. WARNINGI Ek%M-l.hwk Haaard! Dlsoonnsd power beam servicing this pmdud. A qualified —Im person must Instal and swwlm this plodudawording to mpplkable eleddcal and Plumbing codes. 1 1
2. Install In amcIrdanw wah National Eledrlo C.U. NFPA70, Seal all boas, fadngs and mrrdUR VAth appmpraa seat devices to prevent moNWm and games from entering andosum.
3. Conned at grcundaEo a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent fold wMA9- Use minemam SO dap C CapperWne 5. Branch Circuit Prolarbon DemoarDieconnad M6ane Field Pr&Aded. or
07-29-2013 Versbr; Rev AAG, MEH}FOOOOm99
1 E-Z TREAT SIMPLEX CONTROL PANEL (1 OF 2)
D- 007 NTS
J W P`
LL O0
F 0 0
0

FOR OUTDOOR USE ONLY
O+
+Q
COMMON
+
+
DD
115V/1PH
DD
D-u
50/60 HZ 0.5 AMPS
D�
N
to n
z
m
m C
Z
D
0m
j
Z
i
GND
O
LAMP 1 "LAMP 2
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (DRAWN
TOLERANCES
CHECKED
illCTIONALT
ANGULAR MACH± BEND L
ENG APPR
TWO P LACE DECIMAL ±
THREE PLACE DECIMAL ± MFG APPR
GEOMETRIC Q A
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
(INTERPRET
TOLERANCING PER
CSTMMFNTS
TH E INFO RMATIO N CO NTAIN ED I N TH N
MATERIAL
DRAWING ISTHESOLE PROPERTYOF
D USER T COMPANY NAME HERD ANY
REPRODUCTION IN PARTORAS AWH OLE
FINISH
W ITITO UT TH EN RFIEN P ERMISSION O F
NEST -1Y USED ON
,INSERT COMPANY NAME LERE> 6
PROHIBITED
APPLICATION DO NOTSCALE DRAWING
5
4 3
OE-Z TREAT DUAL UV CONTROL PANEL (2 OF 2)
D-108 NTS
NAME DATE
TITLE:
UV-1 U2
WIRING DIAGRAM
SIRE DWG. NO. REV
SCALE: 1:5 WEIGHT: SHEET 1 OF 1
2 1

IIIIIIIIfit
H A 01.7
EAL
051201 U _=
FNG I faE��
%�f''R►S�oP`�'�. 40
�f�+fllll�l��
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Specifications
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Table of Contents
Excavationand Backfilling.......................................................................................................... 1
Septic, Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank Installation and Testing .................................. 2
PipingInstallation and Testing.................................................................................................... 4
E-Z Treat Dosing Pump and Control Panel............................................................................... 4
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit Installation....................................................................................... 4
EffluentBypass Valve................................................................................................................... 5
DenitrificationAssembly.............................................................................................................. 5
FieldDosing Pump........................................................................................................................ 5
HydraulicUnit Installation.......................................................................................................... 5
SprayHead Installation................................................................................................................ 5
UltravioletDisinfection Unit........................................................................................................ 7
RainSensor.................................................................................................................................... 7
Fill Material......................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

Project Specifications
Excavation and Backfilling
1. Excavated materials acceptable as backfill shall be stockpiled in a location approved by the
Owner. The materials shall be located away from the edge of any excavations. Excavated
materials shall not be stored within the driplines of existing trees.
2. All open excavations shall be barricaded when construction in the area has stopped. Night
barricading should include posted warning lights.
3. Protect existing structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavement, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by
earthwork operations. Protect root systems from damage or dry -out to the greatest extent
possible.
4. Soil materials shall be free of boulders, roots, sod, organic matter, and frozen material.
5. Bedding materials for pre -cast concrete structure installation shall be #57 washed stone to the
dimensions and depth shown on the construction drawings.
6. All excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated on the
construction drawings regardless of character of materials and obstruction encountered. In the
event that rock is encountered, the Contractor shall remove it at no additional cost to the owner.
7. Stability of excavations shall be maintained by sloping of the sides and shall comply with local
codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Where space restrictions
prevent sloping of the sides, shoring and bracing of the walls shall be employed in full
compliance with OSHA requirements. In the case of pipe installations, sheeting shall remain
in place until backfilling progresses to a stage where no damage to the pipe will result from
removal.
8. The Contractor shall attempt to prevent surface and subsurface water from flowing into
excavations. The Contractor shall provide equipment, materials, and work necessary to
dewater any accumulation of water in the excavation to prevent softening of the soils,
undercutting of footings, and changes to the soils detrimental to the stability of the
improvements.
9. Excavations for structures shall conform to dimensions and elevations shown on the
construction drawings within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet and to the standards of
ASTM C891-90.
10. Backfill shall be installed to excavated spaces in 8-inch lifts and tamped by hand or
pneumatically around pipe or structures. Tamping shall be performed evenly on both sides of
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger —1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ 'Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00

pipe and around sides of structures to a depth such that damage to the pipe or structures is
avoided as a result of subsequent methods of compaction. Extreme care shall be exercised in
backfilling operations to avoid displacement of pipe and structures either horizontally or
vertically. Backfill consolidation by ponding water is not permitted. Compaction of each layer
of backfill and the top 6 inches of subgrade shall achieve a 90 percent maximum dry density
as measured by AASHTO method T-99.
11. Remove all waste materials including unacceptable excavated material, trash, and debris and
legally dispose of it off Owner's property. Where settling is measurable or observable at
excavated areas during project warranty period, the Contractor shall remove surface finish, add
backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment to a quality and appearance matching
adjacent areas of previous work.
12. Site specific excavation and backfilling requirement shall also comply as shown on the
construction drawings.
13. If Applicable, all tanks excavated into bedrock shall have bedrock lined with 10-millimeter
synthetic liner.
Septic, Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank Installation and Testing
1. Septic tanks shall conform to criteria in 15A NCAC 18E .0801-.0805
2. Place bell ends of pre -cast sections or the groove end of the concrete facing down. In
preparation for making joints, all surfaces of the portion of the section to be jointed and the
factory -made jointing materials shall be clean and dry. Each joint, seam, and pipe penetration
inside and outside of joints shall receive liberal applications of non -shrink grout as well as
liberal amounts of bitumastic waterproof sealant.
3. Lifting holes and other penetrations of the pre -cast structure wall shall be sealed with
nonshrinking grout. Pipe connections shall be made so that the pipe does not project beyond
the inside wall of the structure. Grout connections as necessary to make smooth and uniform
surfaces on the inside of the structure.
4. Before placing any tank into operation, remove any dropped grout, sand or other imperfections
and obstructions from the interior of the structure. Specifically, the inside walls of the tank
shall be smooth and uniform. Smooth -finish inverts so that wastewater flow is confined and
directed through the inlet and outlet pipes with easy transition.
5. Tanks shall be backfilled in accordance with the applicable specifications herein before
described.
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger —1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00
2

6. All pipe penetrations shall be through Press -Seal Cast -A -Seal 402 rubber connectors or
approved equal.
7. All joints (mid -seam, top -seam) shall be sealed using Concrete Sealants butyl sealant #CS-102
meeting ASTM C-990.
8. All service access openings will be a minimum of 24 inches. Exceptions may be made on a
case by case basis with E-Z Treat's and engineer's prior written approval. All access openings
shall be fitted with E-Z Set riser assemblies.
9. A 24-hour static water test, in accordance with ASTM standards, shall be performed on all
precast tanks in order to insure they are water tight.
a. The testing shall be performed in the presence of the engineer or his representative.
b. Each tank shall be filled with water and the initial water level shall be measured.
c. At the end of the 24-hour period, the level of the water shall be measured again.
d. The engineer shall pass the tank if the water level did not drop more than 0.5 inches or if
the total volume of the displaced water is less than 1 percent of the total effective liquid
capacity of the tank.
e. Tanks may also be leak -tested by applying a vacuum of 5-inches of Hg with riser
assemblies in place.
f. Each failed tank shall be tested again. In the event that the tank does not pass the second
test, the Contractor shall remove and replace the tank at no additional cost to the owner.
10. Septic Tank and E-Z Treat Recirculation Tank shall meet the following additional criteria:
a. Minimum liquid depth of 36 inches.
b. Minimum airspace of 9 inches.
c. Length shall be at least twice as long as the width.
d. Septic tank shall be constructed with a baffle wall dividing the tank interior 2/3rd to 1/3rd
The baffle wall shall be constructed to permit passage of effluent through a slot or holes
located between 45 and 55 percent of the interior depth.
11. Septic tank shall be fitted with a Sim Tech STF-110, Polylok PL — 122, or Engineer approved
effluent filter that extends down to 50 percent of the liquid depth of the tank.
12. Septic tank shall be as specified on the constructions drawings.
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger —1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00
3

Piping Installation and Testing
1. Piping shall be PVC and of type and size as shown on the construction drawings. Piping shall
be installed with a minimum of three (3) feet of cover unless shown otherwise on the
construction drawings.
2. Piping shall be installed to be able to meet a pressure test whereby the pressure remains
constant for a minimum of two hours, and the allowable leakage is not more than 10 gpd/inch
of pipe diameter/mile.
3. Any line installed under a driveway shall be sleeved in Class 52 Ductile Iron Pipe or encased
in concrete and extend a minimum of 5 feet on either side and unless shown otherwise on the
construction drawings.
4. Forcemains installed under streams and driveways shall be sleeved in Class 52 Ductile Iron
Pipe.
E-Z Treat Dosing Pump and Control Panel
1. The E-Z Treat dosing pumps shall be one (1) Franklin E-Series multi -stage submersible pump
for operation on a single phase, 115 Volt service (specified by E-Z Treat).
2. The control panel shall be an E-Z Treat provided simplex panel. The panel shall have a
recirculation pump load sensor/alarm, two on/off timers, discharge pump alarm, high/low
water alarm, and low water level/run dry pump protection.
3. The control panel shall be in a NEMA 4X enclosure, installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, and within 10 feet of the E-Z Treat treatment unit.
4. No splices may be placed in the pump tank or riser. All splices shall be made above ground in
a NEMA 4x junction box.
5. Control and alarm circuits shall be on separate circuits.
6. The audible/visual alarms shall be external to any structure.
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit Installation
1. The E-Z Treat Treatment Units shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings.
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger —1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00
4

Effluent Bypass Valve
1. The effluent bypass valve shall be by E-Z Treat and shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings.
Denitrification Assembly
1. Valves and piping back to the front of the septic tank shall be integral with the pod dosing
system.
Field Dosing Pump
1. The field dosing pump shall be as specified on the construction drawings, or approved equal
by Engineer. The motor shall meet the horsepower requirement for operation on a single phase
service. The control panel shall be a NEMA 4X control panel with a two -stage timer, elapsed
time meter, event counter, and alarm (both audible and visual) system. The alarms shall be
external to any structure.
Hydraulic Unit Installation
1. The E-Z Set Drip hydraulic unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings.
2. Electric solenoid zone valves shall be F (Model SVLVB-100).
3. Vortex filter shall be 1 " (Model AP4E-1F)
Spray Head Installation
1. The spray irrigation heads shall be installed as shown on the construction drawings.
2. Ensure spray radius in the field matches the spray radius in the construction drawings.
3. Contractors shall ensure minimum disturbance of the soil in the wooded area. Weeds, trees
and bushes less than 2 inches in diameter shall be removed, whereas vegetation that has
diameter greater than 2 inches shall not be disturbed.
4. Harrow rake and backfill the soil if necessary. Native soil shall not be disturbed more than 1
inch into the soil profile.
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger —1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00
5

5. Only rubber -tire, light -duty equipment shall be used in these areas.
6. No excavation for initial wastewater disposal field laterals shall occur while the project site is
wet.
7. The retained trees shall maintain a minimum of three (3) feet in radius clearance area where
no new soils shall be backfilled. Backfilled soils shall be gradually filled where the slope is
one (1) vertically and three (3) horizontally. Drip lines shall not be placed within the three (3)
feet clearance areas.
8. Retain as many well -established trees as possible. Remove pine trees and retain hardwoods
preferentially where tree displacements are necessary.
9. Leaf and vegetation matter shall be raked from irrigation site.
10. Limitations of soil disturbance shall be clearly addressed to responsible personnel. Any
necessary disturbance that exceeds the soil disturbance limits shall be approved by engineer.
11. If applicable, after completion of filling, backfilling, and grading, topsoil shall be spread
uniformly to a depth of not less than thirteen (13) inches over the seasonal high ground water
level. Topsoil shall be compacted lightly in an approved manner. The finished surface shall
be in conformity with the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown on the Contract Drawings,
as well as free from dips, bumps, and irregularities in alignment.
12. If applicable, all fill and backfill shall be free from roots, wood scrap material, and other
vegetable matter and refuse. Fill and backfill shall be placed in layers not more than eight (8)
inches thick, loose except as specified otherwise herein, and each layer shall be compacted
thoroughly and evenly.
13. For pipe trenches, fill and backfill, unless otherwise noted, shall be compacted to at least 90
percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D
2167 (Modified Proctor Method).
14. The Contractor shall perform all grading in areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to finished
grades indicated on the Contract Drawings and shall be graded so as to drain water away from
structures. Areas directly and indirectly affected by the construction work shall be graded to
provide proper drainage and surfaces suitable for the use of mowing machines.
15. Surplus material not required for completion of the construction work or unsuitable for filling,
backfilling, and/or grading shall be disposed of at the Contractor's expense in an approved spoil
area and in accordance with local ordinances.
16. Field specific installation shall be as shown on the drawings.
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger —1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00

17. Spray head risers shall be installed in a manner to minimize disturbance to the existing
vegetation on the disposal field.
18. The spray head listed on the construction drawings shall be used or equal approved by engineer.
Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit
1. The ultraviolet unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
and as shown on the contract drawings. The unit shall be by E-Z Treat (Model E-Z UV 102)
or approved equal by engineer.
2. A visual alarm shall be provided that alerts the homeowner when the primary bulb fails. After
primary bulb failure, the backup bulb shall be good for 10,000 hours. Alarm panel shall be
mounted within 6 feet of ultraviolet casing.
3. Casing shall be filled with water prior to powering up lamps.
Rain Sensor
1. A Hunter Mini-Clik rain sensor shall be installed adjacent to the hydraulic unit in an area that
will receive precipitation (that is not covered by any trees).
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger —1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00
7

_v`• 051201
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Engineering Calculations
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

MacConneR & Associates, P.C.
Project: Surface Spray E-Z Treat System
Project Number: C21302
Location: Granville County, North Carolina
Subject: Septic Tank/E-Z Treat Filter/Spray Irrigation Design
Date: May 29, 2024
Assumptions And Calculations: Note:
Input
Calculated
1. Treatment flow is based on unadiusted flow.
2. Irrigation flow is based on reduced flow
Number of Bedrooms:
4.0 Rooms Given
Average Daily Flow per Bedroom:
120 GPD 15A NCAC 18E .0401
Unadjusted Design Flow:
480.0 GPD
Flow Reduction:
25 °/a 15A NCAC 18E .0401
Adjusted Flow:
360.0 GPD
Sizing Calculations Per Innovative Approval
Table 1 - Model 600 and Tank Volumes
Minimum Septic
Design Daily Tank Volum Minimum Recirculation/Pump
Flow(gpd) (gallons) Tank Volume (gallons)**
Number of Media Pods
< 480 1,000 1,250
1 Model 600 pod
4 Bedrooms 1,000 1,800
1 Model 600 pod
5 Bedrooms 1,250 2,000
1 Model 600 pod
6 Bedrooms 1,500 2,200
2 Model 600 pod
601 - 1,500 V=1.17Q+500 V=1.17Q+500
1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons
1,501 - 3,000 V=0.75Q+1,125 V=0.75Q+1,125
1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons
* *Recirculation/pump tank minimum size based on total internal tank volume.
Recirculation/Pump Tank Volume = Recirculation Tank(Chamber) Volume
+ Pump Tank( Chamber) Volume
SEPTIC TANK DESIGN:
Minimum Septic Tank Volume Required:
1000.0 Gallons
Septic Tank Volume Provided:
1000.0 Gallons
Septic Tank storage and effective volume calculations
Septic Tank Total Void Volume = L * W * D:
Tank length:
8.0 foot
Tank Width:
3.8 foot
Tank Depth:
5.2 foot
Total Void Volume:
1172.3 Gallons
Septic Tank Effective Volume = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
Tank length:
8.0 foot
Tank Width:
3.8 foot
Lowest Invert:
4.5 foot
Effective Volume:
1021.0 Gallons
Septic Tank Storage per Bedroom:
255.3 Gallons
Septic Tank Storage/Detention:
2.1 Days Effective Volume / ADF

E-Z TREAT DESIGN:
Pod Dimension - Length
7.3 Feet
Given
Pod Dimension - Width
4.0 Feet
Given
Pod Dimension - Height
3.3 Feet
Given
Pod Surface Area
28.9 ft2
L x W
Rated Loading Rate per Pod
700.0 GPD
Given
E-Z Treat Pods Required:
0.5
ADF/Pod Loading Rate
E-Z Treat Pods Used:
1 Pod
E-Z Treat Dose per Pod:
34.0 Gallons
Given
E-Z Treat Volume per Dose
34.0
Dose per Pod x Number of Pods
Re -Circulation Timer On:
2.5 Minutes
Given
Re -Circulation Timer Off:
12.0 Minutes
Given
E-Z Treat Re -Circulation Cycles per Day:
99.3 Cycles
Time per Day / Time per Cycle
Total E-Z Treat Flow per Day:
3376.6 Gallons
E-Z Treat Volume/Dose x Cycles/Day
E-Z Treat Re -Circulation Ratio:
7.0
E-Z Treat Flow per Day / ADF
Denitrification Gallons Returned:
993.1 GPD
Denitrification Return Setting:
4.0 GPM
E-Z Treat Surface Area:
28.9 ft2
E-Z Treat Loading Rate:
16.6 GPD/ft2
ADF/Surface Area
E-Z Treat Recirculation Pump Selection Shall Be As Shown On Drawings.
Minimum Pump/Re-Circulation Tank Volume Required: 1800.0 Gallons
Recirculation Tank Volume Provided: 1000.0 Gallons
Field Dosing Tank Provided: 4500.0 Gallons
Pump/Re-Circulation Tank Volume Provided: 5500.0 Gallons
Recirculation Tank storaue and effective volume calculations:
Recirculation Tank Total Void Volume = L * W * D:
Tank length:
7.3 foot
Tank Width:
4.5 foot
Tank Depth:
4.2 foot
Total Void Volume:
1013.2 Gallons
Recirculation Tank Effective Volume = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
Tank length:
7.3 foot
Tank Width:
4.5 foot
Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
3.4 foot
Effective Volume:
830.8 Gallons
Recirculation Tank Effective Volume to Pump Off= L * W * Lowest Invert To Pu np-Off Elevation:
Tank length:
7.3 foot
Tank Width:
4.5 foot
Lowest Invert To Pump -Off:
1.9 foot
Effective Volume:
466.1 Gallons
Recirculation tank is an all -time -filled storage/pump tank.
Field Dosing Tank storaue and effective volume calculations:
Field Dosing Tank Total Void Volume= L * W * D:
Tank length:
12.7 foot
Tank Width:
5.5 foot
Tank Depth:
8.6 foot
Total Void Volume:
4472.3 Gallons
Field Dosing Tank Effective Volume To Tank Bottom = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
Tank length: 12.7 foot
Tank Width: 5.5 foot
Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom: 7.8 foot

Effective Volume:
4081.3 Gallons
Field Dosing Tank Effective Volume To Pump Off= L * W * Lowest Invert To Pu up Off:
Tank length: 12.7 foot
Tank Width: 5.5 foot
Lowest Invert To Pump Off: 6.3 foot
Effective Volume: 3299.5 Gallons
Days of Field Dosing Storage (Void Volume/ADF): 6.9 Days >5days per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m)
Total System Effective Storage =
Field Dosing Tank Total Volume:
Annual Loading from Soil Scientist:
Maximum Instantaneous Loading Rate from Soil Scientist:
Total Field Area Required:
(ADF x 365 Days per Year x 43,560 / 27,154 / Annual Loading Rate)
Total Field Area Provided: (Wetted Area)
Annual Loading Rate Provided:
(ADF x 365 Days per Year x 43,560 / 27,154 / Area Provided)
Total Irrigation Flow: (Set by Design)
Instantaneous Loading Rate Provided:
(Total Irrigation Flow x 96.3) / Total Field Area Provided
4786.6 Gallons
4500.0 Gallons
22.20 Inches/Year
0.30 Inches/Event (Hour)
9495 Square Feet
9495.0 Square Feet
22.2 Inches/Year
15.6 Gallons/Minute
0.16 Inches/Hour

MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
Project: Surface Spray E-Z Treat System
Project Number: C21302
Location: Granville County, North Carolina
Subject: E-Z Treat Treatment Calculations
Date: May 29, 2024
Assumptions And Calculations:
Notes:
Input
Calculated
Influent Characteristics:
BOD (5-Day):
300 mg/l
From EPA Design Manual
TSS:
300 mg/l
From EPA Design Manual
NH3
25 mg/l
N-Organic:
34 mg/l
TKN:
59 mg/l
N-Organic + NH3
NOS + NO2
1 mg/l
TN:
60 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
Total Coliforms:
75,000,000 Number
From NSF 350 Approval
Effluent Limits:
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5):
<30 mg/L
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Total Suspended Solids (TSS):
<30 mg/L
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Ammonia Nitrogen - NH4-N
<15 mg/L
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Total Nitrogen JN)
<20 mg/L
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Fecal Coliform:
<200 /100 ml
Proposed Effluent Limit Geometric Mean per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Septic Tank:
Design:
BOD Removal:
60.0 Percent
Given
TSS Removal:
70.0 Percent
Given
NHL Removal:
0.0 Percent
Given
N-Organic Removal:
35.0 Percent
N-Organic Converted to NH3
50.0 Percent
NO3 + NO2 Denitrified
90.0 Percent
Total Coliforms Removal:
50.0 Percent
Septic Tank Effluent Concentrations:
BOD (5-Day):
120.0 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
TSS:
90.0 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
NHL
42.0 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed + N-Organic Converted to NHL
N-Organic:
17.0 mg/1
Concentration - Percent Removed - N-Organic Converted to NH3
TKN:
59.0 mg/l
N-Organic + NH3
NO3 + NO2
1.0 mg/1
NO3 + NO2 Effluent + Return from Recite Tank - Denitrified
TN:
60.0 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
E. Colifonms:
37,500,000.0 /100 ml
Concentration - Percent Removed
Media Filters (E-Z Treat Pod):
BOD Removal:
95.0 Percent
Given
TSS Removal:
95.0 Percent
Given
NHL Removal (to Air):
2.0 Percent
Given
NHL Nitrified to NO3 + NO2 :
95.0 Percent
Given
N-Organic Converted to NH3
95.0 Percent
NOS + NO2 to Septic for Denitrification
90.0 Percent
E. Colifonms Removal:
50.0 Percent

E-Z Treat/Re-Circ. Tank Effluent Concentrations:
BOD (5-Day):
6.00 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
TSS:
4.50 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
NHL
2.87 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed + (S.T. Cone. + (N-Organic to NH3) Nitrified)
N-Organic:
0.85 mg/1
Concentration -N-Organic Converted to NH3
TKN:
3.72 mg/l
N-Organic + NH3
NO3 + NO2
2.05 mg/1
NO3 + NO2 S.T. Effluent + Nitrified NH3 - Return to Septic Tank
TN:
5.76 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
Total Colifonns:
18,750,000.0 /100 ml
Concentration - Percent Removed
Ultraviolet Disinfection
Design
UV Dosing Rate:
25.0 gpm
How Rate
Number of Units:
1 Units
Pump Flow/Dosing Rate
BOD Removal:
0.00 Percent
Given
TSS Removal:
0.00 Percent
Given
NHL Removal:
0.00 Percent
Given
N-Organic Removal:
0.00 Percent
Given
NO3 + NO2 Removal:
0.00 Percent
Total Coliforms Removal:
99.999000000 Percent
Ultraviolet Disinfection Effluent Concentrations:
BOD (5-Day):
6.00 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
CBOD:
<6.00 mg/l
CBOD <BOD5 as CBOD only measures oxidation of carbons.
TSS:
4.50 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
NHL
2.87 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed + (S.T. Cone. + (N-Organic to NH3) Nitrified)
N-Organic:
0.85 mg/1
Concentration -N-Organic Converted to NH3
TKN:
3.72 mg/l
N-Organic + NH3
NO3 + NO2
2.05 mg/1
NO3 + NO2 S.T. Effluent + Nitrified NH3 - Return to Septic Tank
TN:
5.76 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
Total Coliforms:
187.50 /100 ml
Concentration - Percent Removed
Fecal Coliforms:
< 187.50 /100 ml
Fecal Coliforms < Total Coliforms <200 colonies/100m1= Okay

SDrav Field Total Dvnamic Head Computation:
Tim Dillinger
Single Family Residence
Wastewater Irrigation System
Granville County, North Carolina
Total Dvnamic Head
Determine Static Head
Sprinkler Pressure
6930
High Pt in FM =
33700
Pump Off Elev =
32464
1236
Total Static Head= 81 66
Determine Losses in the Force Main (HI + Hf)
Determine Equivalent Length of Force Main
Section
A Discharge (Sch 40)
Forcemam (SCH 40)
Check Valve
Gate/Ball Valve
Coupling
90 Degree Elbow/Tee
B Forcemam (SCH 40)
Check Valve
Gate/Ball Valve
Coupling
90 Degree Elbow/Tee
C Forcemam (SCH 40)
Check Valve
Gate/Ball Valve
Coupling
90 Degree Elbow/Tee
I Section A- F Total Dynamic Head =
Total Dvnamic Head = Static + HI + Hf =
Designed by: AON
Checked by: DCB
Date 5/292024
Hazen Williams "C" Factor
C = 140
feet
PumD Station Desian Flow
feet
feet Flow set by design
feet Q = 156 GPM
feet
Force Main Diameter
d = 1 5 inches
Size
Lenath (Ft ) Flow Fraction
Number
E Lenath
1-1/2" Sin 40
1/4
1
�000
1-1/2" SCH 40
305 1/4
1
305
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/4
0
19
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/4
2
1 3
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/4
3
2
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/4
2
36
Section Total Eq Length =
HI + Hf
= 0 2083 * (100/c) A 1 85 * (QA1
85/dA4 87) * (Ea Len
th/100) _
1-1/2" SCH 40
97 1/2
1
�7
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/2
0
19
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/2
2
1 3
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/2
4
2
1-1/2" SCH 40
1/2
3
36
Section Total Eq Length =
HI + Hf
= 0 2083 * (100/c) A 1 85 * (QA1
85/dA4 87) * (Ea LengQth/100)
_
1-1/2" SCH 40
211 8 1
1
211 8
1-1/2" SCH 40
1
0
19
1-1/2" SCH 40
1
2
1 3
1-1/2" SCH 40
1
4
2
1-1/2" SCH 40
1
2
36
Section Total Eq Length =
HI + Hf
= 0 2083 * (100/c) A 1 85 * (QA1
85/dA4 87) * (Ea Lenath/100)
_
1337
feet
9503
feet
PumD Curve Data
Pump
Franklin STEP 20,
1/2 hp
Develop System Curve
Flow Rate (Q)
TDUeet)
Use flow rates above and below for the design flow rate The flow rates will
0
1 1
be used to calculate the total dynamic head at each flow rate These
5
183
combinations of flow vs head will be used to plot a curve against a
10
167
known pump curve
15
142
20
113
Svstem Curve Data
25
67
30
24
Velocity 12"
Velocity 1"
Velocity 1-1/4" Velocity 1-1/2"Flow
(Feet)
R0 (Q) TD8 Jse6et) Static 81
HI + Hf
NO
o
M
66
0 OOFeet)
0T0
0T0
10 8754 81 66
587
1056
371
215
1 58
20 9712 81 66
1545
21 12
743
429
315
30 126 48 81 66
4482
31 68
11 14
644
473
40 15797 81 66
7631
4224
1485
858
630
NOT USED SECTIONS
1/2°zSCn 40 I T SCHizen40 11-1/4' SC 40 11-12' SCnH 40 I
Eq Length Sch Eq Length Sch Eq Length Sch Eq Length Sch
40
40
40
40
0
0
0
2000
0
0
0
305
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
26
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
72
0
0
0
20463
000
000
000
279
0
0
0
97
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
26
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
108
0
0
0
118
000
000
000
058
0
0
0
2118
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
26
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
72
0
0
0
230
000
000
000
407

250.00
150.00
100.00
t
50.00
Pump Curve vs. System Curve
10 15 20 25 30 35
Flow Rate (GPM)
System Curve
Franklin STEP 20, 1/2
hp

Field Dosing Tank (1-12O-506)
Basic Dimensions
Lid Hole Diameter (1-11)
30.00
(inches)
Lid Hole Diameter (1-12) - If tank has only one hole, leave
30.00
(inches)
blank.
Lid Hole Diameter (1-13) - If tank has only one hole, leave
0.00
(inches)
blank.
Length of Tank (A)
13.92
(feet)
Width of Tank (B)
6.50
(feet)
Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the
9.08
(feet)
base thickness but excludes the lid thickness.
Depth of Bury m - This measurement extends from the
1.50
(feet)
ground level to the top of the lid.
Wall Thickness (T)
0.50
(feet)
Base Thickness (E)
0.58
(feet)
Distance to Groundwater (GW)
10.00
(feet)
Customizations To Add Ballast
Add Concrete Inside the Tank:
Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
8.50
(feet)
ofC -E.
Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base?
If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note:
0.00
(feet)
The value entered must be less than the inside height of the
tank.
Increase Thickness of the Base:
Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E.
0.58
(feet)
Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker
base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? (F) If no, enter a value of 0.
Create Lip:
Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be
the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this
0.00
(feet)
horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls.
If yes, how much? (P) If no, enter a value of 0.
Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast
customizations
Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E 0.58 (feet)
and F.
Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F. 0.58 (feet)
Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom
of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F. 9.66 (feet)
This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F.

Final Inside Height of Tank -
ofC -E -U.
Final Volume of Tank
Final Volume of Tank
This measurement is the value
8.50 (feet)
603.85 (cf)
4517.14 (gallons)
Unit Weights
Unit Weight of Water 62.40 (lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Dry Soil 110.00 (lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Submerged Soil 47.60 (lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Saturated Soil 120.00 (lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Concrete 150.00 (Ib/cf)
Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to
Customizations
Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker 0 (lb)
base (Weight of extra concrete due to U)
Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create 0 (lb)
thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F)
Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete 0 (lb)
due to P)
Weiqht of concrete removed due to lid hole 854 (lb)
Soil and Concrete Weights
Weight of Soil on Lid
6459 (lb)
Weight of Soil on Lip
0 (lb)
Weight of Lid Alone
7016 (lb)
Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of
the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the
thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside
39687 (lb)
tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete
removed due to the hole in the lid.
Water in Tank
Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must 0.00 (feet)
be less than the final inside height of the tank.
Weight of Water in Tank 0 (lb)
Weight of System Components
Total Weight of Soil on Tank 6459 (lb)
Total Weight of Concrete 39687 (lb)
Total Weight (Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil) 46146 (lb)
Slidina Resistance
Friction Factor (Found in Table 1), f 0.30
Void Ratio (Found in Table 3), a 0.85

Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2),
0.33
Ka
Slidinq Resistance
59620 (lb)
Uplift Force
Uplift Force
54545.65
(lb)
Safety Factor
1.50
Uplift Force with Safety Factor
81818.48
(lb)
Additional Ballast Required I NONE I (Ib)

C

L
p .

771

� p�

Subject: E-Z Treat Pod Flotation
UDlift Calculations
Pod Length =
7.75
ft.
Assume the folowina densities:
Pod Width =
7.75
ft.
Pod Height =
3.00
ft.
5/4 Trex Board = 60
# / Cu. Ft.
Natural Soil Depth (for Flotation) =
0.50
ft.
Water = 62.4
# / Cu. Ft.
Fill Soil Depth (for Ballast) =
2.50
ft.
Soil = 100
# / Cu. Ft.
5/4 Trex Board Length =
8.00
ft.
5/4 Trex Board Width =
0.46
ft.
5/4 Trex Board Thickness =
0.09
ft.
Number of Boards =
4
Determine Upward Forces:
Pod Area =
60.06
sq. ft.
Pod Buried Volume =
30.03
Cu. ft.
IlTotal Buoyant Force of Basin =
1,874
#
5/4 Trex Board Area =
14.67
sq. ft.
5/4 Trex Board Volume =
1.34
Cu. ft.
IlTotal Buoyant Force of Trex Board =
84
#11
Soil Area Over 5/4 Trex Board =
14.67
sq. ft.
Soil Volume Over 5/4 Trex Board =
7.33
Cu. ft.
IlTotal Buoyant Force of Soil =
458
#
IlTotal Upward Forces =
2,415
#
Determine Downward Forces:
5/4 Trex Board Area =
14.67
sq. ft.
5/4 Trex Board Volume =
1.34
Cu. ft.
IlTotal Weight of Trex Board =
81
#
Soil Area Over 5/4 Trex Board =
14.67
sq. ft.
Soil Volume Over 5/4 Trex Board =
36.67
Cu. ft.
IlTotal Weight of Soil =
3,667
#11
JITotal Downward Forces = 3,747 #
Factor of safety = Total Downward = 1.55
Total Upward =
1.55>1.00=OK
*Weight of pod, mattress, and piping are not counted in downward forces.

Recirculating Tank (1,000 PT 237)
Basic Dimensions
Lid Thickness (L)
0.33
(feet)
Lid Hole Diameter (1-11)
24.001
(inches)
Lid Hole Diameter (1-12) - If tank has only one hole, leave
30.00
(inches)
blank.
Lid Hole Diameter (1-13) - If tank has only one hole, leave
0.00
(inches)
blank.
Length of Tank (A)
7.791
(feet)
Width of Tank (B)
4.961
(feet)
Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the
4.50I
(feet)
base thickness but excludes the lid thickness.
Depth of Bury (Y) - This measurement extends from the
1.50
(feet)
ground level to the top of the lid.
Wall Thickness (T)
0.251
(feet)
Base Thickness (E)
0.331
(feet)
Distance to Groundwater (GW)
0.001
(feet)
Customizations To Add Ballast
Add Concrete Inside the Tank:
Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
4.17
(feet)
ofC -E.
Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base?
If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note:
0.00
(feet)
The value entered must be less than the inside height of the
tank.
Increase Thickness of the Base:
Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E.
0.33
(feet)
Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker
base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? (F) If no, enter a value of 0.
Create Lip:
Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be
the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this
0.00
(feet)
horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls.
If yes, how much? (P) If no, enter a value of 0.
Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast
Customizations
Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E 0.33 (feet)
and F.
Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F. 0.33 (feet)
Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom
of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F. 4.83 (feet)
This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F.

Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value 4.17 (feet)
ofC -E -U.
Final Volume of Tank 135.45 (cf)
Final Volume of Tank 1013.26 (qallons)
Unit Weights
Unit Weight of Water
62.40
(Ib/cf)
Unit Weight of Dry Soil
110.001
(Ib/cf)
Unit Weight of Submerged Soil
47.601
(lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Saturated Soil
120.001
(lb/cf)
Unit Weiqht of Concrete
150.001
0b/cf)
Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to
Customizations
Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker 0 (lb)
base (Weight of extra concrete due to U)
Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create 0 (lb)
thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F)
Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete 0 (lb)
due to P)
Weiqht of concrete removed due to lid hole 398 (lb)
Soil and Concrete Weights
Weight of Soil on Lid
2184
(Ib)
Weight of Soil on Lip
0
(lb)
Weight of Lid Alone
1514
(lb)
Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of
the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the
thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside
7274
(lb)
tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete
removed due to the hole in the lid.
Water in Tank
Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must
0.00
(feet)
be less than the final inside height of the tank.
Weiqht of Water in Tank
01
(lb)
Weight of System Components
Total Weight of Soil on Tank
2184
(Ib)
Total Weight of Concrete
7274
(lb)
Total Weiqht (Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil)
9457
(lb)
Sliding Resistance
Specific Gravity of Soil, SG 2.75
Friction Factor (Found in Table 1), f 0.301
Void Ratio (Found in Table 3), a 0.851

Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2), 0.33
Ka
Sliding Resistance 11971 (lb)
Uplift Force
Safety Factor
Uplift Force with Safety Factor
1.50
17465.82 (lb)
itional Ballast Required I NONE I (Ib)

Septic Tank (11000 ST-502)
Basic Dimensions
Lid Thickness (L)
0.33
(feet)
Lid Hole Diameter (1-11)
24.00
(inches)
Lid Hole Diameter (1-12) - If tank has only one hole, leave
24.00
(inches)
blank.
Lid Hole Diameter (1-13) - If tank has only one hole, leave
0.00
(inches)
blank.
Length of Tank (A)
8.88
(feet)
Width of Tank (B)
4.29
(feet)
Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the
5.50
(feet)
base thickness but excludes the lid thickness.
Depth of Bury m - This measurement extends from the
1.50
(feet)
ground level to the top of the lid.
Wall Thickness (T)
0.25
(feet)
Base Thickness (E)
0.33
(feet)
Distance to Groundwater (GW)
0.00
(feet)
Customizations To Add Ballast
Add Concrete Inside the Tank:
Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
5.17
(feet)
ofC -E.
Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base?
If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note:
0.00
(feet)
The value entered must be less than the inside height of the
tank.
Increase Thickness of the Base:
Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E.
0.33
(feet)
Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker
base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? F If no, enter a value of 0.
Create Lip:
Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be
the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this
0.00
(feet)
horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls.
If yes, how much? (P) If no, enter a value of 0.
Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast
Customizations
Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E
0.33
(feet)
and F.
Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F.
0.33
(feet)

Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom
of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F. 5.83 (feet)
This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F.
Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value 5.17 (feet)
ofC -E -U.
Final Volume of Tank 164.17 (cf)
Final Volume of Tank 1228.11 (gallons)
Unit Weiahts
Unit Weight of Dry Soil
Unit Weight of Submerged Soil
Unit Weight of Saturated Soil
Unit Weight of Concrete
110.00
(lb/cf)
47.60
(lb/cf)
120.00
(Ib/cf)
150.00
(lb/cf)
Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to
Customizations
Neight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker r% „I\
base (Weight of extra concrete due to U) - \I"/
Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create 0 (lb)
thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F)
Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete 0 (lb)
due to P)
Weiqht of concrete removed due to lid hole 311 (lb)
Soil and Concrete Weights
Weight of Soil on Lid 2271 (lb)
Weight of Soil on Lip 0 (lb)
Weight of Lid Alone 1574 (lb)
Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of
the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the
thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside 8371 (lb)
tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete
removed due to the hole in the lid.
Water in Tank
Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must 0.00 (feet)
be less than the final inside height of the tank.
Weight of Water in Tank 0 (lb)
Weight of System Components
Total Weight of Soil on Tank 2271 (lb)
Total Weight of Concrete 8371 (lb)
Total Weight (Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil) 10642 (lb)

Sliding Resistance
Specific Gravity of Soil, SG
2.75
Friction Factor (Found in Table 1), f
0.30
Void Ratio (Found in Table 3), a
0.85
Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2),
0.33
Ka
Slidinq Resistance
16577 (lb)
Uplift Force
Uplift Force
13856.31
(lb)
Safety Factor
1.50
Uplift Force with Safety Factor
20784.46
(lb)
Additional Ballast Required I NONE I (Ib)

ae
5EA _
051201 U
= yam'•• = � =
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Equipment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Z
O
Z
D
n
co
m
z
0
J
O
O
O �
W00
W
N
O
O CD
CO
°
rrrrrrrrrrrrrL }
W
® J
}} J
O
® c
W
J -
O
DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS
37 Fine Ridge Rd.
Zebulon, NC 27597
Office 252-478-3721
Fax M-573-0443
linstaller•gmail.com
PREPARED FOR David Brnnney § Sms REVISION NO.
37 Pine Ridge Rd Original Sibmitlal
Zet,ulm, NC 27597
Revision 1
DATE : Apnl 11, 2014
CONTACT. Remem 2
CORY BRANTLEY Reisim 3
Nader Set
DATE ggpULEY TANG MODEL
Apnl 11, 2014 1000 ST 502
SHEET NUMBER
1of1

Z
O
D
n
n
Co
m
D
Z
0
X
f
L,u
clN
DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS
37 Fine Ridge Rd.
Zebulon, NC 27597
Office 252-478-3721
Fax [phone]
linstaller•gmail.com
L7
u
0
O L,
o
PREPARED FOR Dada B,nOey & Same RENSION N0.
37 Pae Ridge Rd. Original Submittal
Zebul- NC 27597
Redsan I
DATE . Ap 1 11, 2014
Revision 2
CONTACT`
CORY BRANTLEY Revsion 3
Master Set
rn
0
0
v
0
v
DATE BBANnrY TANG MCCEL
April 11, 2014 1000 PT 237
SHEET NUMBER
1 Of 1

U>
O
O
_ _ J
r�
ul
i
7-7�°
C,1 °
I
A J
® u
n
O J
i
c o
O J
DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS PREPARED FOR : Dovid &Dopey k Sons REVISION NO, DATE BRANTLEY TANK MODEL
37 Pine Ridge Rd O,q-1 50mdle1 Apnl 11, 2014 4 500 PT
37 Pine Ridge Rd. 2ebol., NC 27597 Rem- , ,
ZebUlon, NC 27597 DATE' ApH 11, 2014 H2O-506
Office 252-478-3721 CONTACT: R°neion z
Fax [phone] CORY BRANTLEY Re—. 3 SHEET NUMBER
Wet" Set ----- 1 of 1
linataller•gmail.com

Field Dosing Pump (10 GPM)
46
.4 ♦ 4W �►
O Ab F 4
AW MOW*A**4Wftb�+N► 'Are►
A%10� 0:0"
AW ' AW.�
Orr
'NVFranklin Electric

•
r'
ti
E-SERIES EFFLUENT PUMPS
mom
■ Ideal for effluent pumping applications
■ Stainless steel or thermoplastic discharge and motor bracket are tough and
non -corrosive. Both materials are highly resistant to damage by minerals,
metals, and other substances typically found in water
■ Heavy-duty, 300 V,10' SJ00W motor leads
■ Designed to provide years of reliable service:
■ 10 and 20 gpm units are equipped with a highly -engineered shaft bearing with built in
dry -run protection
■ High -flow 35 to 90 gpm units are built with a proven and durable ceramic sleeve bearing
■ Water flow path through the discharge of the pump is designed to pass particulate to allow for efficient
and continuous operation
■ Proven hydraulic staging allows close tolerances and increased performance
■ Carbon phenolic upthrust washer prevents excessive wear in severe applications
■ Removable built-in check valve on 10-20 gpm pumps. No built-in check valves
on high capacity pumps
■ Powered by a Franklin Electric submersible motor
1 1/2 230 2 IOFE05P4-2W230 94741010 1 3/4 8 IOFE07P4-PE 94751010 1
10 3/4 230 lOFE07P4 2W230 94741015 1 11 IOFElP4 PE 94751015 I
1 1 230 2 IOFE1P4-2W230 94741020 1 1.5 15 IOFE15P4-PE 94751020 1
1.5 230 IOFE15P4-2W230 94741025 1/2 4 20FE05P4-PE 94752005
1 1/2 115 2 20FE05P4-2W115 94742005 1 3/4 5 20FE07P4-PE 94752010 1
1 1/1, 230 20FE05P4-2W230 94742010 1 1 7 20FE1P4-PE 94752015 1
20 1 3/4 230 2 20FE07P4-2W230 94742015 1 1.5 10 20FE15P4-PE 1 94752020 1
20FE1P4-2W2 94742020 FE2P4-PE 94752025
1.5 230 2 20FE15P4-2W230 94742025 NOTES.. Discharge isl-1/4"NPT,, maximum diameteracrosscable guard is3.90"onallmodels
STAINLESS STEEL ORDERING INFORMATION, STAINLESS STEEL PUMP ENDS ?
Single -Phase Units (2-Wire) I - In HP 4" •Capacity Pump Ends
1/2 2 115 35HE05S4-2W115 93933505 1/2 2 35HE05S4-PE 93923502
1 1/2 2 230 35HE05S4-2W230 93933510 1 3/4 3 35HE07S4-PE 93923503 1
1 3/4 3 230 35HE07S4-2W230 93933515 1 1 5 35HE1S4-PE193929006
93923505 1
1 1 5 230 35HE1S4-2W230 93933520 1 1.5 7 35HE15S4-PE93923507 1
1 1.5 7 230 35HE15S4-2W230 93933525 1 2 9 35HE2S4-PE93923509 1
1 1/2 2 115 45HE05S4-2W115 93934505 1 3 12 35HE3S4-PE93923512 1
1/2 2 230 45HE05S4-2W230 93934510 1/2 2 45HE05S4-PE93924502
45 1 3/4 3 230 45HE07S4-2W230 93934515 1 3/4 3 45HE07S4-PE93924503 1
1 1 4 230 45HE1S4-2W230 93934520 1 1 4 45HE1S4-PE93924504 1
1 1.5 5 230 45HE15S4-2W230 93934525 1 1.5 5 45HE15S4-PE93924505 1
1/2 2 115 60HE05S4-2W115 93936005 2 7 45HE2S4-PE93924507
1 1/2 2 230 60HE05S4-2W230 93936010 1 3 10 45HE3S4 PE93924510 1
60 1 3/4 3 230 60HE07S4-2W230 93936015 1/2 2 60HEOSS4-PE93926002
1 1 4 230 60HE1S4-2W230 93936020 3/4 3 60HE07S4-PE93926003
1 1.5 EL 230 60HE15S4-2W230 3 93936025 1 1 4 60HE1S4-PE93926004 1
90 1.5 4 J 230 90HE15S4-2W230 93939025 1.5 5 60HEI3S4-PE93926005
NOTES Discharge is2"NPTwithnobuilt inc,ieckvalve; maximum diameteracrosscableguardis3..90"on 2 7 60HE2S4-PE93926007
allmodels 3 10 60HE3S4-PE93666010
1.5 4 90HEI5S4-PE93929004
2 6 90HE2S4-PE
8 90HE3S4-PE 93929008 1

E-SERIES EFFLUENT PUMPS
10 GPM
METERS FFFT
200 - 650 +
550
160 -
500
140 - 450
120 - 400
350
100 - -- -----
300
a0 - 250
60 - 200
150
40 -
loo
20 - 50
0 - OJ
0 OS
4
10
PUMP OPERATING RANG[ 70 GPM
BEST EFFICIENCY RANGE 1 METERS FFFT
140 - 450
120 - 400
50
100 10 -
300
, '7',r
—
zso
V 60 - 200
\ \
uo
40 —
100
20
1 GPM 50
a 10 12 14 to GPM 0 0 6
15 20 25 30 35 M3/H 00
FPS
PUMP OPERATING RANGE
IBFSTFFFIaFNCYRANGF�
um
5 10 15 20 25 30 GPM
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 M'/H
35 GPM
45 GPM
MLHERS FEN
PUMP OPERATING RANG[
BESI WICIENCY WINGS
METERS FEET
PUMP OPERATING RANG[
BEST EFFICIENCY RANG[ I
1
120 -
120 - 400
31
�—1P �
110 -
350
350
100 -
3HP
],f�
100 -
90 - 300
00
21IP
a0 - 0
a0 -
250
1.5 NP
70 -
2HP
60 - 200
60 - 200
V A
S0 -
1.5HP
150
40 -
150
40 -
1 HP
100
1
0 - 100
3/4 HP
_
1/2,HP
25 GPM
20 -
1/2HP
5 GPM
20 -
50
50
10-
0- 0
5 10 15 20 5 30 35 40 45 50 S GPM
0- 0
0 10 20
30 40 0 60
10 GPM
0
2 4 6 a 10 12 M'/H
0 2 4
6 a 10 12 14
16 M'/H
60 GPM
90 GPM
METERS FEET
PUMP OPERATING RANGE
BEST EFFICIENCY RANGE
METERS FEET
PUMP OPERATING RANG
BEST EFFICIENCY RANGE I
90 - 300 �I
220
275
a0 -
� 3HP
60 - 200
LSU
IMO
3/P
SO - 225
50 - 160
\
60- 00
\BHP
140
2NP
175
40 -
50 -
120
150
40 - 125
\
30 - 100
1
0 - 100
1 NP
a0
3
HP
0 -60
20
50
— �2
40
o
1U-
A - SGPM
10- 20IL
-
10GPM
0 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 a0 90 GPM
0 0 0
20 40
0 a0 00 120
GPM
0
2 4 6 a 10 12 14 16 la 20 M'/H
0
2 4 6 a 10
12 14 16 la 20 22 24 26 2a
30 M'/H

E-SERIES EFFLUENT PUMPS
Thermoplastic
W -k
N J''
I'm
Mlq=
A B
C
PE
•MA
A
6 12.97 9.51
22.48
7
25
10 3/4 8 14.69 10.64
11 17.44 11.73
25.33
29.17
8
9
_
29
33
1.5 15 21.06 15.10
6 12.97 9.51
36.16
22.48
10
7
41
25
3 4 5 13.65 10.64
24.29
6
28
_
19.77 � 11.73
1.5 10 19.77 15.10
34.87
34.87
8
8
32
39
Pump end only, PMA = Pump and motor assembly, maximum diameter with cable guard is 5..90'
B
1/2
1/2
2
9.1 9.5
9.1 9.5
18.6
18.6
6
6
-
24
24
Stainless Steel
2
3/4
35 1
10.3 10.7
12.9 11.7
21.0
24.6
7
8
28
32
5
1.5
15.4 15.1
30.5
9
38
2
9
17.1 15.1
32.2
11
44
3
20.9 19.0
40.0
12
53
1/2
1/2
2
9.9 9.5
9.9 9.5
19.4
19.4
9
9
27
27
A
3/4
3
14.3 10.6
24.9
10
32
45 1
16.5 11.7
28.2
11
35
5
1.5
18.8 15.1
17.6 1 5. 1
33.9
32.7
14
10
43
43
3
10
22.9 19.0
9.9 9.5
41.8
19.4
11
10
52
28
1/2
2
9.9 9.5
19.4
10
28
60 1
3
12.1 10.6
14.3 11.7
22.7
26.0
11
12
32
35
B
4
1.5
5
16.5 15.1
31.6
13
44
2
7
23.5 15.1
38.6
11
44
3
0
333 19.0
52.3
13
54
r�
1.5
4
17.3 15.1
32.4
14
43
90
5
11
44
8
3
31.4 19.0
50.4
13
54
NOTES: PE= Pump no only,'PMA = Pump
and motor assembly,'Maximum
diameter with cable guard is5..90"
Franklin Electric
franklinwater.com
MF2140 08-21

Badger Meter
Model I-P-5/8'; 5/8" x 3/4"
DESCRIPTION
Recordall° Disc Meters
Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8", 5/8" x 3/4", 3/4" & 1"
NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372 Certified
Model 55-1"
Model 25-5/8" 5/8" x 3/4"
The Recordall Disc Series meters meet or exceed the most recent revision
of AWWA Standard C700 and are available in a lead-free bronze alloy. The
meters comply with the lead-free provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act,
are certified to NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372 (Trade Designations: MLP-LL,
M25-LL, M35-LL, M55-LL, M70-LL) and carry the NSF-61 mark on the housing.
All components of the lead-free bronze alloy meter (housing, measuring
element, seals, and so on) comprise the certified system.
Applications: For use in measurement of potable cold water in residential,
commercial and industrial services where flow is in one direction only.
Operation: Water flows through the meter's strainer and into the measuring
chamber where it causes the disc to nutate.The disc, which moves freely,
nutates on its own ball, guided by a thrust roller. A drive magnet transmits
the motion of the disc to a follower magnet located within the permanently
sealed register.The follower magnet is connected to the register gear train.
The gear train reduces the disc nutations into volume totalization units
displayed on the register or encoder face.
Operating Performance: The Recordall Disc Series meters meet or exceed
registration accuracy for the low flow rates (95%), normal operating flow
rates (100 ± 1.5%), and maximum continuous operation flow rates as
specifically stated in AWWA Standard C700.
Construction: Recordall Disc meter construction, which complies with
ANSI/AWWA standard C700, consists of three basic components: meter
housing, measuring chamber and permanently sealed register or encoder.
The meter is available in a lead-free bronze alloy with externally -threaded
spuds. A corrosion -resistant engineered polymer material is used for the
measuring chamber.
Magnetic Drive: Direct magnetic drive, through the use of high -strength
magnets, provides positive, reliable and dependable register coupling for
straight -reading or AMR/AMI meter reading options.
Tamper -Proof Features: Unauthorized removal of the register or encoder
is inhibited bythe option of a tamper detection seal wire screw,TORX®
tamper -resistant seal screw or the proprietary tamper -resistant keyed seal
screw. Each can be installed at the meter site or at the factory.
Model 35-3/4"
Model 70-1"
Maintenance: Badger Meter Recordall Disc Series meters are designed and
manufactured to provide long-term service with minimal maintenance.
When maintenance is required, it can be performed easily either at the meter
installation or at any other convenient location.
To simplify maintenance, the register, measuring chamber, and strainer can
be replaced without removing the meter housing from the installation. No
change gears are required for accuracy calibration. Interchangeability of
parts among like -sized meters and meter models also minimizes spare parts
inventory investment. The built-in strainer has an effective straining area of
twice the inlet size.
Connections: Tailpieces/Unions for installations of meters on various pipe
types and sizes, including misaligned pipes, are available as an option.
Meter Spud and Connection Sizes
ing
Tailpiece
Model
Size
x Laying
B
Nut end
Pipe
Designation
Length
Bore Dia.
Spud Thread
Thread
(NPT)
5/8"
x 7-112"
5/8"
3/4" (5/8")
1/2"
LP
5/8" x 3/4"
x 7-1 /2"
5/8", 3/4"
1 " (3/4")
3/4"
5/8"
x 7-1/2"
5/8"
3/4" (5/8")
1/2"
25
5/8" x 3/4"
x 7-1 /2"
5/8", 3/4"
1 " (3/4")
3/4"
3/4"
x 7-1/2"
3/4"
1"(3/4")
3/4"
35
3/4"
x 9"
3/4"
1 " (3/4")
3/4"
3/4"x1"
x 9"
3/4"
1-1/4"(1")
1"
55
1"
x 10-3/4"
1"
1-1/4"(1")
1"
70
1"
x 10-3/4"
1"
1-1/4"(1")
1"
RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA (October 2015)
Product Data Sheet

Recordall ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8','5/8"x 3/4','3/4"& I"
SPECIFICATIONS
Typical Operating
Range
(100%± 1.5%)
Low Flow
Maximum
Continuous
Operation
Pressure Loss
at Maximum
Continuous
Operation
Maximum
Operating
Temperature
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
Measuring
Element
Meter
Connections
MATERIALS
Meter Housing
Model LP
Model 25
Model 35
Model 55
Model 70
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
(3/4")
(11
(11
0.5...20 gpm
0.5...25 gpm
0.75...35 gpm
1 ...55 gpm
1.25...70 gpm
(0.11 ...4.5 m3/hr)
(0.11 ...5.7 m3/hr)
(0.17...7.9 m3/hr)
(0.23 ... 12.5 m3/hr)
(0.28...16 m3/hr)
0.25 gpm
0.25 gpm
0.375 gpm
0.5 gpm
0.75 gpm
(0.057 m3/hr)
(0.057 m3/hr)
(0.085 m3/hr)
(0.11 m3/hr)
(0.17 m3/hr)
Min.95%
Min.98.5%
Min.97%
Min.95%
Min.95%
10 gpm
15 gpm
25 gpm
40 gpm
50 gpm
(2.3 m3/hr)
(3.4 m3/hr)
(5.7 m3/hr)
(9.1 m3/hr)
(11.3 m3/hr)
5/8" size:
5/8" size:
2 psi @ 10 gpm
3.5 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 2.3 m3/hr)
(0.24 bar @ 3.4 m3/hr)
5 psi @ 25 gpm
3.4 psi @ 40 gpm
6.5 psi @ 50 gpm
5/8" x 3/4" size:
5/8" x 3/4" size:
(0.37 bar @ 5.7 m3/hr)
(0.23 bar @ 9.1 m3/hr)
WAS bar @ 11.3 m3/hr)
1.5 psi @ 10 gpm
2.8 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.10 bar @ 2.3 m3/hr)
(0.19 bar @ 3.4 m3/hr)
80' F (26° C)
150 psi (10 bar)
Nutating disc, positive displacement
Available in NL bronze and engineered polymer to fit spud thread bore diameter sizes:
5/8" size:
5/8" or 5/8" QN 15 mm) 3/4" ON 20 mm) V ON 25 mm)
3/4" ON 15 mm) 5/8" x 3/4" size:
3/4" ON 15 mm)
Housing Bottom Plates
Measuring Chamber
Disc
Trim
Strainer
Disc Spindle
Magnet
Magnet Spindle
Register Lid and Shroud
Model LP Model 25
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4") (5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
Lead-free bronze alloy, cast iron,
engineered polymer
Engineered polymer Stainless steel
Ceramic Ceramic
Engineered polymer Stainless steel
Model35
Model55
(3/4")
(1")
Lead-free bronze alloy
Cast iron, lead-free bronze alloy
Engineered polymer
Engineered polymer
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Ceramic
Polymer bonded
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Engineered polymer, bronze
V ON 25 mm)
Model 70
(111)
Stainless steel
Ceramic
Stainless steel
Page 2 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
DIMENSIONS
I '
I
i
C
V
< A
Meter Size Model A B C Width Approx. Shipping
Laying Length Height Reg. Centerline Base Weight
5/8"and 5/8"x 3/4"(15 mm) LP 7-1/2" (190 mm) 3.70" (94 mm) 1.26" (32 mm) 3.75" (95 mm) 3 lb (1.4 kg)
5/8" (15 mm) 25 7-1/2" (190 mm) 4-15/16" (125 mm) 1-11/16" (42 mm) 4-1/4" (108 mm) 4-1/2 lb (2 kg)
5/8" x 3/4" (15 mm) 7-1/2" (190 mm) 4-15/16" (125 mm) 1-11/16" (42 mm) 4-1/4" (108 mm) 4-1/2 lb (2 kg)
3/4" (20 mm) 7-1/2" (190 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 5" (127 mm) 5-1/2 lb (2.5 kg)
3/4" (20 mm) 35 9" (229 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 5" (127 mm) 5-3/4 lb (2.6 kg)
3/4" x 1" (20 mm) 9" (229 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 5" (127 mm) 6 Ib (2.7 kg)
1" (25 mm) 55 10-3/4" (273 mm) 6" (152 mm) 2-1/32" (52 mm) 6-1/4" (159 mm) 8-3/4 lb (3.9 kg)
1" (25 mm) 70 10-3/4" (273 mm) 6-1/2" (165 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) 7-3/4" (197 mm) 11-1 /2 lb (5.2 kg)
REGISTERS / ENCODERS
Standard —Sweep -Hand Registration
The standard register is a straight -reading, permanently sealed magnetic drive register. Dirt, moisture, tampering and lens fogging problems are eliminated.
The register has a six -odometer wheel totalization display, 360° test circle with center sweep hand, and flow finder to detect leaks. Register gearing is made of
self-lubricating engineered polymer, which minimizes friction and provides long life. The multi -position register simplifies meter installation and reading.The
register capacity is 10,000,000 gallons (1,000,000 ft3,100,000 ml).
A Model 25 register is used in the following example:
s ?J t' s .— .1 :'o,os 25 0,0,'% Model Gallon Cubic Cubic
Feet Meter
ae�ordau® Recordan' LP 10 1 0.1
�8 2� �.8 .2� �o,os �^ oozes
o O _ =sus,"53 o - _ ems,-�, o _ 25 (5/8") 10 1 0.1/0.01
_ - _ s y,
y7 Gallons 3�,.7 Cubic Feet .3- ,0,07 _ _ m_3_ oo3_ 25 (5/8" x 3/4") 10 1 0.1/0.01
i �00� U' �}' Q 0 D 0 a 0 35 10 1 0.1
6 4 .6 .4 ;,o,oe o,oa
5 �� ��� 5 �� � o,o5 �� 55 10 1 0.1
70 10 1 0.1
Optional —Encoders for AMR/AMI Reading Solutions
AMR/AMI solutions are available for all Recordall Disc Series meters. All reading options can be removed from the meter without disrupting water service.
Badger Meter encoders provide years of reliable, accurate readings for a variety of applications and are also available pre -wired to Badger Meter approved
AMR/AMI solutions. See details at www.badgermeter.com.
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 3

Recordall ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8','5/8"x 3/4','3/4"& I"
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
27
20
0 17
2 vi
0 10
v
a
7
0
1
25
I
I
I
20
I
I
I
0 15
0 '
U�
d 10
v I
a
5
I
I
I
0
1
25
2(
00
v
d 10
� I
a
0
2
Model LP 5/8"
4 6 8 10 20
Model LP 5/8" x 3/4"
4 6 8 10 20
i
Model 25 5/8"
10
2 4 6 8 20
40 6D 80 100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
40 60 80 100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100
40 60 80 .
Page 4 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
1
25
I
I
I
2t
I
I
I
v� 15
J U�
v a
a
v I
0-
01
1
25
20
01
1
25
I
I
I
20
I
� I
� I
_ 15
N d I
N I
v 10
a
I
I
I
5
I
I
OI
Model 25 5/8" x 3/4"
2 4 6 8 10 20
Model 35 3/4"
1 0
2 4 6 8 20
Model 55 1 "
10
2 4 6 8 20
40 60 80100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100
40 60 80 .
100
40 60 80
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 5

Recordall ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8','5/8"x 3/4','3/4"& I"
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
Model 70 1"
1 10 100
2 4 6 8 20 40 60 80
25 II
I
I I
I I
20
I
0
. 15
v
dI I
v 10 /
d I I
I I
I I
5
I �
I ' I
0
ACCURACY CHARTS
Model LP 5/8"
1 10 100
.2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 2 6 8 20 4) 6) 8)
1f� I
I I
I I
iy I I
v � I
Q N
C +I
N
i 0
v
I
v � I
Q I I
� I
C 0) 10
�J
I
I I
1;
Model LP 5/8" x 3/4"
1 10 100
.2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 2 6 8 20 4) 6) 8)
1f� I
I I
I I
iy I I
v � I
X0)
ON
C +I
v
i 0
a
- I I
� I I
I
�I I
Q I I
NA
� I
C 0) 10
�J
I
I I
1;
Page 6 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
ACCURACY CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Model 25 5/8"
.1 1.0 10 100
2 .4 .5 .3 2 4 5 8 20 40 60
1C
I
Ly I
� � I
>� 5
00
� +
V
U
>,
- I
� I
U 51
V
Q
L Ul I
1C
I
15
Model 25 5/8" x 3/4"
1 10 100
.2 .4 S .31.0 2 4 i 820 40 60
10
I
I I
LY
>'& 5
0 qj I I
v+
v I I
a
Qj C �- - -
� I I
� I
5I
Q I I
Qj
�� I I
c& 10
�qj I I
I
I I
1;
Model 35 3/4"
1 .2 .6 .810 100
2 4 5 310 20 Z0 W �
10
I
I I
I I
I I
I
LN I
N �p +
00) --_
0 �-
T I i
� I I
Q I
I I
Ny I I
a� 10
I
� I I
I
I I
1F
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 7

Recordoll ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8'; 5/811x 3/4'; 3/4"& I"
ACCURACY CHARTS (CONTINUED)
1
10
LU 5
N>
)•� +
U 0 Ul
a 0
V
7
V
Q
U1
C:5 10
Making Water Visible°
Model 55 1"
1.0 10
A .5 .9 F 8 29
i
Model 70 1"
1.0 10
.2 .4 .6 .8 2 4 6 8 20
100
49 60 80 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100
40 60 83 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAKING WATER VISIBLE and RECORDALL are registered trademarks of Badger Meter, Inc. Other trademarks appearing in this document are the property oftheir respective entities.
Due to continuous research, product improvements and enhancements, Badger Meter reserves the right to change product or system specifications without notice, except to the
extent an outstanding contractual obligation exists. © 2015 Badger Meter, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.badgermeter.com
The Americas I Badger Meter 14545 West Brown Deer Rd I PO Box 245036 1 Milwaukee, WI 53224-9536 1 800-876-3837 1 414-355-0400
Mexico I Badger Meter de las Americas, S.A. de C.V. I Pedro Luis Ogaz6n N°32 I Esq. Angelina N°241 Colonia Guadalupe Inn I CP 01050 1 Mexico, OF I Mexico [phone]
Europe, Middle East and Africa I Badger Meter Europa GmbH I Nurtinger Str 76 172639 Neuffen I Germany I [phone]
Europe, Middle East Branch Office I Badger Meter Europe I PO Box 3414421 Dubai Silicon Oasis, Head Quarter Building, Wing C, Office #C209I Dubai / JAE [phone]
Czech Republic I Badger Meter Czech Republic s.r.o. I Maiikova 2082/26 1 621 00 Brno, Czech Republic I [phone] I
Slovakia I Badger Meter Slovakia s.r.o. I Racianska 109/13 1 831 02 Bratislava, Slovakia 1 [phone]
Asia Pacific I Badger Meter 180 Marine Parade Rd 1 21-06 Parkway Parade I Singapore 449269 1 [phone]
China I Badger Meter 1 7-1202 199 Hangzhong Road I Minhang District I Shanghai I China 2011011 [phone] Legacy Document Numbers: RDM-DS-00062, 63, 64, 65, 66, and 73

NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER
SYSTEM APPROVAL
INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM NO: IWWS 2015-03-R2
Issued To: E-Z Treat Company
PO Box 176
Haymarket, VA 20168
703-408-2911; Fax: [phone]
Contact: Carl Perry, President
Michael Stidham, Vice President
For: E-Z Treat Model 600 Pretreatment Systems
Approval Date: April 24, 2015
June 15, 2015
January 6, 2017
Tank Size and Sampling Revisions
Addition of Single Bulb UV Unit
In accordance with General Statute 130A-343, 15A NCAC 18A. 1969 and .1970, a proposal by E-Z Treat
Company for an approval of subsurface wastewater systems utilizing the E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems
has been reviewed, and found to meet the standards of an innovative system when all of the following
conditions are met:
I. General
A. Scope of this Innovative Approval
1. Design, installation, use, and operation and maintenance guidelines for E-Z Treat
Pretreatment systems to meet TS-I and TS-II effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC
18A .1970. Refer to Rule .1970(a) Table VIII — Effluent Quality Standards for Advanced
Pretreatment Systems for treatment performance levels.
2. Operation, maintenance and monitoring requirements for E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and
associated subsurface systems to ensure the treatment performance standards are met.
B. This Innovative System Approval is applicable to domestic strength sewage systems
(non -industrial wastewater) utilizing E-Z Treat Pretreatment Systems that have a design flow not
exceeding 3,000 gallons per day (gpd).
Use of E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems for facilities with an influent waste strength that exceeds
domestic septic tank quality effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1970(b) may be
proposed by E-Z Treat Company and a North Carolina Professional Engineer to the Department
for review and approval on a case -by -case basis, prior to permitting by the local health
department (LHD). The system design must include the proposed raw wastewater strength
(BOD5, COD, TN, TSS, fats, oils and grease, etc.), the expected organic loading rate (in pounds

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 2 of 10
of BOD), and hydraulic loading rate on the pretreatment system, and the calculations, references,
and any other needed information to support the proposed design.
C. Any site utilizing these systems shall have wastewater with sufficient alkalinity to facilitate
biological treatment processes. The influent shall not have a pH or toxins that significantly
inhibit microbial growth.
D. Use of E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems that have a design flow exceeding 3,000 gallons per day
may be permitted after approval by the Department on a case -by -case basis in accordance with
the Large Systems State Review/Approval Process (Rule 15A NCAC 18A.1938).
II. System Description
The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system consists of the following components: a Department approved
septic tank; a recirculation tank (or chamber); single or multiple E-Z Treat Pretreatment pods; and a
final dosing tank (or chamber). Additional treatment may be used to ensure that treatment
performance standards shall be met.
The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system can utilize either a two tank configuration or a three tank
configuration. The two tank configuration has the following components: the first tank is a septic
tank and the second separate tank has a recirculation chamber and final dosing chamber. The three
tank configuration consists of three separate tanks: a septic tank, a recirculation tank, and a final
dosing tank.
III. Siting Criteria
The E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and associated drainfields shall be sited and sized in accordance
with Rule .1970 for TS-I and TS-II systems. Drip irrigation systems used with E-Z Treat
Pretreatment systems shall be sited and sized in accordance with the manufacturer specific drip
approval. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and associated drainfields shall meet all applicable
horizontal setback requirements and be located to prevent surface/subsurface water inflow/infiltration.
IV. System Sizing
The system sizing criteria shall be based upon the long term acceptance rate specified in the
appropriate portion of the rules or the Innovative and Experimental system approval for the type of
ground absorption system to be used.
V. Special Site Evaluation
A special site evaluation may be required based on the proposed ground absorption system. Refer to
manufacturer specific drip approvals and Rule .1970(p).
VI. Design Criteria
A. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system shall be designed in accordance with the following criteria.
1. All tanks, septic, recirculation, and dosing, must be approved by the Department and E-Z
Treat Company specifically for use with the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system.
2. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system can utilize either a two tank configuration or a three tank
configuration. The two tank configuration has the following components: the first tank is a

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 3 of 10
septic tank and the second separate tank has a recirculation chamber and final dosing
chamber. The three tank configuration consists of three separate tanks: a septic tank, a
recirculation tank, and a final dosing tank.
3. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system consists of a septic tank, a recirculation tank/chamber, a
final dosing tank/chamber, and E-Z Treat media pod(s) as specified in Table 1 below.
Table 1 — Model 600 and Tank Volumes
Design Daily
Minimum
Minimum
Number of Media
Flow
Septic Tank
Recirculation/Pump
Pods
(gpd)
Volume
Tank Volume
(gallons)
(gallons)**
< 480
1,000
1,250
1 Model 600 pod
4 Bedrooms
1,000
1,800
1 Model 600 pod
5 Bedrooms
1,250
2,000
1 Model 600 pod
6 Bedrooms
1,500
2,200
2 Model 600 pods
601 — 1,500
V = 1.17Q* +
V = 1.17Q + 500
1 Model 600 pod per
500
600 gallons
1,501 — 3,000
V = 0.75Q +
V = 0.75Q + 1,125
1 Model 600 pod per
1,125
600 gallons
*Q — design daily flow
**Recirculation/pump
tank minimum size based on total internal tank volume.
4. Septic tanks will have an inlet sanitary tee and a Department approved, appropriately sized
effluent filter on the outlet end approved by the E-Z Treat Company for use with the E-Z
Treat.
5. The minimum required volume in the recirculation chamber/tank prior to discharge to the
dosing tank/chamber shall be the design daily flow.
6. The recirculation tank/chamber will contain the recirculating splitter valve or an external
splitter box may be used. The recirculation tank/chamber shall have an inlet sanitary tee.
The sanitary tee shall be visible and reachable from the riser opening to serve as the influent
sampling point.
7. When the recirculation tank and dosing tank are combined, the baffle wall between chambers
shall extend to the top of the tank and shall be constructed so that the liquid levels in either
compartment are independent. Liquids will not by-pass between compartments except as
designated by the system's treatment flow path.
8. The final dosing tank must meet the minimum size requirements of Rule .1952(c)(1). For
drip irrigation systems, the requirements of the manufacturer specific drip approval for dosing
tanks shall also be met.
9. A drainback configuration without a pump check valve is required for the force main
supplying the media pod.
10. Recirculation pump shall be either Sta-Rite Model number STEP 20 or manufacturer
approved equal.
11. The E-Z Treat media pod is constructed of a polymer suitable for use in contact with
wastewater. The Model 600 pod is approximately 7 ft 4 inches x 4 ft with a surface area
approximately of 30 square feet and is 42 inches in depth. The pod is fitted with a
weatherproof cover properly secured. The pod is designed and constructed to create channels
down the sidewalls to facilitate air flow. The sidewall channels provide airspace to the
bottom of the pod. The bottom of the vessel is designed to provide total drainage of the
treated effluent back to the recirculation tank/chamber.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 4 of 10
12. As the effluent enters the recirculation tank/chamber, this tank/chamber acts to further
separate the septic tank effluent. The effluent entering the recirculation tank/chamber is
charged by the recirculation pump to the media pod(s). The effluent is sprayed over the
media mattress(es) using a spray manifold of evenly spaced wide-angle spray nozzles. The
nozzles are manufactured with a free passage of 0.0625 inches in diameter. The system is set
to recirculate effluent through the media pod on an average of 4 to 6 times prior to discharge.
13. The effluent is sprayed on mattress(es) measuring a total area of 30 square feet. The
mattress(es) are fabricated from a non -biodegradable, chemically resistant, loose weave
polypropylene material. The openings in the weave allows for effluent and air flow while
containing the media. The media inside the mattress(es) are made of a styrene material. The
specific gravity of this material meets the following criteria: light enough to prevent
compaction which results in a loss of effective surface area, and provides a reduction in
channeling across the media (short-circuiting).
14. Effluent passes through the media and enters a schedule 40 pipe located at the bottom of the
pod. The effluent than gravity feeds back to the recirculation tank/chamber and the process is
repeated.
15. The effluent bypass valve or splitter box is piped to intercept filtered wastewater and deliver
it to the recirculation tank/chamber or the dosing tank/chamber, based on liquid volumes.
16. The Control Panel for the E-Z Treat System will consist of: recirculation pump on/off timer,
discharge pump alarm, and high/low water alarm. Control panels shall meet the requirements
of .1952 and shall be approved in writing by E-Z Treat Company for use in their systems.
17. Separate control and alarm circuits will be provided. The E-Z Treat systems will utilize a
device for the recording of measurements of daily water flows. The device shall provide a
means for determining at least the daily, 7-day, and 30-day flow monitoring requirements of
Rule .1970. This information will be stored in the data logger for drip irrigation systems
(provided by the manufacturer of the drip irrigation control panel). For pressure manifold and
LPP systems, the Aquaworx control panel or manufacturer approved equal shall be used. The
operator in responsible charge (ORC) of the system authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company must be able to access the panel directly on site and shall be available to the L14D
with 24-hour notice in the event a direct connection is necessary.
18. The UV disinfection system shall be rated for the appropriate discharge rate from the E-Z
Treat pod. The UV disinfection system will be one of the following:
a. E-Z Set UV-10005 (single bulb);
b. E-Z Set UV-1000 (dual alternating bulbs); or
c. Other UV systems specifically approved by the Department and E-Z Treat Company.
19. All access riser hatches shall be secured by approved tamper -resistant hardware approved by
the manufacturer or by other means approved by the manufacturer as equal. Riser
construction, attachment to tanks and security systems shall be pre -approved by the
Department and E-Z Treat Company in accordance with the E-Z Treat specific approvals for
the septic tanks and pump tanks, as applicable.
20. Buoyancy calculations shall be completed by a NC Professional Engineer if any parts of the
tanks, pods, or other system components are installed in a seasonal high water table.
Additional ballast may be required.
21. Influent samples shall be taken from the inlet sanitary tee into the recirculation tank. Effluent
samples shall be taken from the final pump doing tank or a spigot or sampling port that is
placed on the force main from the final dosing tank.
B. E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be designed by a designer authorized in writing by E-Z
Treat Company or a NC Professional Engineer. Systems over 1,000 gallons per day shall be
designed by a NC Professional Engineer.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 5 of 10
VII. Installation and Testing
A. A preconstruction conference shall be required to be attended by the designer authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company, engineer (if applicable), installer authorized in writing by E-Z
Treat Company, and L14D prior to beginning construction of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system.
B. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be installed according to directions provided by E-Z
Treat Company. Additionally, all E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and components used with, but
not manufactured by E-Z Treat Company shall be installed in accordance with all applicable
regulations and manufacturer instructions.
C. All individuals/companies installing E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be in possession of all
necessary permits and licenses before attempting any portion of a new or repair installation. The
company/individual must be a Level IV installer and authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company.
D. Watertightness of the tanks shall be tested by either of the following protocols: 24-hour
hydrostatic test or a vacuum test.
1. Hydrostatic Test 1, 2
a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes.
b. Fill tank with clean water to a point at least two inches above the pipe connections or the
seam between the tank and the riser, whichever is highest.
c. Measure the water level.
d. Allow the tank to sit for 24 hours.
e. Re -measure the water level.
f. If the water level change is th-inch or less or one percent of the liquid tank capacity, the
tank passes the leak test.
g. If the water level change is greater than 1/2-inch, any visible leaks can be repaired and the
tank may be topped off with water and allowed to sit for a minimum of one hour.
h. The tank passes the leak test if there are no visible leaks (flowing water or dripping in a
steady stream) and no measureable drop in water level after one hour. Otherwise, the
tank fails the leak test.
2. Vacuum Testa
a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes.
b. A vacuum of four (4) inches of mercury should be pulled on the tank and held for five (5)
minutes.
c. During the testing, the tank manufacturer or their representative can seal the tank if it is
found to be leaking.
d. If the tank is repaired, the vacuum must be brought back up to four inches and held for
five minutes.
E. The distribution of flow to the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system and to the septic tank shall be
measured during start-up and set to be in accordance with the system design with start-up settings
recorded.
1 Victor D'Amato and Ishwar Devkota, Development of Prefahricated Septic and Pump Tank Construction and Installation Standards for North
Carolina.
2 National Precast Concrete Association, Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks, Second Edition, October 2005, 24.
'National Precast Concrete Association, Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks, Second Edition, October 2005, 24.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 6 of 10
F. Specified site preparation steps and construction specifications for the ground absorption system
shall be strictly adhered to, including specified depth of trenches in relation to site limiting
conditions, cover material specifications (if needed), trench installation method, etc.
G. The installer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company, the engineer or designer authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company, and the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall
conduct an inspection/start-up of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system and all associated system
components. The L14D personnel will attend and observe the inspection/start-up. During the
inspection/start-up to include:
1. System watertightness testing.
2. Control panel operation and alarm settings.
3. Pump model numbers and time clock settings.
4. Pressure head on the E-Z Treat pod wastewater distribution system.
5. Return flow to the septic tank set per design and recorded, when applicable.
6. Riser hatches have tamperproof bolts, and/or riser lock ring.
VHL Operation, Maintenance, Monitoring, and Reporting
A. E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be classified, at a minimum, as a Type Va system in
accordance with Table V(a) of Rule .1961(b). Management and inspection shall be in accordance
with Rules .1961 and .1970.
B. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems require an operation and maintenance agreement between the
system owner and E-Z Treat Company, Inc., its authorized representative, or with an operator
authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company as per Rule .1970. The system shall be inspected
according to Rule .1961 by a certified subsurface operator authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company according. The ORC shall be either an employee of E-Z Treat Company or authorized
in writing by E-Z Treat Company to operate and maintain the system. The operator authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company must have proper equipment and training to access and program
the control panels on site.
C. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be operated and maintained according to the latest
version of E-Z Treat Company's O&M manual.
D. At each E-Z Treat Pretreatment system inspection the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company shall, at a minimum, observe, monitor, and record the following:
1. Wastewater level in all the tanks.
2. Sludge, scum, and grease levels in all the tanks.
3. Clogging of effluent filter.
4. Watertightness of tanks, risers, and pipe penetrations at the tanks.
5. Operation of pumps, floats, valves, electrical controls, and alarms.
6. Drainfield pump delivery rate (drawdown test), determination of the average pump run time,
and drainfield dosing volume.
7. Any structural damage, accessibility issues, adequate ventilation, excess odors, ponding of
effluent, insect infestations, vegetative growth over the drainfield, or surfacing of effluent on
the drainfield area.
8. Sample of E-Z Treat Pretreatment system effluent collected from the sampling point to check
for effluent clarity and odor and a sample of influent, as required.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 7 of 10
9. Readings from pump cycle counters and run time meters and any water meter readings, as
applicable.
10. Current operational set up for TS-II nitrogen removal enhancement (percent returned to septic
tank), and recommendation for modifications (if needed).
11. System operating conditions, from the review stored data for indication of 7-day and 30-day
flows and flow variances or other abnormal conditions.
E. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall also conduct other additional
observations, measurements, monitoring, and maintenances activities as specified in the Operation
Permit and as recommended by the manufacturer.
F. Sampling and Testing
1. All sampling shall be done in accordance with Rule .1970(n)(3) and (5). E-Z Treat systems
shall be sampled annually (semi-annually for systems with a design flow of 1,501 to 3,000
gpd).
2. TS-II systems influent shall be analyzed for TKN.
3. Effluent for all systems shall be tested for effluent CBOD5 and NH4-N. Systems specified to
meet the TS-II standard shall also have the effluent analyzed for TN (TKN and NO3-N).
Systems designed to meet the TS-II standard with design flows of 1,501 gpd to 3,000 gpd
shall have the effluent analyzed for fecal coliforms.
4. Additional sampling of effluent or influent may be determined to be necessary by the ORC
authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company during a system inspection to assist with
troubleshooting or to verify system performance.
5. Effluent samples shall be taken from the final dosing tank/chamber or a sampling port located
downstream from the final treatment process.
6. Influent samples shall be taken from a sampling port located between the septic tank and
recirculation tank/chamber.
7. Adjustments in the monitoring schedule and number of parameters sampled may be proposed
by E-Z Treat Company and approved by the Department pursuant to Rule .1970(n)(3)(B) or
(C).
G. Notification and Performance of Maintenance and Repairs
1. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall alert E-Z Treat Company, the
LHD, and the system owner within 48 hours of needed maintenance or repair activities
including but not limited to landscaping, tank sealing, tank pumping, pipe or control system
repairs, media replacement, and/or adjustments to any other system component.
2. System troubleshooting and needed maintenance shall be provided to maintain the pump
delivery rate and average pump run time within 25% of initial measurements conducted
during system startup. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall notify
the system owner, E-Z Treat Company, and the LHD whenever the pump delivery rate
efficiency or average pump ran times are not within 25% of initial measurements conducted
prior to system start-up.
3. The septic tank will be pumped as needed upon recommendation of the ORC authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company and in accordance with the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system
operation and maintenance instructions. However, at a minimum, the septic tank will be
pumped whenever the solids level exceeds 25% of the tank's total liquid working capacity or
the scum layer is more than four inches thick.
4. The tanks shall be pumped by a properly permitted septage management firm, and the septage
handled in accordance with 15A NCAC 13B .0800.
5. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall notify the LHD, E-Z Treat

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 8 of 10
Company, and the system owner in writing whenever repairs are indicated. All maintenance
activities shall be recorded in the ORC reports provided to the system owner, LHD, and E-Z
Treat Company.
H. Reporting
1. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall provide a completed written
report to the system owner, E-Z Treat Company, and the LHD within 30 days of each
inspection. At a minimum this report shall specify:
a. The date and time of inspection,
b. System operating conditions according to Section VII.D, VII.E, and VII.F.
c. Results from any laboratory analysis of any influent and effluent samples,
d. Maintenance activities performed since the last inspection report,
e. An assessment of overall system performance,
f. A list of any improvements or maintenance needed,
g. A determination of whether the system is malfunctioning, and the specific nature of the
malfunction,
h. Any changes made in system settings, based on recommendations of the manufacturer,
and
i. A summary report of data retrieved from the control panel verifying actual daily, 7-day,
and 30-day flows, flow variances, and other operating conditions.
IX. Responsibilities and Permitting Procedures
A. Prior to the installation of an E-Z Treat Pretreatment system at a site, the owner or owner's agent
shall file an application at the LHD for the proposed use of this system. After the LHD conducts a
soil and site evaluation, the LHD may issue an Improvement Permit or Authorization to Construct
or amend a previously issued Authorization to Construct allowing for the use of a E-Z Treat
Pretreatment system.
B. The Improvement Permit and Authorization to Construct shall contain all conditions the site
approval is based upon, including the proposed used of the Innovative system. The Operation
Permit will include all conditions specified in the Improvement Permit and the Authorization to
Construct.
C. When a special site evaluation is required pursuant to Rule .1970(p)(1) or a drip approval, as
applicable, an evaluation and written, sealed report from a Licensed Soil Scientist regarding the
site shall be provided to the LHD. The report shall contain the information as specified in Rule
.1970(p)(2) and "Requirements for Submittals of Soil Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal
System Designs". The LHD may request the assistance of their Regional Soil Scientist in
evaluating this report prior to permit issuance.
D. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system shall be designed by one of the following: a designer
authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or a North Carolina Professional Engineer. Systems
over 1,000 gallons per day, or as otherwise required for drip irrigation systems, shall be designed
by a North Carolina Professional Engineer.
E. Prior to issuance of an Authorization to Construct for an E-Z Treat Pretreatment system, a design
submittal prepared by a designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or a North
Carolina Professional Engineer shall be submitted for review and approval by the LHD. The

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 9 of 10
design submittal shall include the information required in "Requirements for Submittals of Soil
Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal System Designs".
F. It is recommended that local authorized environmental health practitioners attend a design
training session offered by the manufacturer/authorized representative prior to permitting the
system. Also, at the request of the LHD, a Regional Engineer will review the design.
G. The designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall certify in writing that the E-Z
Treat Pretreatment system was installed in accordance with the approved design prior to
Operation Permit issuance.
H. A North Carolina Professional Engineer shall certify in writing that a system designed by an
engineer was installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications prior to
Operation Permit issuance.
I. For sites required to be evaluated by a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist (see
Section V and IX.C), the health department may specify as a condition on the Improvement
Permit and Authorization to Construct that a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist
oversee critical phases of the drainfield installation and certify in writing that the installation was
in accordance with their specified site/installation requirements prior to the Operation Permit
issuance.
J. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall be present during the final
inspection of the system prior to the issuance of the operation permit. The ORC shall be certified
as a NC Subsurface Operator and authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company.
K. The LHD issues the Operation Permit after the following:
1. Field verification of installation completion;
2. Receipt of written documentation from the designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company or the engineer, as applicable, that the system has been designed, installed, and is
operating in accordance with the approved plans; and
3. All necessary legal documents have been completed, including the contract between the
system owner and the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company.
K. On an annual basis, E-Z Treat Company shall provide a report to the On -Site Water Protection
Branch including the number and location of new system installations during the previous year,
and effluent data and operator reports for each operational E-Z Treat Pretreatment system
installed in North Carolina under this Innovative Approval. Effluent data should be compiled and
submitted electronically. If available, a web -based system for data posting of laboratory results
should be utilized. These reports shall provide information to the Department based upon the
monitoring data and observations made from the Innovative systems installed pursuant to this
Approval. This should include an assessment of system performance in relation to the established
treatment performance standards; an assessment of physical and chemical properties of the
materials used to construct the system, in terms of strength, durability, and chemical resistance to
loads and conditions experienced, recommended areas of applicability for the system; and any
conditions and limitations related to the use of the system. The report shall also include an
updated list of authorized designers, installers, and ORCs.
X. Repair of Systems

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 10 of 10
The provisions of 15A NCAC 18A .1961(1) shall govern the use of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment
System for repairs to existing malfunctioning wastewater systems.
Approved By: Date:

NSF Intemational
789 N. Dixboro Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA
RECOGNIZES
E-Z Treat
Haymarket, VA
AS COMPLYING WITH NSF/ANSI 40, 245, 350 AND ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS.
PRODUCTS APPEARING IN THE NSF OFFICIAL LISTING ARE
AUTHORIZED TO SEAR THE NSF MAR.IC
r""J
aat
Cer f.ukon Program
Aecmdtted by the
American National
Standards Institute
LL
Certificedon Program
Accredited by the
Standards Councit
aF Canndn
This certificate is the property of NSF lntematiottal and must be .returned upon request. This eettificate remains valid as long as this client has products in
Listing for the referenced standards. For the most current and complete Listing information, please access NSF's website (www.nsiorg).
G ` L
December 18, 2015 Lori Bestervelt
Certificlte# CO173849 - 02 Executive Vice President & CTO

0 NSF International
OFFICIAL LISTING
NSF International Certifies that the products appearing on this Listing conform to the requirements of
NSPIANSI Standard 245 - Wastewater Treatment Systems - Nitrogen Reduction
This is the official Listing recorded on December 18, 2015.
E-Z Treat
P.O. Box 176
Haymarket, VA 20618
703-753-4770
Facility: Rocky Mount, NC
Model Number
#600
#1200
Rated
Capacity
Gallons/Day
600
120o
Note: Additions shall not be made to thin document without prior evaluation and acceptance by NSF International.
1 of 1
C0173848
789 N. Dixboro RoW. Ana Arbor. Michigan 48105-9723 USA
1-800-NSF-MARK % 734-769-8010
a-VsY.tisf.org

0 NSF International
OFFICIAL LISTING
NSF International Certifies that the products appearing on this Listing conform to the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 350 - Onsite Residential and Commercial Water Reuse Treatment Systems
This is the Official Listing recorded on December 18, 2015.
B-Z Treat
P.O. Box 176
Haymarket, VA 20618
703-753-4770
Facility: Rocky Mount, MC
Rated
Capacity
Model Number Gallons/Day Classification Type
#600 600 Class R Wastewater
#1200 1200 Class R Wastewater
NOTE: Class R - Single family residential dwellings
Note: Additions shall not be made to this document without prior evaluation and acceptance by NSF International.
1 of 1
789 N. Dixboro Road. Ann Arbor. Michigfln 451OS-9?33 USA c0173848
1-800-NSF-fit aRK / 734-769-8010
1vr«v.nSf.0rg

CAST -A -SEAL 402/402F PRODUCT
SPECIFICATION
and SELECTION
Submittal Specification
A flexible pipe-io-structure connector shall be employed in the
connection of the sanitary sewer pipe to precast structures. The connector
shall be CAST A -SEAL® 402/402F as manufactured by Press -Seal
Corporation, Fort Wayne, Indiana, or approved equal. The connector shall
be the sole element relied on to assure a flexible, watertight seal of the pipe
to the precast structure. The connector shall consist of a rubber gasket and
an external take-up clamp.
The rubber gasket element shall be constructed solely of syn-
thetic or natural rubber, and shall meet or exceed the physical property
requirements of ASTM C 923,
The external take-up clamp shall be constructed of Series 300
non-magnetic stainless steel and shall utilize no welds in its construc-
tion. The clamp shall be installed by torquing the adjusting screw using a
torque -setting wrench available from the connector manufacturer.
Selection of the proper size connector for the structure and pipe
requirement, and installation thereof, shall be in strict conformance with the
recommendations of the connector manufacturer. Any dead end pipe stubs
installed in connectors shall be restrained from movement per ASTM C 923.
The finished connection shall provide sealing to 13 psi (mini-
mum) and shall accommodate deflection of the pipe to 7 degrees (mini-
mum) without loss of seal.
Vacuum testing shall be conducted in strict conformance with
ASTM C 1244 prior to backfill. Other testing shall be conducted in strict
conformance with the requirements of the connector manufacturer.
CAST-A-SEAL402
PIPE SIZE
PIPE O.D RANGE
WALLTHICKNESs•
I APPLICATION
452.0250
1.25' - 2" (31 - 51 mm)
1.5" - 2.75" (38 - 70 mm)
2.5' - 6" (64 -ISO mm)
I STANDARD
452.0402F1
4" (100 mm)
4.2" - 4.7" (107 - 119 mm)
2.5" - 4.0" (64 - 102 mm)
Closed Face
.& (1§¢)mit) .'
82'-67"' i.57=rlOmm)
2.5`-6" (S4;,Y50inrrl}
SiAt, DARt)
CAS ADAPTER
3" (75 mm) I
3.2" - 3.6- (81 - 91 mm)
---
Use with 4" CAST -A -SEAL
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
CAST-A-SEAL4021402F meets and/or exceeds
all requirements of ASTM C 923, including physical prop-
erties of materials and performance testing, including:
• 13 psi minimum in straight alignment
• 10 psi at minimum 7'angle
• 10 psi minimum under shear load of
150 Ibs/in. pipe diameter
CAST -A -SEAL 402/402F meets and/or exceeds the
requirements of the following Standards, Specifica-
tions, Codes, and Test Methods:
• ASTM C 923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors
Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes,
and Laterals
• ASTM C 1644 Standard Specification fnr Resilient
Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete On -Site
Wastewater Tanks and Pipes
ASTM C 1478 Standard Specification for Storm Drain Resilient
Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer
Structures, Pipes and Laterals
ASTM C 1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer
Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test
IAPMO/ANSI Z1000 Standard for Prefabricated Septic Tanks
IAPMO/ANSI Zt 001 Standard for Prefabricated Gravity
Grease Interceptors
• NPCA Best Practices Manual for Precast Concrete On -Site
Wastewater Tanks
• NOWRA Model Code Framework
TYPICAL TEST RESULTS for CAST-4-SEAL 4021402F (as in ASTM C 1644, C 923. and C 1478)
I Test
ASTM Test Method
Test Requirements
Typical Result
CHEMICAL RESIS-
NO WEIGHT
TANCE; 1N SULFURIC
D 534, AT 22"C FOR
NO WEIGHT LOSS
LOSS
ACID and 1N
48 HRS
NO WEIGHT LOSS
NO WEIGHT
HYDROCHLORIC ACID
LOSS
TENSILE STRENGTH
0412
1200 PSI, MIN,
2100 PSI
ELUNGA I ION Al
RRFAK
D 412
350%, MIN.
525%
D 2240 (SHORE A
*-5 FROM THE
HARDNESS
DUROMETER)
MANUFACTURER'S
<2
SPECIFIED HARDNESS
DECREASE OF 15%,
ACCELERATED
O 7 1°G
MAX. OF ORIGINAL
-13% TENSILE
CHANGE, -14%ELONGATION
OVEN -AGING
7 DAYS
FOR OR D
TENSILE STRENGTH, DE-
CREASE OF 20%, MAX.
OF ELONGATION
CHANGE
D 395, METHOD B,
DECREASE OF 25%,
COMPRESSION TEST
AT 70°C FOR 22 HRS
MAX. OF ORIGINAL DE-
13%
FLECTI ON
D 471 IMMERSE 0.75
INCREASE OF 1o%,
WATER ABSORPTION
BY 2-IN.SPECIMEN
IN DISTILLED WATER
MAX. OR ORIGINAL BY
3.50%
AT 70'C FOR 48 hrs
WEIGHT
OZONE RESISTANCE
D 1171
RATING 0
PASS
LOW -TEMP,
BRITTLE POINT
D 746
NO FRACTURE AT -4o°C
PASS
TEAR RESISTANCE
D 624. METHOD B
200 LBFIIN. (MIN.)
450 LBFIIN.
Press -Seal believes all information is accurate as of its publication date. Information, specifications, and prices
are all subject to change without notice. Press -Seal is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Copyright 2012,
63
PhoFax: (2 0) 436 1908 PRESS -SEAL CORPORATION Email! [e-mail]
Fax (260} 435-1908 Protecting Our Planet's Clean Water Supply Web: www.press-seal.com
7Sp vaaJ-aoag Regisruerr • 1SW1EC 17nlsA.4—diced

Sj
CAST-A-SEAV402/402F
What It is
CAST -A -SEAL 4021402F is a watertight
flexible connector that is cast into the structure
when the concrete is poured. The connector is
folded into the casting position and placed on the
reusable heavy-duty solid plastic mandrel that is
installed directly to the form. After the concrete is
cured, the form is opened, removing the mandrel
from the gasket, but leaving the CAST -A -SEAL
4021402F connector embedded in the concrete.
The gasket is then simply unfolded at thejobsite
and is tightened around the pipe using the sup-
plied stainless steel take-up clamp.
Why It's Better
- Simple cast -in design provides flexible
watertight connection.
Eliminates infiltration and exfiltration_
Improves on -site system performance
and minimizes maintenance.
• Protects groundwater from unintended
discharges.
• Use in on -site treatment structures, grease
interceptors, manholes, wet wells, pump
and lift stations, stormwater structures, or
any application requiring a flexible
watertight connector.
CAST -IN BOOT -TYPE
CONNECTOR
for 1-1/4" to 6" PVC Pipe
(32 mm - 150 mm)
How It Performs
CAST -A -SEAL 4021402F meets or exceeds
all requirements of the following Standards,
Codes, Specifications and/or Test Methods:
ASTM C 1227 IAPMO Z1000
ASTM C 1644 1APM0 Z1001
ASTM C 923 NPCA Best Practices
ASTM C 1244 NOWRA Model Code
ASTM C 1478
Scan (or click) Here To View More Info
On This Product On The Web!
Attach mandrel Invert gasket Place gasket Strip form and Invert gasket to outside
to outside form into casting and mandrel in mandrel, leaving of tank, insert pipe and
wall. position. form and pour. gasket in place. tighten take-up clamp.
Press -Seal believes all information is accurate as of its publication date. Information, specifications, and prices
are ali subject to change without notice- Press -Seal is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Copyright 2012.
62
Phone: [phone] PRESS -SEAL CORPORATION Email: [e-mail]
Fax [phone] Protecting Our Planet's Clean Wafer Supply Web: www.press-seal.com
ISO 900h2M8 ReRicrere,l • I SO/IEC 1702; Accrsdiled
rs�

= E set
by INFILTRATOR
EZset by Infiltrator risers and lids are made from glass reinforced polypropylene,
providing superior strength and durability. They come in green or black and in
20", 24", and 30" diameters making them ideal for use with any concrete or
plastic tank. The slip resistant lids are fastened using stainless steel screws
and can be further secured by installing locking rings.
20" Riser System
■ 20" x 6" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 20" x 12" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 20" Lids (Green or Black)
20" x 6" Riser
20" x 12" Riser
20" Lid
24" Riser System
■ 24" x 6" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 24" x 12" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 24" x 18" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 24" Lids (Green or Black)
24" x 6" Riser
24" x 12" Riser
24" x 18" Riser
Adapter Flange 24" Lid
30" Riser System
30" x 12" Risers (Green or Black)
30" Lids (Green or Black)
30" x 12" Riser
30" Lid
- Adhesive Sealant
- 20"
Locking Rings
- 20"
Safety Pans
- 24"
Locking Rings
- 24"
Safety Pans
- 24"
Adapter Rings
- 30"
Locking Rings

CDEZset
by INFILTRATOR
I
2TYP
WALLTHICKN SS�
-� 121
605 -
SECTIONA-A
SCALE I 6 300 J
22 375
20" x 6" Riser Cutaway
Riser Specifications
22"
125 TYP 20"
WALL THICKNESS _
1 � -
12 05
121
SECTION A -A
SCALE 1 6 300
22 375"
20" x 12" Riser Cutaway
26"
26"
125 TYP 24"
125 TYP
24„ WALL TH ICKNESS �f _
I -
WALLTHICKNESS�f - '
60 121
605
12 05 -
SECTIONIA 121
SCALE 1 6 300 -
SECTION A -A
26 37C" SCALE 1 6 300
24" x 6" Riser Cutaway 26375"
24" x 12" Riser Cutaway
26"
125 TYP 24'
WALLTHICKNESS� -
32'
125TYP 31'
WALLTHICKNESS� _
is05 - f
- 121 12 05' _ 121
SECTIONA-A SECTION A -A
SCALE 1 6 311 SCALE 1 6 311
26 375'
12 37F'
24" x 18" Riser Cutaway 30" x 12" Riser Cutaway
INFILTRATOR WATER TECHNOLOGIES, LLC ("Infiltrator")
EZset by Infiltrator LIMITED WARRANTY
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP LIMITED WARRANTY
(a) This Ilmited warranty is extended to the end user of an EZset by Infiltrator riser and lid system and other accessories.
An EZset system manufactured by Infiltrator, when installed and operated in accordance with Infiltrator's installation
instructions and local regulation by a licensed installer, is warranted to you: (I) against defective materials and workmanship
for one (1) years after installation. Infiltrator will, at its option, (I) repair the defective product or (II) replace the defective
materials. Infiltrator's liability specifically excludes the cost of removal and/or installation of the EZset system.
(b) In order to exercise its warranty rights, you must notify Infiltrator in writing at its corporate headquarters in Old Saybrook,
Connecticut within fifteen (15) days of the alleged defect.
(c) YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL LOSSES OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY
CAUSE WHATSOEVER SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (a) ABOVE. INFILTRATOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, HOWEVER OCCASIONED, WHETHER BY
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THIS LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES
YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE.
(d) THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY INFILTRATOR AND SUPERSEDES ANY PRIOR,
CONTRARY, ADDITIONAL, OR SUBSEQUENT REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN. INFILTRATOR
DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES TO THE GREATEST EXTENT ALLOWED BYLAW ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FINESSE FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OTHERWISE ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING,
COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, OR USAGE OFTRADE. NO PERSON (INCLUDING ANY EMPLOYEE, AGENT, DEALER, OR
REPRESENTATIVE) IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THIS PRODUCT,
EXCEPT TO REFER YOU TO THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, THIS WARRANTY
IS NOT A WARRANTY OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE, BUT ONLYA WARRANTY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE.
(a) YOU MAYASSIGN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY TO A SUBSEQUENT PURCHASER OFYOUR HOME.
(F) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF INFILTRATOR HAS THE AUTHORITY TO CHANGE THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IN ANY
MANNER WHATSOEVER, OR TO EXTEND THIS LIMITED WARRANTY.
CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
There are certain conditions or applications over which Infiltrator has no control. Defects or problems as a result of such
conditions or applications are not the responsibility of Infiltrator and are NOT covered under this warranty. They include failure
to Install the EZset system in accordance with instructions or applicable regulatory requirements or guidance, altering the
EZset system contrary to the Installation instructions and disposing of chemicals or other materials contrary to normal EZset
system usage.
The above represents the Standard Limited Warranty offered system
Infiltrator. A contact
Infiltrator's number of states and counties have
different warranty requirements. Any purchaser of an EZset system should contactarrnty, corporate headquarters In Old
4 Business Park Road Saybrook, Connecticut, prior to such purchase to obtain a copy of the applicable warranty, and should carefully read that
P.O. Box 768 warranty prior to the purchase of an EZset system.
Old Saybrook, CT 06475
INFILTRATOR® 1-800-221-4436 860-577-7001
systems Inc. www•infiltratorwater.com
U.S. Patents: 4,759,661; 5,017,041; 5,156,488; 5,336,017; 5,401,116; 5,401,459; 5,511,903; 5,716,163; 5,588,778; 5,839,844 Canadian Patents: 1,329,959; 2,004,564 Other patents pending. Infiltrator,
Equalizer, Quick4, and SideWinder are registered trademarks of Infiltrator Water Technologies. Infiltrator is a registered trademark in France. Infiltrator Water Technologies, is a registered trademark in Mexico.
Contour, Microl-eaching, PolyTuff, ChamberSpacer, MultiPort, Posil-ock, QuickCut, QuickPlay, SnapLock and StraightLock are trademarks of Infiltrator Water Technologies.
PolyLok is a trademark of PolyLok, Inc. TUF-TITE is a registered trademark of TUF-TITE, INC. Ultra -Rib is a trademark of IPEX Inc.
© 2013 Infiltrator Water Technologies, LLC. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A. SET01 0613ISI

49 in, �� Mb I//
Toll Free: 888-999-3290L fJME
Bristle Filter Instructions
For STF-110 4" (Installation &Maintenance)
Instructions for installation in standard 4" outlet "Tee" of septic tank.
• Orient the filter so that the wire handle faces opposite the discharge outlet.
• Push filter into top of "Tee" until the 90 degree wire handle touches the top of the
"Tee". The filter is now "installed", as shown in the picture to the right.
• The flexibility of the STF-110 bristle filter allows it to be used in just about any situa-
tion. If you need help with a custom installation please call Sim/Tech Filter toll free at
888-999-3290.
Installed Filter
Recommended maintenance schedule
For maximum protection, it is recommended that the filter be replaced annually. If not, it should be inspected
at least once per year. The filter is capable of lasting three years under normal conditions. Such factors as
garbage disposals, pets, laundry, etc. may cause the need for more frequent inspection or service.
Instructions for performinc maintenance in standard 4" outlet "Tee" of septic tank.
STF-130
Maintenance
Sleeve
• Before removing filter, one of two options must be performed. These options
need to be performed to prevent any outflow of unfiltered effluent from the
tank while the filter is removed.
Option 1
Insert a STF-130 maintenance sleeve (sold separately) with the handle
coupling on the same side of the "Tee" as the outlet hole. Push the sleeve
into the "Tee" until the handle coupling hits the top of the "Tee". Do not
remove the sleeve until a filter has been put back in the "Tee".
Option 2
Have the tank pumped down by a professional septic service company.
• After performing one of the options above, remove filter by pulling up on the
filter handle.
• Place the used filter in the provided plastic bag for proper disposal.
• Install a new replacement filter as described in the installation instructions at
the top of the page.
• If a maintenance sleeve was used (option 1), remove the sleeve from the outlet
"Tee"
Maintenance
Sleeve partially
inserted into
"Tee"
U.S. Patent #
6,811,692

a
The STF=110 series
Effluent Filters
it "s Superior
Superior to slatted, uniform designs.
Flexible
ersatile -
The Best
rnmmnn debris.
it's Simple
only rhoire in effluent filters.
„ d i a.Grii]p�0OC©Gr7�3 u�pGr?G��C?� pGt�aLICGir?�3

STF-?ro-7R In 4••6•
sanitary Tee(cuf-a-way)
STF-11OL7Rinpr9 st
septic tank with Squero
• rAUrirIr 071tration of the mast common -AAMS
f�o,und in today's wastewater system -Fs
* Ver iefife deaig" has appii�atigns fur
r�eWdentlal. a.ommerclal and indu�trlal
systems and fit many different types
of tee and housings
• Flexible bPIN la-fsshjn is simple to
in -stall and service, even in rsUgtems with limited
* Neff:fnrkfng hristles hold the filter frrmlU
in place with no need for receiver45 or
canisters and eliminate filter float -up
'fir'' ■ Reba +reparation area nata.uraliy. sorts
solids according W sip and mass for longer fluter life
• Affomv hLula7gluaf maturing necessary in wastewater
treatrrient sj5terns,
* But -able enough to he serviced and economical enough to
he replaced
+ Economical rwWkirfan for pmterting and servicing all types of mastewater
systems at a frauLlon of the cost of inferior rlLmi ns
Designed after our proven STF-110 effluent fllter that currenIIy protects residential septic systems all
over the world, the iatest additions to this series of Filters were designed with mofa d0maridirig
residential, commeroial and industrial systems with larger housings and pre -oast tanks with built in
square baffles in mind -
We achieve superior trltration of the most common solids found in today's wastewater systems with
our non -uniform« bristle design. This design is much more efficient than uniforrn f slotted designs which
can pass larger more harmful debris into the system.
The flexible self-locking bristles make it simple to install and servi, even in systems with I
limited access. They also hold the filter firmly in place with no reed for receivers or canisters
and eliminate filter float -up,
The filters employs a debris separation space which naturally sorts solids according to size
and mass. This makes the filter function more efficiently and greatly increases its IIfe-Span.
It also allows for biological maturing which is necessary in all wastewater treatment systems. �
The TF-110 series filters use triangular polypropylene
bristles wound together with a 316 stainless -steel core.
This makes them durable enough to be serviced and
economical enough to be replaced. This provides an
economical solution For protecting and servicing all types
of wastewater systems at a fraction of the cost of inferior
designs.
STF-130 charging sleeve is required to black ef€oom flow whPa servl:ag
without the oaad to pump down the tarrk.
TF' 1 f M iR Th i13ffftar!v
Tee (cut -a -way View)
For the praterriorr and pierfvrma"re uf wastewater systems by
860�13_ 0 US Parent # '5.611, 692
4

tYWI13W
FEATURES
•T• Easy, affordable solution for servicing
septic tanks
Designed with non -directional bristles
for unrestricted flow of effluent
Allows biological maturing and
sloughing to maximize septic tank
efficiency
•:• Provides well over 112 mile of filtration
media with over 319 cu. in. of open
area to eliminate clogging
2,215 sq, in. of filtering surface allow
a flow rate of over 1200 GPD, filtering
to 1116" diameter
•: Filtering surface is achieved with
unique triangular bristle that more
than doubles the filtering surface, with
no uniform holes or slots to plug
90 degree handle for easy installation
and removal
Adapts to all types of 4" pipe
Self-locking bristles hold the filter
firmly in place, eliminating filter float up'
Flexible design makes it easy to install
in hard to reach places and makes
replacing the filter a breeze
Constructed of polypropylene bristles,
wound together with a 316 S.S. core
The filters designed shape creates a
debris separation space which naturally
sorts debris according to size and mass;
ensures even filter usage for a long
lifespan and maximizes circular flow
Order part No. STF-110
STF-130
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-110-6VV page 4
STF-110-7R page 4
STF-110-88 page 4
STF-130 page 14
STF-4TEE page 14
U.S. Patent # 6. 811. 692
J
S A 343 PVC PIPE
9rF-13o f
MAINTENANCE
❑ v _ SLEEVE
■
4.0
3.0 1
to
12 126
sa25
8TF110 —
I�
9YF�TEE
SEPTIC TEE ..
PAGE
3 Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech.corn

w;l7f.
THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION
GARY R. JOHNSON
MICHIGAN # 32831
WISCONSIN # E-25985
MINNESOTA # 41217
SIM/TECH FILTER
NEW STF-110 DISPOSABLE SEPTIC TANK FILTER
TIURD PARTY VERIFICATION
The Disposable Septic Tank Filter is constructed as a twisted -in -wire brush with 26" long
brush body, V4" tip and 2 %" long handle end with 90 degree bend. Brush body will have
a major diameter of 4.313" for a length of 9 '/2" starting 1/2" from the 90 degree handle
bend, then will transition down to 3 ;/z" diameter over the next 2 '/2" and held at 3 1/2"
diatiieter far the next 14".
There will be a scallop cut into the O.D. in the major diameter beginning 2 '/2" from the
top, transitioning doNm to 3 './2" over the next 2", and then transitioning up to the major
diameter over the next 2".
The stem will be 11-gauge stainless steel and the fill material will be .012 yellow
polypropylene.
The filter has a total of 2,962 lineal feet of bristle equaling 35,544 lineal inches of bristle.
By calculating the total length x the total perimeter of Sim/Tech's uniquely shaped
bristle, it gives us a filtering surface of 2,215 square inches.
Volume of a 4"x226" Septic Tee
Volume of the STF-110 Filter
Volume as open for fluid
of useyj�
s GARY B.
iC? N
N EER
' a 32831 .
AAaFESSJa*P
326.7 cubic inches
4.265 cubic inches
322.435 cubic inches
/1" AR`t R.
JOHNSON
E-25985`
MIDLAND
MICH �� ,

0
THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION OF FILTRATION ON THE STF-110
AND THREE O s M GRAVITY SEPTIC TANK FILTERS
+� Test was checking for filtering qualities with particulate that could be found in septic tank effluent
+ This test used five types of particulate added to a clean tank
+ The five types of particulate were hair, seeds, tissue paper, lint, and chain saw chips (see table A below)
• Test tank was riled manually every five minutes while performing tests to represent a large influx of
water
'eater was introduced into the test tank at 210 gallons per hour
+ Test was run to a 2" head height above outlet flow
+ Recorded length of time to achieve a 2" head height (see table B below)
® Recorded what was caught in a 1500 micron sieve during the total run time (see table B below)
• Recorded what was caught in a 600 micron sieve below the 1500 micron sieve during total run time (see
table B below)
• Recorded particulate caught while changing filters 15 minutes after ending test using manufacturers
recommended instructions (see table B below)
+ Recorded particulate removed with filters themselves (all filters were removed slowly) (see table B
below)
• All particulate was recorded in grams using a OHAUS Scout II Scale (Serial #BJ380398) with capacity
400 times 0.1 g (purchased scale 11117101),
1p�E Qf MlOy�c
GARY �.
` 10ANEER
r
N a
�. No. v
0 32831 �66
A 4> .
a
OFESSto-
TABLE A
Grams
Human hair
2
Horse hair
2
Dog hair
1
Cat hair
I
Tomato seeds
2
Pepper seeds
2
Cucumber seeds
2
Dill seeds
2
Charmin tissue paper
2
Scott tissue paper
2
Northern tissue paper
2
Lint
2
Chainsaw chips
4
GARY B.
JOHNSON
E-25085
MIDLAND
TABLE B i Sim/Tech
' Tuff-Tite
Zabel
Zoeller
Time to achieve 2" head height 1 hr. 40 min.
7 min.
6 min
* 2 hrs.
Particulate caught in 1500 micron sieve 1 0
0
0
0
Particulate caught in 600 micron sieve
0
0.2
0.3
1.2
Particulate caught while changing filter
0
0.3
0
0
Particulate contained within or on filter itself 15.0
6.3
2.2
2.3
*Ended test at 2 hours, total head height was at 1 3/4"
Note: All filters except Sim/Tech caught seeds in 1500 micron sieve but was not recordable in 1/10a scale

THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION OF FLOW RATES ON THE STF-110
AND THREE OTHER GRAVITY SEPTIC TANK. FILTERS
• Test done with clean water and no particulate
! Filters placed in a standard outlet tee of S & D type with a 17" tailpiece to outlet level
+ Test tank was a plastic 55 gallon drum
G There was an accurate method to measure head height above outlet level
® Test was done for a 1/2" and 1" head height above outlet level
s All filtcrs tested using the above conditions
FILTER FLOW RATES
%" head height above outlet flow
1" head height above outlet flaw
i� OF KlcX,
.tea sq
GARY B.
�- 10�w�N
�
EE _
No.
0 32831
.oFfF��a
Sim/Tech Tuff-Tite
1, 800 GPD 1, 440 GPD
5, 040 GPD 4, 680 GPD
Zabel
Zoeller
1, 195 GPD
900 GPD
45 858 GPD
1, 800 GPD
aY B. ?
E-250985
MIDLAND

It is my opinion that the Sirn/Tech filter will prove to be a superior septic tank filter
because of it's basic design; bristles to catch any "paper like" debris on the outside surface
( guided there because of the bristle's bending at the ends under pressure of the flow ).
A dead zone near the center to collect small particles as they fall out of the flow. Pius the
incalculable water paths through, and around, the filter fibers.
Crary B. Johnson P.E_
363 Silver Creek Rd
Petoskey, Mi 49770
* GARY B_
JOE
EER g
0 32831 A
a9
DFESS%VA

P43LYAkOX Inc.
Innovations in Precast, Drainage Zabel®
& Wastewater Products tp
A Division of Polylok Inc.
PL-122 Filter
PL-122 Effluent Filter
The PL-122 was the original Polylok filter. It was the first filter on the market with an automatic shut-off ball installed
with every filter. When the filter is removed for regular servicing, the ball will float up and prevent any solids from
leaving the tank. Our patented design cannot be duplicated.
Features:
• Offers 122 linear feet of 1/16" filter slots, which
significantly extends time between cleaning.
• Has a flow control ball that shuts off the flow of effluent
when the filter is removed for cleaning.
• Has its own gas deflector ball which deflects solids away.
• Installs easily in new tanks, or retrofits in existing systems.
• Comes complete with its own housing. No gluing of
tees or pipe, no extra parts to buy.
• Has a modular design, allowing for increased filtration.
PL-122 Installation:
Ideal for residential waste flows up to 3,000 gallons per day
(GPD). Easily installs in any new or existing 4" outlet tee.
1. Locate the outlet of the septic tank.
2. Remove the tank cover and pump tank if necessary.
3. Glue the filter housing to the outlet pipe, or use a
Polylok Extend & Lok if not enough pipe exists.
4. Insert the PL-122 filter into tee.
5. Replace and secure the septic tank cover.
PL-122 Maintenance:
The PL-122 Effluent Filter will operate efficiently for
several years under normal conditions before requiring
cleaning. It is recommended that the filter be cleaned
every time the tank is pumped, or at least every three years.
1. Do not use plumbing when filter is removed.
2. Pull PL-122 cartridge out of the tee.
3. Hose off filter over the septic tank. Make sure all solids
fall back into septic tank.
4. Insert filter back into tee/housing.
Polylok offers the only filter on the market
where you can get more GPD by simply
snapping our filters together!
Patent Numbers
6,015,488 & 5,871,640
I�
FE
Filter Ready Adapter
Connects to Septic Tank Wall
Accepts 1/2" PVC
:tension Handle
Alarm Switch
(Optional)
122 Linear Ft. of
1/16" Filtration
Slots
Filter Housing with
3" & 4" Pipe Adapter
1/16" Filtration Slots
3,000 GPD
0
Gas Deflector
Automatic Shut -Off Ball
Outdoor SmartFilter® Alarm
Polylok, Zabel & Best filters accept
the SmartFilter® switch and alarm.
www.polylok.com 1-877-765-9565

CSC
The Public Health and Safety Organization
NSF Product and Service Listings
These NSF Official Listings are current as of Wednesday, April 06, 2o16 at 12:15 a.m. Eastern Time. Please oc ntact
NSF International to confirm the status of any Listing, report errors, or make suggestions.
Alert: NSF is concerned about fraudulent downloading and manipulation of website text. Always confirm this information
by clicking on the below link for the most accurate information: httn://info.nsf.oriz/Certified/Wastewater/Listinzs.asn_ ?
Standard=046&C0m1)anv=7c)ti8o&
NSF/ANSI 46
Evaluation of Components and Devices Used in
Wastewater Treatment Systems
Polylok Inc.
3 Fairfield Boulevard
Wallingford, CT o6492
United States
877-765-9565
203-265-6340
Facility: Cheshire, CT
Septic Tank Effluent Filters[l]
PL-122 PL-250
PL-525
PL-625
PL-68
[1] Performance tested using bead size 0.338 cm ± 0.305 cm (1/8" ± 0.002"). Meets the full
requirements of NSF/ANSI 46-2010.
Facility: Evansville, IN
Septic Tank Effluent Filter Coxnponents[ll
A101-12x20 Ai01-12x28
A] 01-Sx32 A18o1-4x18 Col
A3ol-12x36 A3ol-8x18
Ami-12x36 Alol-8xi8
A18ol-022141151 A3ol-12x20
A3oi-8x26 A3ol-8x32
Alol-8x26
A3o1-12x28
[1] Septic Tank Effluent Filter Components are exempt from bearing the NSF Component Mark
and shall bear the NSF Unit Mark.

[4] Filter cartridges Certified in ABS and PVC materials.
[5] Fa_lure sensing and signaling equipment of this product not evaluated by NSF.
Septic Tank Effluent Filters[21 131
A1oo-12x2O
Aiwa-12x20-VC
A1OO-12x2O/BALL
A1oo-8xt8-VC
Aioo-8x26-VC
A100-8x32-VC
A18O0-4x18-VT-B40
A1800-4x18-VTF-B35 A1800-018-VTF-B40
Ai8oO-4x22-VT-B40
A18Oa-4x22-VTF-B35A1800-4x22-VTF-B40
A300-12x2o/BAId.
A300-12x28-VC
A300-12x36-VC
A300-8x32-VC
A600-12x20
A600-12x2o/BALL
A600-8x18-VC
A600-8x26-VC
A600-8x32-VC
A1ao-12x28-VC A1o0-12x36-VC
Ai8OO-4x18-30142-68 A1800-4x18-VT-B35
Ai8OO-4x22-30142-68A18Oo-4x22-VT-B35
A3OO-12x2O A3OO-12x2O-VC
A3oo-8x18-VC A3oo-8x26-VC
A6o0-12x28-VC A6o0-12x36-VC
[2) Suffix VC denotes a filter cartridge with Versa -Case assembly.
[31 Performance tested using bead size 0,338 cm ± 0.005 cm (1/8" ± 0.002")- Meets the full
requirements of NSF/ANSI 46-2010-
NOTE: All filters come Smartfilter ready.
Number of matching Manufacturers is i
Number of matching Products is 52
Processing time was o seconds

EZ,
���.TREAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
E-Z Treat is a
modular system with proven
performance in residential and commercial
applications. E-Z Treat is prepackaged in a
"pod" featuring synthetic media encapsulated in
a flexible mesh container. E-Z Treat protects
sensitive watersheds through removal of
nitrogen and other constituents.

Applications
Residential
Commercial or community
Intermittent or seasonal use
Space constrained sites
Harsh climates
Nitrogen sensitive areas
Water Reuse
Models bearing the NSF mark
are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI245
NSF/ANSI 350
E Z REAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Why Choose E-Z Treat?
o Produces water reuse quality effluent
o Certifed to NSF/ANSI Standards 40, 245, and 350
o Proven results for over 15 years through third party feld testing
o Spray nozzles maximize oxygen contact through small water droplet size
o Simple to use and suitable for wide range of applications
o Prepackaged, lightweight pod for easy installation
o Synthetic media
- Resists biological clogging
- Provides large, open surface area
- Allows free air few
- Requires no media cleaning
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

Pre -assembled Pod
Flexible configurations
Multiple sizes available
Lightweight pods
Non -clog media
High level denitrification
Optimized for water reuse
E-Z4 i kEAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
1. Collection
Sewage flows from the home
or facility into a watertight
primary tank or chamber.
The solids settle and the
liquid effluent flows by gravity
through an effluent filter to
the system.
2. Treatment
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating
Synthetic Filter provides
passive biochemical treatment
through an active biof lm matrix. The styrene media is very uniform and provides
ample surface area for biological growth. The styrene media contains many
voids to accommodate optimum air and liquid flow. The spray nozzles create
very small water droplet size (mist), thereby maximizing oxygen contact.
3. Dispersal
The re -circulation chamber contains a float ball by-pass valve and re -circulation
pump. The by-pass valve connects to the 4" return line from the E-Z Treat pod.
The by-pass valve allows the effluent to be constantly re -circulated through
the styrene media. Treated effluent exits the by-pass valve and flows into a
gravity drainfeld or into a pump
chamber for dosing LPP, drip
irrigation, or other pressurized NSF Testing Performance Summary
drainfelds. Effluent is suitable Parameters Effluent, Avg.
for reuse. UV disinfection may
be required. BOD5 2 mg/I
TSS
2 mg/I
DO
3 3 mg/I
Turbidity
2 NTU
E coli *
2 MPN/100ml
PH
68-75
Total Nitrogen Reduction
64%
*with optional UV disinfection
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

Standard Model Package:
Item Description
1 STEP-2&Re-circulation Pump, 112 HP F
2 Float By -Pass Valve
3 Control Panel
4 Styrene Media
*Septic tank effluent filter is supplied by others
M
❑3
Model 600
r
SPRAY MANIFOLD
PRESSURE GAUGE
E-Z _ TREAT
4❑
47 SC
Please Note: pump is changed to
STEP-30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat
Models bearing the NSF mark
are certified Class I
to one or more of the fol lowing standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350

E Z CW"
TREAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Installation
�*N
Inspection Checklist
F
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

Pre -construction Meeting
❑
Pre -construction meeting held?
Personnel present at pre -construction meeting (check all that apply):
❑ Owner
❑ Builder
❑ Engineer or Designer
❑ Regulator
❑ Installer
❑ Service Provider
Septic Tank
❑
Septic tank sized per code or certification criteria?
❑
Is septic tank installed per manufacturer's requirements?
N
❑
Does septic tank, riser(s), and access cover(s) meet applicable structural standards?
r+
0)
❑
1/16" commercial effluent filter/screen installed on outlet?
❑
Is effluent filter/screen able to be removed for cleaning?
fu
r+
❑
Is septic tank accessible?
0�
❑
Are septic tank, risers, and access covers watertight?
n
0
Re -circulation Tank
I
❑
Re -circulation tank sized per code or certification criteria?
N
❑
Is re -circulation tank installed per manufacturer's requirements?
(p
❑
Does re -circulation tank, riser(s), and access cover(s) meet applicable structural standards?
(i
r+
❑
Is re -circulation tank accessible?
0•
❑
Are re -circulation tank, risers, and access covers watertight?
❑
All piping from septic tank to re -circulation tank installed per code?
n
❑
Is the by-pass valve installed in the re -circulation tank properly?
S
(D
❑
Is the by-pass valve inlet connection from E-Z Treat pod installed properly?
f�
❑
Is the by-pass valve outlet connection to gravity drainfield or to drainfield pump tank/basin
_X,
installed properly?
(A
e'+
Pump
❑ Is pump installed per manufacturer's requirements and code?
❑ Is pump accessible and removable?
❑ Is quick disconnect method (union, camlock, or pitless adapter) installed? (Don't install a check valve!)
❑ Is 1/8" drainage and anti -siphon hole drilled in the PVC pump supply pipe just above the discharge
end of the pump?
❑ Is pump installed, connected, and tested?
(type, gauge and length of wire, connected using water -proof connectors and the conduit sealed -off)
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat

Force Main
❑
Is force main been installed with pressure rated fittings/pipe and per code?
❑
Are PVC fittings and pipe cleaned, primed, and glued properly?
❑
Is the force main sized according to manufacturer's recommendations?
❑
Is force main watertight?
❑
Is the force main installed to allow for drain -back to prevent freezing of piping, if applicable?
E-7
Treat Pod
❑
Stone pad size large enough for pod to set on (6'W x 91 x 4'H)?
❑
Stone pad depth sufficient and leveled for pod to drain towards 4" outlet?
❑
Is pod leveled and sloped 1" toward the bottom outlet drain?
❑
Is 4" return line to by-pass valve installed and per code?
❑
Are PVC fittings and pipe cleaned, primed, and glued properly?
N
❑
Is the return line sized according to manufacturer's recommendations?
r
❑
Is return line watertight?
—
❑
Pod lid secured and cleaned off?
0)
r+
p�
Soil Grading Around Pad
n
❑
Is area covered with suitable topsoil (free from large stones or sharp objects) around the pod?
❑
Is suitable topsoil packed around pod?
❑
Is suitable topsoil been lightly compacted around lid of pod to prevent settling?
(A
❑
Is the area been seeded and straw placed on top of topsoil for stabilization?
fD
n
COlrlucn ranC, and EIM;LFIGaI
r+
O�
Check all that apply:
n
0
Type of timer: ❑ Analog ❑ Digital
S
Elapsed Time Meter: ❑ Yes ❑ No
nCycle
Counter: ❑ Yes ❑ No
Panel heater: ❑ Yes ❑ No
(A
e'+
❑
Is control panel installed per manufacturer's requirements and code?
❑
Is a NEMA 4X junction box used for all float and pump connections?
❑
Are floats installed, connected, and tested?
(type, gauge and length of wire, connected using water -proof connectors, and the conduit sealed -off)
❑ Is power connected per code?
(type, gauge and length of wire, and the conduit sealed -off)
❑ Is conduit used between control panel and re -circulation tank?
❑ Is the re -circulation pump timer set based on the manufacturer's criteria?
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat

E�4�0 i PsEAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Design Guide
and
Installation Manual
NSF
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 Treatment Process Overview
2.0 Design
2.1
Re -circulation Tank Sizing
2.2
Filter Performance
2.3
Operating Costs
2.4
E-Z Treat Loading Rates
2.5
System Overview
2.6
Spray Manifold System
2.7
Filter Media Mattress Material
2.8
Decentralized Design Options for Commercial,
Community, or Large On -site Systems
3.0 Installation Instructions
3.1
Pre -construction Meeting
3.2
Off Loading Treatment System
3.3
Excavating and Installing the Pod
3.4
Piping the E-Z Treat Pod Supply and Return
3.5
Installing the By -Pass Valve
3.6
Installing the Re -circulation Pump
3.7
Setting Pump Control Floats
4.0 Start-up
Appendix 1: Model 600 Configurations
Appendix 2: Model 1200 Configurations
Appendix 3: Typical Commercial Configurations
Appendix 4: High Strength Waste Case Study
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
7
7
!3
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
15
18
20
22
24

1.0 Treatment Process Overview
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system operates as a fixed media, packed bed filter
system. In these treatment systems, larger solids contained in the applied effluent are
retained within the media by filtration, typically in the upper level of the filter media. A bacterial
film forms on the surface of media grains and provides for removal of soluble organic material
and small colloidal matter by absorption by the bacteria in the film. Decomposition of the
absorbed material occurs during rest periods in the filter, when there is no application of
effluent. The organic material becomes an energy source for the bacteria to maintain them-
selves and produce new cells. Over time, as the filter matures, the film layer forms through-
out the depth of the filter media and by-products of the biological process pass out of the fil-
ter. Re -circulation of the water leaving the filter back through the filter surface provides for
additional treatment by the bacteria in the media bed, as well as a mechanism for moving par-
tially decomposed organic materials, bacterial waste products and other debris from the fil-
ter. This keeps the pore spaces within the media from clogging. Treatment using recirculating
media filtration systems is generally an aerobic process and re -aeration of the media, which
occurs during the resting (non -dosing) periods, is essential for proper treatment.
2.0 Design
Many types of media are
used in packed bed filters.
Washed, graded sand
was the most common.
Other granular media
used include crushed
glass, garnet, anthracite,
plastic, expanded clay,
expanded shale, open -cell
foam, extruded poly-
styrene, and bottom ash
from coal-fired power
plants.
Table 1 Recommended System & Re -circulation Chamber
Sizes for Residential Applications
300
750
300
1 1
400
750
400
1 1
500
900
500
1 1
600
900
600
1 1
700
1000
700
1 1
800
1000
800
2 1
900
1500
900
2 1
1000
1500
1000
2 1
1100
1500
1100
2 1
1200
2000
1200
2 1
1300
2000
1300
2 1
1400
2000
1400
2 1
Notes:
1. Tank sizing are not exact and may vary (+ or— 10%) based on availability of locally
Media characteristics produced tanks.
can limit the number of 2. For seasonal or intermittent use applications, please contact us for design guidance.
doses possible. Media
re -aeration must occur
between doses. As the
effective size of the media decreases, the
time for drainage and re -aeration of the
media increases. The BOD5 loading should
decrease with decreasing effective size
of the sand.
2.1 Re -circulation Tank Sizing
For single-family home systems, the re-
circulation tank is typically sized to be equal
to 0.75 to 1 times the design peak daily flow.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

2.2 Filter Performance
When treating domestic strength sewage
(300 mg/I BODS or less) up to the design flows
and loads, a properly maintained E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter will typically
perform better than the 30-day average
requirements of NSF Standard 40 Class 1
(25 mg/I CBODS and 30 mg/I TSS).
Reductions in the CBODS and suspended
solids (TSS) influent concentrations will be
attained within a few weeks of commissioning
and should be consistently achieved over the
lifetime of the styrene media.
CBODS and suspended solids (TSS) treatment
performance in the styrene media is not
subject to significant variation with ambient
air temperature fluctuations.
2.3 Operating Costs
Power costs for pumping at 3 to 4 kWh/day
are in the range of $9 to $12/month.
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
system incorporates technology resulting
from years of independent research in
re -circulation sand bio-filtration. Our system
applies each area of this technology in a pre-
packaged system. This ensures consistent
field performance in reducing BOD, TSS and
Total Nitrogen. The system addresses media
size and composition, drainage and ventilation,
optimum dosing cycles per hour, depth of
filter media, pre-treatment of effluent,
pre -filtering of effluent to ensure particle size,
even distribution of effluent over the media,
and piping design that optimize treatment
within the system.
Table 2
NSF Testing Performance Summary
BOD5
2 mg/1
TSS
2 mg/1
DO
3.3 mg/1
Turbidity
2 NTU
E. coli *
2 MPN/100ml
pH 6.8 -7.5
Total Nitrogen Reduction 64%
*with optional UV disinfection
2.4 - -Treat Loading Rates
In accordance with the EPA Design Guidelines
and field testing of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating
Synthetic Filter Model 600 can be continuously
loaded at 750 GPD and 2lb BOD. Model 1200
can be continuously loaded at 1400 GPD and
4lb BOD. EPA research and testing has
proven that system designs, such as the E-Z
Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system,
will produce a high quality effluent at loading
rates in excess of 25 gal/ft2/day.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

2.5 System Overviev
Prior to entering the re -circulating pump tank
the effluent will be treated in an anaerobic
chamber fitted with an effluent filter; this
filter should remove any solids greater
than 1/16". The second chamber will be a
re -circulation chamber fitted with a float ball
by-pass valve and re -circulation pump. The
float ball by-pass valve connects, inside the
re -circulation tank, to the 4" return line from
a
U J�
to
_k I
the pod. The float by-pass valve maintains a
constant liquid volume in the re -circulation
tank. The float by-pass valve allows the
effluent to be constantly re -circulated through
the synthetic filter discharging only the daily
forward flow volume after it has passed
through the pod. In designs using an external
splitter box the float by-pass valve would be
eliminated from the re -circulation chamber.
Standard Model 600 Package:
1 Model 600 Pod
2 STEP-20 Re -circulation Pump, 1/2 HP �-
3 Float By -Pass Valve
4 Control Panel
5 Septic Tank Effluent Filter (supplied by others)
Recirculation Pump is changed to
STEP 30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 3

STEP-20 Re -circulation Pump Recirculation Pump is changed to
STEP 30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat.
Table 3 Pump Specifications
Shell
Stainless steel
Discharge
10, 20 and 30 GPM models: fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic; 50 GPM models: stainless steel
Discharge Bearing
Nylatron°
Impellers
Delrin°
Diffusers
Polycarbonate
Suction Caps
Polycarbonate with stainless steel wear ring
Thrust Pads
Proprietary specification
Shaft and Coupling
Stainless steel 300 grade
Intake
Fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic
Intake Screen
Polypropylene
Jacketed Cord
300 volt "SOOW" jacketed 10" leads (2-wire with ground); optional 20", 30", 50" and 100" lengths available
Delrin° is a registered trademark
of E.I. Dupont de Nemours & Company
Nylatron° is a registered trademark
of Polymer Corporation
S.T.E.P. Plus° is a registered trademark of Pentair Water
In order to provide the best
products possible, specifications ar subject to change.
Table 4 Pump Performance — 20 GPM
Capacity Liters per Minute
0 25 50 75 100
300
250 '
200 '
150
100 I
50
0 10 20
Capacity Gallons per Minute
— 80
60
E
— 40
—20
30
9
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 4

2.6 Spray Manifold System
To maximize the effectiveness of every
cubic inch of the media material, the
Model 600 employs a spray manifold
314"BALL VALVE
with 8 evenly spaced wide-angle spray
nozzles and Model 1200 employs
PRESSURE
GAUGE
12 nozzles. The nozzles are plastic
I-RALLVALVE
IIL
construction with a free passage of
0.0625" in diameter; this large free
passage helps prevent nozzle clogging
-
-
while maintaining a consistent misting
"
spray. The manifold is assembled
-'
with a pressure gauge and valves
sso
,sso
allowing for flow rate adjustments.
Model 1200 9,-so PRAY "� ��
2.7 rnLer media MatLress maLenai
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
system employs a manufactured synthetic
media which is encapsulated in a mattress
like container. The mattress is fabricated from
a non -biodegradable; chemically resistant,
loose weave polypropylene material with a
weave pattern at 90 degree intersections
creating 0.078 square openings allowing t+ '''� j �I
effluent and air to flow freely while containing
the media material. Polypropylene Mattress Material
This media is very uniform and provides ample
surface area for biological growth. The media
also has enough voids to accommodate good
air and liquid flow. These void spaces also
allow the passage of very small solids that
would clog many filters. The media is very
lightweight making it resistant to compaction
which can lead to poor air and liquid flows, a
problem that plagues many media filters.
The media consists of lightweight, non -
biodegradable plastic spheres.
Styrene Media
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 7

3.0 Installation Instructions
E-Z Treat Company or its representative will conduct on -site training with each installer before
they are certified to install E-Z Treat systems. The training will include instruction on proper
site prep, locating pod, equipment handling, excavation, pod placement, piping, wiring and
start up of the E-Z Treat system. Annual classroom training will be a requirement for installers
to maintain their certification. As a condition of E-Z Treat certification, contractors must have
proper state and local licenses and appropriate insurance policies. E-Z Treat distributors will
only sell or authorize installations by E-Z Treat certified installers.
The E-Z Treatment pod will ship pre -assembled, requiring only field piping of the pod supply line
and discharge line, installing the re -circulation pump, 4" float by-pass valve and the re -circulation
control. When installing the E-Z Treat system the order of components installation is not
critical and each segment can be installed independently.
3.1 Pre -construction Meeting
A pre -construction meeting is recommended
before any construction commences. This
meeting is an opportunity for the owner,
builder, engineer/designer, local regulatory
agencies, service provider and installer to
clarify property lines, building location, system
location, power sources, drainage areas, final
site grading and answer general questions.
3.2 Off Loading Treatment System
The E-Z Treat Re -circulation Synthetic Filter
pod is injection molded polyethylene weighing
about 300 pounds. Because of the relative light
weight and toughness of the material, special
handling is not required. Two people can easily
unload the pod. If machinery is used to off load
the pod or transport it to the excavated hole;
nylon straps, chains or cables used to lift the
pod should be in good condition and rated for
at least 1000 pounds. The re -circulation pump
and control will be shipped in factory sealed
cardboard box, these items are not fragile but
should be handled with reasonable care not
dropped or thrown.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 12

3.3 Excavating and Installing the Pod
The first consideration when installing the
E-Z Treat pod is to assure the pod is not
located in a drainage area and the pod is
located above the seasonal high water table,
this will protect the pod from floating and
prevent surface water infiltration.
Excavate a hole approximately
6'W x 9'L x 4'H.
Place 3/4" to 1" stone or equal to a height of
4" in the bottom of the excavation forming
a level base for the pod to set, this will
prevent settling of the pod and allow for
leveling of the pod.
Backfill the pod with clean fill soil, free of
rocks and foreign material. Do not compact
the fill, allow the soil to settle naturally.
Once the pod is placed in the excavation
adjust the pod to slope 1" toward the 4"
PVC outlet this assure proper drainage.
3.4 Piping the E-Z Treat Pod Supply
and Return
Once the pod is placed and leveled,
connect 4" PVC pipe between the outlet
of the pod and the by-pass valve located
in the re -circulation tank.
Attach 1" PVC supply line between the 1"
inlet on the pod and the re -circulation pump.
3.5 Installing the By -Pass Valve
The by-pass valve is located in the re -circu-
lation tank and one side is connected to the
4" PVC drain line coming from the pod and
the other side is connected to the 4" PVC
effluent discharge line or into the effluent
pump tank.
Model 600 Pod 4" Outlet
Float Ball
Weir
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 13

3.6 Installing the Re -circulation Pump
Connect the 1" PVC pipe between the inlet of
the pod and the re -circulation pump.
Always provide a quick disconnect device for
removing the pump, this can be accomplished
with a union, camlock coupler or pitless
adapter.
DO NOT install a check valve in the pump
supply line this will prevent the supply line to
the pod spray manifold from draining and
may cause freezing.
To ensure complete drainage of the spray
manifold drill an 1/8" hole in the PVC pump
supply pipe just above the discharge end of
the pump.
3.7 Setting Pump Control Floats (see page 6)
The control panel will come with three liquid
level floats:
1. Low Level Alarm Float protects the
pump from run dry damage by turning
off the pump and sound an audible
and visual alarm. Set float to activate
if the effluent level drops to 4" above
the pump intake.
2. Timer Enable Float activates the
pump run time and assures the pump
only runs when there is sufficient
effluent in the re -circulation tank. Set
float to activate when effluent level in
the recirculation tank is filled to 50%.
3. High Level Alarm Float will sound an
audible and visual alarm when the
effluent in the re -circulation tank is
too high. Set float to activate when
the effluent level in the in the re-
circulation tank is level with the top
of the by-pass valve.
Float Settings
60% 3
Liquid Level
Wide Angle
Float
I
Low Level
Alarm Float
4" above pump inlet
1/8" Hole
High
Level
Float
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 14

4.0 Start-up
Septic Tank and Re -circulation Tank
The septic and re -circulation tank shall be
inspected prior to start up to:
Verify the lid and riser assemblies are
watertight. Check for any damaged, water
weeping marks, holes or cracks. The sys-
tem must remain watertight to perform
properly.
2. Inspect the outlet effluent filter installation
to insure it is installed in accordance with
the effluent filter manufacturer's specifi-
cations.
3. Inspect the liquid level in the recirculation
tank, the liquid should be sufficient to
activate the Timer Enable Float.
4. Inspect the location of the float controls.
They should be securely attached to the
float bracket, free to float without
obstructions and the location of the floats
should correspond with the float diagram
on page 10.
Power Supply
1. Verify the main power supply to the re-
circulation panel has properly sized
breakers, the proper voltage and is
installed in protection watertight conduit.
2. Check the voltage and motor amp draw. If
the readings are beyond the limits speci-
fied on the pump have an electrician check
the main service line feeding the system
control panel.
By -Pass Valve
1. Verify the main power supply to the re-
circulation panel has properly sized
breakers, the proper voltage and is
installed in protection watertight conduit.
2. Check the voltage and motor amp draw. If
the readings are beyond the limits specified
on the pump have an electrician check
the main service line feeding the system
control panel.
Flush the Spray Manifold
1. At initial system start-up, remove the end
caps from the spray manifold. Operate the
re -circulation pump by turning the pump
control to the "HAND -ON" position. Let
the pump run for one minute then turn the
pump control to the "OFF" position repeat
this procedure three times to flush any
construction debris such as dirt or pipe
shavings from the spray manifold. Replace
the end caps hand tight —do not use
wrenches or pliers. Re -set the pump con-
trol selector switch to the "AUTO" position.
2. Using the ball valve located in the manifold
supply line adjust the manifold pressure to
20 to 25 PSI.
3.Observe the system as it re -circulates.
Visually verify all liquids flows freely
through the system.
Setting the Re -circulation Pump Control
1. Check the functions of the E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter control panel.
Control: Main Control "ON/OFF" switch
Function: Turns power ON or OFF
Control: System Setting Switch
"MANUAL ON" and "AUTO ON"
Function: "MANUAL ON" overrides all float
switches and time clock switches. "AUTO ON"
allows for normal operations dictated by the
time clock and float switches.
Control: Timer
"MINUTES ON" and "MINUTES OFF"
Function: Controls run time of re -circulation
pump i.e. GPD re -circulated through media
Control: High and Low Water Alarm "ALARM ON",
"ALARM AUTO" and "ALARM SILENCE"
Function: "ALARM ON" will manually turn on
the audio/visual alarms. "ALARM AUTO" is the
normal operational setting and "ALARM SILENCE"
turns off the alarms.
Check re -circulation pump. Place the system
in the manual mode by turning the re -circu-
lation pump switch to "ON': The re -circula-
tion pump should begin to supply effluent
to the spray nozzles in the treatment pod.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms
1. Place the system in the normal operating
mode by turning the re -circulation pump
switch to "AUTO". Verify the timer
ON/OFF set the ON/OFF time to match
Table 5 below.
2. Verify the accuracy of the system ON/OFF
Timer. To accomplish this use a stop
watch and verify the length of time the
re -circulation pump is OFF then verify the
time the re -circulation pump is ON. Those
times should match the ON/OFF Timer
settings in the control panel.
3. Confirm the operation of the visual and
audible "HIGH" and "LOW" water alarms.
The control has an alarm switch clearly
marked Alarm "ON", Alarm "AUTO" and
Alarm "SILENCE". Place the Alarm Switch
in the "ON" position, you will hear a loud
buzzer and see a red flashing light. Move
the switch to the Alarm" SILENCE"
position the red light and buzzer will go
dormant. Once the alarms have been
triggered return all settings to their
original position of Alarm "AUTO"
Table 5 Timer Settings
4. Verify the floats are operational by manually
raising and lowering the floats to simulate
the systems normal operation. Verify proper
operation of "High Level Float" by lifting
the float while the system timer is in the
"OFF" time mode, the re -circulation pump
should turn on over riding the "OFF" timer,
the Visual and Audible alarms should
activate. Return the float to its normal
position the re -circulation pump will turn
off. Reset the alarms and manually lower
the "Low Water Float" with timer in the
"ON" mode, the re -circulation pump will
turn off and the visual/audible alarms will
activate. Return the float to the normal
position and the re -circulation pump will
run. Reset the Alarms.
5. Verify all control breakers are in the "ON"
position and all control switches are in
the "AUTO" position before closing and
securing the system.
300
750
300
2.5
24
2.5
39
400
750
400
2.5
20
2.5
28
500
900
500
2.5
16
2.5
22
600
900
600
2.5
14
2.5
18
700
1000
700
2.5
21
2.5
15
800
1000
800
2.5
18
2.5
13
900
1500
900
2.5
15
2.5
11
1000
1500
1000
2.5
13
2.5
9
1100
1500
1100
2.5
12
2.5
8
1200
2000
1200
2.5
10
2.5
7.5
Note: Tank sizing are not exact and may vary (+or-10%)
based on availability of locally
produced tanks.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 16

Appendix 4 High Strength Waste Case Study
Below are the test results of E-Z Treat Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter system in a high strength
waste application. This was a repair of a failed High Strength Aerobic Treatment Unit at a
restaurant. The effluent from the ATU plugged the drip field and the tubing had to be replaced.
The health department required the effluent to achieve residential strength quality before
dispersal to the subsurface drip tubing. The solution was to install two Model 1200 pods. The
state required monthly testing the first six months and annual testing thereafter. The average
daily flow is 1,500 GPD. The system has been operation since 2009 and the media has not
been replaced or cleaned.
Table 6 BOD Loading
Daily Flow
1,500
Influent BOD loading
1900 Mg/1
Influent BOD mass load
24 Ibs/day
BOD mass load per pod
12 Ibs/day
Dat 7Bo
% Influent Effluent %
Reduction TSS TSS Reduct
(mg/L) (mg/L)
7/9/2009
2100
25
98.8
2670
33
98.8
7/16/2009
2050
50
97.6
3640
32
99.1
8/13/2009
2080
27
98.7
2550
39
98.5
9/17/2009
2030
21
99.0
1670
32
98.1
10/27/2009
2050
58
97.2
1100
75
93.2
11/19/2009
2050
32
98.4
4080
58
98.6
12/17/2009
1050
14
98.7
385
58
84.9
AVG
1916
32
98%
2299
47
96%
Influent sample location First septic tank outlet
Effluent sample location E-Z Treat outfall
Note: System repairs completed by 7/9/2009
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 24

4
NON -CORROSIVE
REFLECTIVE & PROTECTIVE
SLEEVE
--
4"RISER PIPE
TO GRADE
-4" INLET
UV LAMP
4" WELL CAP
TDO
[LAMBS OT-&YSYI�BPEp F�HI:
D.414KIIZ M2 Mf CHES
PUA� ��t
BRAWN
PATENT ## US 7,550,742 B2
x.cnar.��x
o[Ctm
TITLE :
AteCHI MNb x
IFAR. NM
EFG AP°R.
ft,"`etc—,'
UV-102 ❑AUL LAMP
1FS4Fi' RLACE ��inui x
"MON
�
5r.
PKHIIIEFRIY JIN�COMiL@IIYLL
T]IERl1Y>r: Y
_:�ryyn.M i.
ih=-COM'AMAMTH6
Flaw RATE
SIZE DWG. NO. P.
R6RWJ�TONNPAP�ORASA N'xDIF
��
IU GALLONS
A
WPHWf iHE-EHaFdl.'41 F l AaY
A MINUTE
RRVHEPE9. s AFFLe-ATON
SCALE: 120 W EIGJLff:
5 4
3
2

MINI-CLIK°
This sensor halts scheduled irrigation when it detects a preset level of rain
has fallen to stop water waste.
KEY BENEFITS
• Shuts off sprinkler system automatically when it rains
• Adjustable from''/s" to 3/4" of rainfall
• Debris tolerant for reliable operation
• Mountable to gutters using (P/N SGM)
• Stainless steel guard with Mini-Clik sensor for commercial applications
(P/N SG -MC)
• Compatible with most irrigation controllers
Sensor: Rain
MINI-CLIK
SG -MC
OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
Height:2"
stainless steel sensor guard
Length: 6"
enclosure for Mini-Clik
• Switch rating (24 VAC): 5 A
(includes Mini-Clik)
• Includes 25' of 20 AWG sheathed, two -conductor, UL-approved wire
Height: SY2"
• Approvals: UL, cUL, FCC, CE, RCM
Length:3"
■
Width: 4"
• Warranty period: 5 years
-- ; X
0
V9
—
Z
MINI-CLIK
SGM
LV
N
Optional gutter mount
Model Description
Height: %2"
Length: 3"
MINI-CLIK Wired rain sensor
MINI-CLIK-NO Wired rain sensor with normally open
switch
SG -MC Stainless steel sensor guard with Mini-Clik
sensor
SGM Optional gutter mount
MINI-CLIK INSTALLATION
Visit hunterindustries.com RESIDENTIAL& COMMERCIAL IRRIGATION I Built on Innovation® 135

Badger Meter
Recordall° Disc Meters
Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8", 5/8" x 3/4", 3/4" & 1"
NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372 Certified
Model I-P-5/8'; 5/8" x 3/4" Model 25-5/8" 5/8" x 3/4"
/00
141:r
Model 55-1"
� J
DESCRIPTION
The Recordall Disc Series meters meet or exceed the most recent revision
of AWWA Standard C700 and are available in a lead-free bronze alloy. The
meters comply with the lead-free provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act,
are certified to NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372 (Trade Designations: MLP LL,
M25-LL, M35-LL, M55-LL, M70-LL) and carry the NSF-61 mark on the housing.
All components of the lead-free bronze alloy meter (housing, measuring
element, seals, and so on) comprise the certified system.
Applications: For use in measurement of potable cold water in residential,
commercial and industrial services where flow is in one direction only.
Operation: Water flows through the meter's strainer and into the measuring
chamber where it causes the disc to nutate. The disc, which moves freely,
nutates on its own ball, guided by a thrust roller. A drive magnet transmits
the motion of the disc to a follower magnet located within the permanently
sealed register.The follower magnet is connected to the register gear train.
The gear train reduces the disc nutations into volume totalization units
displayed on the register or encoder face.
Operating Performance: The Recordall Disc Series meters meet or exceed
registration accuracy for the low flow rates (95%), normal operating flow
rates (100 ± 1.5%), and maximum continuous operation flow rates as
specifically stated in AWWA Standard C700.
Construction: Recordall Disc meter construction, which complies with
ANSI/AWWA standard C700, consists of three basic components: meter
housing, measuring chamber and permanently sealed register or
The meter is available in a lead-free bronze alloy with externally -threaded
spuds. A corrosion -resistant engineered polymer material is used for the
measuring chamber.
encoder.
Magnetic Drive: Direct magnetic drive, through the use of high -strength
magnets, provides positive, reliable and dependable register coupling for
straight -reading or AMR/AMI meter reading options.
Tamper -Proof Features: Unauthorized removal of the register or encoder
is inhibited bythe option of a tamper detection seal wire screw,TORX®
tamper -resistant seal screw or the proprietary tamper -resistant keyed seal
screw. Each can be installed at the meter site or at the factory.
Model 35-3/4"
Model 70-1"
J
Maintenance: Badger Meter Recordall Disc Series meters are designed and
manufactured to provide long-term service with minimal maintenance.
When maintenance is required, it can be performed easily either at the meter
installation or at any other convenient location.
To simplify maintenance, the register, measuring chamber, and strainer can
be replaced without removing the meter housing from the installation. No
change gears are required for accuracy calibration. Interchangeability of
parts among like sized meters and meter models also minimizes spare parts
inventory investment. The built-in strainer has an effective straining area of
twice the inlet size.
Connections: Tailpieces/Unions for installations of meters on various pipe
types and sizes, including misaligned pipes, are available as an option.
Meter Spud and Connection Sizes
ing
Tailpiece
Model
Size
x Laying
B
Nutend
Pipe
Designation
Length
Bore Dia.
Spud Thread
Thread
(NPT)
5/8"
x 7-112"
5/8"
3/4" (5/8")
1/2"
LP
5/8" x 3/4"
x 7-1 /2"
5/8", 3/4"
1 " (3/4")
3/4"
5/8"
x 7-1/2"
5/8"
3/4" (5/8")
1/2"
25
RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA (October 2015)
Product Data Sheet

Recordall ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8','5/8"x 3/4','3/4"& I"
SPECIFICATIONS
Typical Operating
Range
(100%± 1.5%)
Low Flow
Maximum
Continuous
Operation
Pressure Loss
at Maximum
Continuous
Operation
Maximum
Operating
Temperature
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
Measuring
Element
Meter
Connections
MATERIALS
Meter Housing
Model LP
Model 25
Model 35
Model 55
Model 70
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
(3/4")
(11
(11
0.5...20 gpm
0.5...25 gpm
0.75...35 gpm
1 ...55 gpm
1.25...70 gpm
(0.11 ...4.5 m3/hr)
(0.11 ...5.7 m3/hr)
(0.17...7.9 m3/hr)
(0.23 ... 12.5 m3/hr)
(0.28...16 m3/hr)
0.25 gpm
0.25 gpm
0.375 gpm
0.5 gpm
0.75 gpm
(0.057 m3/hr)
(0.057 m3/hr)
(0.085 m3/hr)
(0.11 m3/hr)
(0.17 m3/hr)
Min.95%
Min.98.5%
Min.97%
Min.95%
Min.95%
10 gpm
15 gpm
25 gpm
40 gpm
50 gpm
(2.3 m3/hr)
(3.4 m3/hr)
(5.7 m3/hr)
(9.1 m3/hr)
(11.3 m3/hr)
5/8" size:
5/8" size:
2 psi @ 10 gpm
3.5 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 2.3 m3/hr)
(0.24 bar @ 3.4 m3/hr)
5 psi @ 25 gpm
3.4 psi @ 40 gpm
6.5 psi @ 50 gpm
5/8" x 3/4" size:
5/8" x 3/4" size:
(0.37 bar @ 5.7 m3/hr)
(0.23 bar @ 9.1 m3/hr)
WAS bar @ 11.3 m3/hr)
1.5 psi @ 10 gpm
2.8 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.10 bar @ 2.3 m3/hr)
(0.19 bar @ 3.4 m3/hr)
80' F (26° C)
150 psi (10 bar)
Nutating disc, positive displacement
Available in NL bronze and engineered polymer to fit spud thread bore diameter sizes:
5/8" size:
5/8" or 5/8" QN 15 mm) 3/4" ON 20 mm) V ON 25 mm)
3/4" ON 15 mm) 5/8" x 3/4" size:
3/4" ON 15 mm)
Housing Bottom Plates
Measuring Chamber
Disc
Trim
Strainer
Disc Spindle
Magnet
Magnet Spindle
Register Lid and Shroud
Model LP Model 25
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4") (5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
Lead-free bronze alloy, cast iron,
engineered polymer
Engineered polymer Stainless steel
Ceramic Ceramic
Engineered polymer Stainless steel
Model35
Model55
(3/4")
(1")
Lead-free bronze alloy
Cast iron, lead-free bronze alloy
Engineered polymer
Engineered polymer
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Ceramic
Polymer bonded
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Engineered polymer, bronze
V ON 25 mm)
Model 70
(111)
Stainless steel
Ceramic
Stainless steel
Page 2 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
DIMENSIONS
I '
I
I
C
V
< A
Meter Size Model A B C Width Approx. Shipping
Laying Length Height Reg. Centerline Base Weight
5/8"and 5/8"x 3/4"(15 mm) LP 7-1/2" (190 mm) 3.70" (94 mm) 1.26" (32 mm) 3.75" (95 mm) 3 lb (1.4 kg)
5/8" (15 mm) 25 7-1/2" (190 mm) 4-15/16" (125 mm) 1-11/16" (42 mm) 4-1/4" (108 mm) 4-1/2 lb (2 kg)
5/8" x 3/4" (15 mm) 7-1/2" (190 mm) 4-15/16" (125 mm) 1-11/16" (42 mm) 4-1/4" (108 mm) 4-1/2 lb (2 kg)
3/4" (20 mm) 7-1/2" (190 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 5" (127 mm) 5-1/2 lb (2.5 kg)
3/4" (20 mm) 35 9" (229 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 5" (127 mm) 5-3/4 lb (2.6 kg)
3/4" x 1" (20 mm) 9" (229 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 5" (127 mm) 6 Ib (2.7 kg)
1" (25 mm) 55 10-3/4" (273 mm) 6" (152 mm) 2-1/32" (52 mm) 6-1/4" (159 mm) 8-3/4 lb (3.9 kg)
1" (25 mm) 70 10-3/4" (273 mm) 6-1/2" (165 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) 7-3/4" (197 mm) 11-1 /2 lb (5.2 kg)
REGISTERS / ENCODERS
Standard —Sweep -Hand Registration
The standard register is a straight -reading, permanently sealed magnetic drive register. Dirt, moisture, tampering and lens fogging problems are eliminated.
The register has a six -odometer wheel totalization display, 360° test circle with center sweep hand, and flow finder to detect leaks. Register gearing is made of
self-lubricating engineered polymer, which minimizes friction and provides long life. The multi -position register simplifies meter installation and reading.The
register capacity is 10,000,000 gallons (1,000,000 ft3,100,000 ml).
A Model 25 register is used in the following example:
Vim
.s 25 .1' �'0,0s i5 0,0,'% Feet Meter
Model Gallon Cubic Cubic
ReLP 10 1 0.1
_ =sus, "53 o - _ems,-�, o = 25 (5/8") 10 1 0.1 /0.01
y7 Gallons 3_ �,.7 Cubic Feet .30,07 _ _ m_3_ 0103- 25 (5/8" x 3/4") 10 1 0.1/0.01
I:06:0 0D0a0 35 10 1 0.1
6 4 .6 .4 ; 0,06 0,04
5 �� ��� 5 �� �� 0,05 �� 55 10 1 0.1
70 10 1 0.1
Optional —Encoders for AMR/AMI Reading Solutions
AMR/AMI solutions are available for all Recordall Disc Series meters. All reading options can be removed from the meter without disrupting water service.
Badger Meter encoders provide years of reliable, accurate readings for a variety of applications and are also available pre -wired to Badger Meter approved
AMR/AMI solutions. See details at www.badgermeter.com.
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 3

Recordall ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8','5/8"x 3/4','3/4"& I"
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
27
20
0 17
2 vi
0 10
v
a
7
0
1
25
I
I
I
20
I
I
I
0 15
0 '
U�
d 10
v I
a
5
I
I
I
0
1
25
2(
00
v
d 10
� I
a
0
2
Model LP 5/8"
4 6 8 10 20
Model LP 5/8" x 3/4"
4 6 8 10 20
i
Model 25 5/8"
10
2 4 6 8 20
40 6D 80 100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
40 60 80 100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100
40 60 80 .
Page 4 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
1
25
I
I
I
2t
I
I
I
v� 15
J U�
v a
a
v I
0-
01
1
25
20
01
1
25
I
I
I
20
I
� I
� I
_ 15
N d I
N I
v 10
a
I
I
I
5
I
I
OI
Model 25 5/8" x 3/4"
2 4 6 8 10 20
Model 35 3/4"
1 0
2 4 6 8 20
Model 55 1 "
10
2 4 6 8 20
40 60 80100
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100
40 60 80 .
100
40 60 80
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 5

Recordall ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8','5/8"x 3/4','3/4"& I"
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
Model 70 1"
1 10 100
2 4 6 8 20 40 60 80
25 II
I
I I
I I
20
I
0
. 15
v
dI I
v 10 /
d I I
I I
I I
5
I �
I ' I
0
ACCURACY CHARTS
Model LP 5/8"
1 10 100
.2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 2 6 8 20 4) 6) 8)
1f� I
I I
I I
iy I I
v � I
Q N
C +I
N
i 0
v
I
v � I
Q I I
� I
C 0) 10
�J
I
I I
1;
Model LP 5/8" x 3/4"
1 10 100
.2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 2 6 8 20 4) 6) 8)
1f� I
I I
I I
iy I I
v � I
X0)
ON
C +I
v
i 0
a
- I I
� I I
I
�I I
Q I I
NA
� I
C 0) 10
�J
I
I I
1;
Page 6 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
ACCURACY CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Model 25 5/8"
.1 1.0 10 100
2 .4 .5 .3 2 4 5 8 20 40 60
1C
I
Ly I
� � I
>� 5
00
� +
V
U
>,
- I
� I
U 51
V
Q
L Ul I
1C
I
15
Model 25 5/8" x 3/4"
1 10 100
.2 .4 S .31.0 2 4 i 820 40 60
10
I
I I
LY
>'& 5
0 qj I I
v+
v I I
a
Qj C �- - -
� I I
� I
5I
Q I I
Qj
�� I I
c& 10
�qj I I
I
I I
1;
Model 35 3/4"
1 .2 .6 .810 100
2 4 5 310 20 Z0 W �
10
I
I I
I I
I I
I
LN I
N �p +
00) --_
0 �-
T I i
� I I
Q I
I I
Ny I I
a� 10
I
� I I
I
I I
1F
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 7

Recordoll ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8'; 5/811x 3/4'; 3/4"& I"
ACCURACY CHARTS (CONTINUED)
1
10
LU 5
N>
)•� +
U 0 Ul
a 0
V
7
V
Q
U1
C:5 10
Making Water Visible°
Model 55 1"
1.0 10
A .5 .9 F 8 29
i
Model 70 1"
1.0 10
.2 .4 .6 .8 2 4 6 8 20
100
49 60 80 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100
40 60 83 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAKING WATER VISIBLE and RECORDALL are registered trademarks of Badger Meter, Inc. Other trademarks appearing in this document are the property oftheir respective entities.
Due to continuous research, product improvements and enhancements, Badger Meter reserves the right to change product or system specifications without notice, except to the
extent an outstanding contractual obligation exists. © 2015 Badger Meter, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.badgermeter.com
The Americas I Badger Meter 14545 West Brown Deer Rd I PO Box 245036 1 Milwaukee, WI 53224-9536 1 800-876-3837 1 414-355-0400
Mexico I Badger Meter de las Americas, S.A. de C.V. I Pedro Luis Ogaz6n N°32 I Esq. Angelina N°241 Colonia Guadalupe Inn I CP 01050 1 Mexico, OF I Mexico [phone]
Europe, Middle East and Africa I Badger Meter Europa GmbH I Nurtinger Str 76 172639 Neuffen I Germany I [phone]
Europe, Middle East Branch Office I Badger Meter Europe I PO Box 3414421 Dubai Silicon Oasis, Head Quarter Building, Wing C, Office #C209I Dubai / JAE [phone]
Czech Republic I Badger Meter Czech Republic s.r.o. I Maiikova 2082/26 1 621 00 Brno, Czech Republic I [phone] I
Slovakia I Badger Meter Slovakia s.r.o. I Racianska 109/13 1 831 02 Bratislava, Slovakia 1 [phone]
Asia Pacific I Badger Meter 180 Marine Parade Rd 1 21-06 Parkway Parade I Singapore 449269 1 [phone]
China I Badger Meter 1 7-1202 199 Hangzhong Road I Minhang District I Shanghai I China 2011011 [phone] Legacy Document Numbers: RDM-DS-00062, 63, 64, 65, 66, and 73

E�4�0 i PsEAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
uv
Installation and
Maintenance
Guide
Note: Installation Only
Maintenance is in O&M Section
NSF
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 UV Light System Installation
2.0 UV Light System Maintenance
Appendix 1: E-Z Treat UV System Configurations
Appendix 2: NSF Test Data

C
3
r+
r_+
O�
0
C
N
1.0 UV Light System Installation
The E-Z Set UV system is shipped as three components, the UV housing, the UV lamps and the
UV lamp control panel
1. The PVC inlet and outlet on the dual bulb
UV housing are reversible, allowing flow in
either direction. The inlet of the single bulb
configuration is the 4" hub and the outlet is
the 2" hub. The inlet and outlet will accept
any Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 PVC pipe
or locally approved water tight pipe con-
nection. The housing must be installed so
the UV lamps are in the vertical position.
2. UV lamp control panel can be installed
indoors or outdoors. The panel msut be
secured in a manner that is consistent with
local regulations. The UV lamp control
requires a dedicated 120 volt power source
that complies with local electrical codes.
Z Treat UV System
3. The UV lamps should be wiped clean in
accordance with the cleaning instructions
and inspected for cracks or chips prior to
installing the lamps into the UV housing.
4.Once the inlet and outlet connections to
the UV housing are complete, insert the
UV lamp assemblies into the UV housing.
Caution: UV lamp housing connections
should be hand -tightened. DO NOT use
wrenches, pliers, or other tools to tighten.
5. Fill UV housing with water/effluent before
applying power to the UV lamps.
6. Turn power "ON" to the UV system.
Table 1
NSF Testing Performance Summary
FBO=
j-7 1 Effluent, Avg
2 mg/1
TSS
2 mg/1
DO
3.3 mg/1
Turbidity
2 NTU
E. coli *
2 MPN/100ml
pH
6.8-7.5
Total Nitrogen Reduction
64%
*with optional UV disinfection
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

Appendix 1 E-Z Treat UV System Configurations
4'WELL CAP
4" RISER PIPE
TO GRADE —
COP 7'
OUTLET -4" INLET
g
" Model 101
Single Lamp
uv LAMP
4"RISER PIPE
TO GRATA
4" OUTLET 4" INLET
NON -CORROSIVE 4" WELL CAP
REFLECTIVE & PROTECTIVE
SLEEVE
g
Model 102
Dual Lamp
UV LAMP UV LAMP
;—_i Z m 4"RISER PIPE
TO GRADE
34.00
CC W
$ Model 404
4" WELL CAP
Two Dual Lamps in Series
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 3

Appendix 2 NSF Test Data
Table 2
NSF Testing Pathogen Performance Testing
Date
Influent E. coli
Effluent E. coli
i
10/21/13
980,000
< 1.1
10/23/13
687,000
< 1.0
10/25/13
1,610,000
< 1.1
10/28/13
5,840,000
< 1.1
10/30/13
1,720,000
< 1.0
11/1/13
816,000
< 1.0
11/4/13
435,000
< 1.0
11/6/13
816,000 _
< 1.0
11/8/13
921,000
< 1.0
11/11/13
816,000 _
< 1.1
11/13/13
770,000
< 1.0
11/15/13
579,000
< 1.0
11/18/13
1,990,000
3.1
11 /20/13
1,050,000
1.0
11 /22/13
1,550,000
1.0
11/25/13
770,000
< 1.1
11/26/13
411,000
< 1.0
11/27/13
613,000
< 1.0
12/2/13
461,000
< 1.0
12/4/13
1,300,000
< 1.0
12/11/13
411,000
< 1.0
12/13/13
517,000
< 1.0
12/16/13
687,000
< 1.1
12/18/13
387,000
< 1.0
12/20/13
548,000
1.0
12/23/13
579,000
< 1.0
12/27/13
517,000
< 1.0
12/30/13
387,000
< 1.0
1/1/14
260,000
< 1.0
1/3/14
1,200,000
< 1.0
1/6/14
127,000
< 1.0
1/8/14
387,000
< 1.0
1/10/14
156,000
< 1.0
1/13/14
345,000
1.0
1/15/14
210,000
2.0
1/17/14
102,000
< 1.0
1/20/14
62,700
< 1.0
1/22/14
158,000
< 1.0
1/24/14
81,600
< 1.0
1/27/14
161,000
< 1.0
1/29/14
326,000
< 1.0
1/31/14
866,000
< 1.0
2/3/14
4,880,000
< 1.0
2/5/14
461,000
4.1
2/10/14
397,000
< 1.0
2/12/14
461,000
< 1.0
2/14/14
411,000
< 1.0
Table 3
NSF Testing Pathogen Performance Summary
Median
517,000
Min
62,700
Max
5,840,000
Avg
834,474
Std Dev
1,066,222
1.0
1.0
4.1
1.0
1.0
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

MINI-CLIK° RAIN SENSOR
INSTALLATION CARD
Introduction
In most installations, the Mini-Clik sensor acts as a switch that breaks
the circuit to an irrigation system's solenoid valves in response to rain.
This allows the timer to advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from
opening the water flow. Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch
closes again to allow normal operation.
The Mini-Clik has 25' (8 m) of cable attached to it. The cable terminates
with blue leads. These leads will be wired to the SEN terminals or SEN and
SEN COM terminals of the controller. The order in which they are wired
does not matter (Figure 1). Remove the jumper from the two SEN terminals.
Figure 1
Note: For Hydrawise° controllers, you must complete the installation by
configuring the sensor in your Hydrawise account.
For the conduit model, Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the
standard model, except there is no aluminum mounting bracket and a %2"
threaded cap that allows for electrical conduit to totally enclose the wires
has been added. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing -grade PVC
pipe can be used, as well as electrical -grade conduit.
Mounting
Standard Model
Using the screws provided, mount the
Mini-Clik on any surface where it will be
exposed to unobstructed rainfall, but not in
the path of sprinkler spray. The switch -housing
portion must be upright (Figure 2), but the
swivel bracket can be moved for mounting on
any angled surface. Loosen the locknut and
screw before swiveling the bracket, and then
re -tighten.
For model Mini-Clik-C: The conduit acts as the Lj,
mounting support for the unit. Therefore, place
Figure 2
and mount the conduit to allow for the desired
sensor location as described in the main instructions for the standard
model. Be sure to support the conduit sufficiently along its various lengths.
Helpful Hints for Mounting
A. When looking for a suitable location (such as on the side of a building
or post), the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the
wire run will be. This will minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical
location. In the case where a compromise must exist (such as a low
location on a side wall rather than a preferred higher location), note
that the Mini-Clik will still work because it will always receive some
rainfall — it just will not be as accurate in its gauging as it could be.
C. As described in the "Operation" section of this manual, "reset
rate" refers to the amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry
out sufficiently for the sprinkler system to be allowed to come
back on. The mounting location will affect this rate and must
be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.
For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end
of a building may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired.
Similarly, mounting on the northern end of a building with constant
shade may keep the Mini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller. Fasten it
every few feet with wire clips or staples for best results. If an extension
to the wire provided is needed, use the following table to determine the
minimum wire gauge needed:
If the extension needed is: 0-100' (15-30 m) >100' (>30 m)
use: 18 AWG (1 mm) 16 AWG (1.3 mm)
24-Volt Solenoid Valves Only
(No Booster Pump) — Figure 3 Mini-Clik Controller
C 1 2 3 4
With the two wires from the O M (2) G (7)
Mini-Clik at the controller,
locate the "common ground" a
wire of the solenoid valves. If
it is connected to the common
terminal on the controller,
� Solenoid
disconnect it. Attach one 11 Valves
Common Wire to
wire of the Mini-Clik to the All Valves
"common" terminal (usually
marked "C") on the controller.
Attach the other wire of the Figure
Mini-Clik to the common wire
leading to the valves.
Note: The common wire to the valves does not have to be interrupted at
the controller. The Mini-Clik can be wired anywhere along the common
wire line (an example would be at the valve box location).

Wiring to Your Irrigation System
Bypassing the Sensor
IMPORTANT: The standard model Mini-Clik is sold and designed
for hooking up to 24-volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to
110- or 220-volt irrigation controllers, consult your distributor or
the factory. All wiring must conform to National Electrical Code or
applicable local codes. For model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is
designed to be installed in conjunction with 24 VAC circuits only. Do
not use with 110 or 220 VAC circuits.
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard
wiring situations, consult your distributor or request our
non-standard wiring information packet.
Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring
Turn on one zone of the irrigation system that is visible while you
On Hunter controllers, move the rain sensor switch to "Bypass." Note: Using
the "manual" switch on non -Hunter controllers typically will not bypass
the sensor.
Maintenance
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Min i-CIik does not have to
be removed or covered for winterizing purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
If the system will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch "clicks"
on and off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check
all wire connections.
are in reach of the Mini-Clik. Manually depress the spindle at the top C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the
of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch "click" off. The sprinkler Mini-Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two "outer" wires near the
zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiring for unit to expose copper. Turn one sprinkler zone on, and apply a "jumper
correctness. It is not necessary to "wet' test the Mini-Clik, although it wire" across the two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the
will test the operation accurately, if desired. switch is bad. Wrap all nicked wires with electrical tape.
Adjustments and Operation
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation
system from starting or continuing
after rainfall quantities of %8%Ya", %2%
and 3/a". To adjust it to the desired
shut-off quantity, rotate the cap on
the switch housing so that the pins /8 Y
are located in the proper slots /z 3/
(Figure 4). Do not forcibly twist the
cap, as this could break the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik
to reset for normal sprinkler operation
after the rain has stopped is JL Vent Ring`111�Vent
determined by weather conditions
-figure 4
(e.g., wind, sunlight, humidity).
These conditions will determine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out.
Since the turf is also experiencing the same conditions, their respective
drying rates will roughly parallel each other. This means when the turf
needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinkler
system to go at the next scheduled cycle. There is an adjustment
capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the reset rate. By
turning the "vent ring" (Figure 4) to completely or partially cover
the ventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly.
This adjustment can compensate for an "overly sunny" installation
location, or peculiar soil conditions. Experience will best determine
the ideal vent setting.
All Mini-CIik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL). Samples of these
devices have been evaluated by UL and meet the applicable UL standards for safety.
If the System Will Not Shut Off Even After Heavy Rainfall
A. Check wiring for correctness (see "Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring").
B. Check the sensitivity setting (move the cap to a more sensitive setting).
The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a
tube -type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstructions to
rainfall (e.g., overhangs, trees, or walls).
Need help? Visit hunter.direct/miniclikhelp �■ �`
© 2020 Hunter Industries Inc. Hunter, the Hunter logo, and all other trademarks are property of
Hunter Industries, registered in the U.S. and other countries. I hunterindustries.com
700802 LIT-315 F 5/20

PVC ► i [�L9�►[.Y�]GZl1�L1.��7 ►[y[�LY�1.»Z�]G�11/11►1Qt1�1►®
INSTALLATION GUIDE
OLocate the enclosed template and place it with the printed side
facing out and upright against the pedestal where the unit will be
installed.
Controller ----
Pedestal
Template- -
ESEncuentre la plantilla incluida y coloquela en el pedestal en el que
instalara la unidad, con el lado impreso hacia fuera y en position
vertical.
FRReperez le gabarit fourni et placez-le verticalement, cote imprime
vers 1'exterieur, contre le socle sur lequel ('unite sera installee.
Note: SG -MC should only be installed on a metal pedestal.
Improper installation to a controller pedestal or other object
could result in water damage or fire hazard and violates UL
compliance.
Controller ----
Pedestal
SG -MC 3
Installation
ESNota: El SG -MC solamente debe instalarse en un pedestal
metalico. La instalacion inapropiada en el pedestal de un
programador o de otro objeto podrfa causar danos par agua o
riesgo de incendio e incumple la normativa UL.
FRRemarque : La boite de protection SG -MC ne devrait etre installe
que sur un socle metallique. Une installation inappropriee sur un
socle de programmateur ou tout autre objet pourrait entrainer
une infiltration d'eau ou un risque d'incendie et serait non-
conforme a la norme UL.
OCenter punch the pedestal where the holes are to be placed. Drill
with a 5/e" (8 mm) bit for the five perimeter holes and a 3/8" (10
mm) bit for the single offset center hole.
Ensure the enclosed gasket is used for water resistance and
approved UL Rated compliance.
Controller ----
Pedestal
Gasket
ESUtilice un punzon en el pedestal donde va a hater los agujeros.
Utilice una punta de taladro de 5/e" (8 mm) para hater los cinco
agujeros del perimetro y una punta de 3/8" (10 mm) para el
agujero central.
Asegurese de que la junta incluida se utiliza para el sellado de
agua y el cumplimiento de la normativa de calidad UL.
FRPoingonnez le socle a I'endroit ou les trous doivent etre
places. Percez avec un foret de 5/e" (8 mm) pour les cinq trous
perimetriques et un foret de 3/8" (10 mm) pour ('unique trou
decentre.
II est important d'utiliser le joint fourni pour assurer la resistance
a 1'eau et la conformite a la norme UL.

ORemove the 3'/4" (83 mm) bolt and nut underneath the sensor
guard.
Fully insert the sensor wires through the gasket into the offset
center hole of the guard.
r
\,
3%"(83
mm)
bolt
25' (8 m) Wire
C
ESRetire el tornillo de 3'/4" (83 mm) asi como la tuerca situada
debajo del protector del sensor.
Inserte los cables del sensor a traves de la junta y del orificio
central del protector.
FREnlevez le boulon et I'ecrou de 3'/4" (83 mm) sous le clapet de
protection de la sonde.
Inserez completement Ies fils de la sonde a travers le joint cans
le trou decentre du socle.
OSecure with the four supplied 3/8" (10 mm) carriage bolts and
replace the 3'/4" (83 mm) bolt and nut underneath the sensor
guard.
4x48"(10mm)
3%" (83 mm)
bolt
Pedestal wall
ESFije el protector con los tornillos carroceros de 3/8" (10 mm) y
reemplace el tornillo y la tuerca de 3'/4" (83 mm) situadas debajo
del protector del sensor.
FRFixez les quatre boulons de 3/8" (10 mm) fournis et replacez le
boulon et I'ecrou de 3'/4" (83 mm) sous le clapet de protection de
la sonde.
RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL IRRIGATION I Built on Innovation®
Hunter Industries Incorporated
1940 Diamond Street, San Marcos, California 92078, USA
www.hunterindustries.com
© 2018 Hunter Industries Incorporated RC-079-IG 2/18

RA/N�B/RD
�79
j
le'
9
I
L.
ILI .L
Lj
IW A.
I IL
IL
-CL A.,
;-I
?
6
I r
bL 2
91�
'16
461
4r-
Volume 20

A41N�Blwa
Impact Sprinklers
Introduction
Impact Sprinklers
Sprinkler Only I Nozzle Only
Sprinkler without Nozzle A01619
XX = Nozzle Size
Brass Straight SBNA 105780-XX
Assembled Sprinkler/Nozzle Bore Nozzle 04 51 05 06 07
Factory Combination
Sprinkler with Nozzle — Item number for Sprinkler Only ` Item number for TAvailable Nozzle Size.
SBN-1 5/64- A0162005 Nozzle Only Use this number to
Item number forAssembled complete the Nozzle
Sprinkler and Nozzle, when available item number
Option .
. ■ W
FP
Full or Part Circle
W
Single Nozzle Spreader Plugged
BPJ
Brass Precision Jet
E
Straightening Vane
ADJ
Adjustable Nozzle
LPN
Low Pressure Nozzle
DA
Distance Control Flap
LAN
Low Angle Nozzle Spreader Nozzle
H
Superior H bearing
P
Anodized Aluminum Arm
TNT
PTFE, Nylon, PTFE Washer Stack
PM
Plastic Bearing
Pi
Precision Jet Spoon
V
Wedge
D
Durable Plastic Arm and Body
F
Frost/Chemically Resistant Washers
LA
Low Angle
M
Male Bearing
WS
Single Nozzle Body

A41N�Blwa
Impact Sprinklers
Introduction
Quick Reference Selection Guide
Model Drive Arm
14VH Wedge Brass
20JH Spoon Brass
L36H Spoon Plastic
48H Spoon Plastic
30H Spoon Brass
30WH Spoon Brass
30FH Spoon Brass
30FWH Spoon Brass
70CH Spoon Brass
Model
Drive
Arm
25BPJ-FP-
Precision
Brass
ADJ
let
25BP1-FP-
Precision
Brass
ADJ-DA-TNT
let
2045-PJ
Precision
Plastic
35A-TNT
Spoon
Brass
35A-ADJ-
Spoon
Brass
TNT
65P1
Precision
Brass
let
85EHD
Spoon
Brass
Operating
Spreader Pressure
Nozzle Range
Port (psi)
No 20-60
No 35-60
Yes 20-60
Yes 30-80
Yes 25-80
Plugged 25-80
Yes 25-80
Plugged 25-80
Yes 40-80
Operating
Spreader Pressure
Nozzle Range
Port (psi)
No 30-50
No 30-50
No 25-60
No 30-60
No 30-60
No 50-80
Yes 25-100
lM
•11111111IM11111111
•11111111IM11111111
• . 39-43
• . 39-43
. 38-41
. 38-41
. . 38-41
lll�

A41N�Blwa
Impact Sprinklers
3/4 (19mm) Full or Part Circle
35A-TNT
3/4"(19mm) Full or Part Circle, Brass
Impact Sprinklers
• "Precision jet" (PJ) arm (35A-PJ)
• Standard spoon style arm also
available (35A-TNT)
• Stainless steel springs and
fulcrum pin
Features
• Chemically resistant washers
• ADJ-3 Nozzles have break-up pins
• DAN-3 Nozzles have a distance
control flap
Benefits
• PJ arm reduces side splash
• Many options provide design and
application flexibility
• Corrosion and grit resistant
• Available less Nozzle with standard
spoon only
• Standard spoon model also available
with 3/16"(#12) Nozzle
• PJ model available with 3/16"(#12)
DA Nozzles only
• Full or Part Circle operation
• Built to last
• Five-year Customer Satisfaction
Policy
Specifications
• Bearing: 3/4" 09mm) Male NPT, Brass
• Trajectory Angle: 27'
• Operating Range: 30-60 psi
(2.1-4.1 bar)
• Flow Rate: 3.9-7.8 gpm (0.89-1.77 m3/h)
• Radius:42-51 ft. (12.8-15.5 meters)
• Nozzle Port:1/4"Female NPT
Sprinkler
35A-TNT A39200
Sprinkler without Nozzle
35A-PJ-TNT A39400
Sprinkler without Nozzle
NOZZLE SIZE (Stream Height: 9ft.)
5/32" 11/64" 3/16"
psi@
Rad.
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Nozzle
(ft.)
(gpm)
(ft.)
(gpm)
(ft.)
(gpm)
30
42
3.90
43
4.60
44
5.50
35
43
4.20
44
5.00
46
6.00
40
44
4.50
45
5.40
47
6.40
45
44
4.70
46
5.70
48
6.80
50
45
5.00
47
6.00
49
7.20
55
45
5.20
48
6.30
50
7.50
60
46
5.40
48
6.60
51
7.80
NOZZLE SIZE (Stream Height: 2.7m)
3.97 mm
4.37 mm
4.76 mm
(5/32")
(11/64")
(3/16")
bar @
Rad.
Flow
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Flow
Nozzle
(m)
0/s)
(m'/h)
(m)
(1/s)
(m'/h)
(m)
(1/s)
(m'/h)
2.1
12.8
0.25
0.89
13.1
0.29
1.04
13.4
0.35
1.25
2.5
13.2
0.27
0.97
13.5
0.32
1.16
14.1
0.38
1.39
3.0
13.4
0.29
1.05
13.9
0.35
1.27
14.5
0.42
1.52
3.5
13.7
0.32
1.14
14.4
0.38
1.37
15.0
0.46
1.65
4.0
13.9
0.34
1.21
14.6
0.41
1.47
15.4
0.48
1.74
4.1
14.0
0.34
1.23
14.6
0.42
1.50
15.5
0.49
1.77
Nozzle Only
XX = Nozzle Size
Brass Straight Bore Adjustable Nozzle AD1N-3 100328-XX 10 11 12
Brass Adjustable Do -All Nozzle DAN-3 100332-XX 10 - 12
Brass Keyhole Nozzle KHN-3 106353-XX 10 11
Bold nozzle size number denotesthe most common nozzle choice

Date:
.lob:
Model: 8113
Electrical: 120/23OV, 16A Max.
OL 508 Industrial Controls
OL 698A intrinsicaliv Sob Controls

Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided -
PUMP size per manufacturing specifications for pump/motor
Incoming Power
120/230 VAC, 50/60HZ PUMP LOAD
G L1 1-2/N 120/230 VAC, 0-16 AMPS, 50/60 HZ
tL2
T3 PUMPS MUST CONTAIN INTEGRAL
THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION!
4L *(&S)GL Tj 2 T2
/—T� T1fGROUNDLUG
L1 I Tj 1
CB1
20A M1 OUND TO
CONTROL
Incoming Power
120 VAC, 50/60HZ
L1 N
cat
1DA
D
EF2JF1
r �
G1
HAND SW1
CR1 TD1 o A M1 A'2
F32 - Timer Enable 11 14I DOFF
TB3 TB4 f AUTO
\7t D1 2
FS3 - High Alarm
FS1 - Low Alarm
�TBBI TB2;
T RT
6
P21 CR1 22
11 CR214
TB5 TB6
Alt P 2
Alt p A2
ALARM BEACON
Z. P r-
11 12
t
CP.3
r 14
Test,oe I
F1, F2 FUSE MUST BE
DREPLACED WITH 1 AMP
5mmX20mm TYPE
FAST ACTING 250 V MAX.
This control panel is for timed dosing applications. When
the timer enable float is up, the timer will start timing for the
duration of the "Off' time and when complete, the pump will
start for the duration of the "On" time. Both Off and On
times are adjustable. This pattern repeats until the timer
enable float lowers and turns off. The Low float acts as a
redundant off and will also activate the alarm. If the level
reaches the High float switch, the alarm will activate.
TB1B1 TB2B2 TB3 TB4 TB5 TB6
o)
� FS1 - Low
Level
Lce
FS2 -
Timer Enable
FS3 - High
Level
Al _ A2 Float Switch Field Wiring
t R *FS1 - Normally Open, Narrow Angle
*FS2 - Normally Open, Wide Angle
*FS3 - Normally Open, Narrow Angle
- — - FIELD WIRING
....... FIELD SUPPLIED
0 TERMINAL BLOCK
TB
Power Wiring = BILK
120VAC Control Wiring = RED
Neutral = WHT
Ground = GRN
TIGHTENING
TORQUE IN INCH
AVVG/OR PO'1NDS
CIRCULAR
MILL SIZE SCREW EXTERNAL
DRIVER DRIVE
WRENCH
14 35 75
12 35 75
0 35 75
8 40 75
6 45 0
4 45 0
2 50 150
50 50
0 50 180
2/0 50 180
LEGEND
CR CONTROL RELAY
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER
GL GROUND LUG
SWI HOA SWITCH
SW2 TEST/SILENCE SWITCH
R ALARM BEACON
B ALARM BUZZER
M1 MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
G1 PUMP RUN INDICATOR
GL GROUND LUG
FS FLOAT SWITCH
TDI Repeat Cycle Timer
Off Hrs
On o
0 6 8 Off
R 10
12
Scale Min
® R- Onf On
To set the timer, use a screwdriver to change timer
Scale (0-12 most common). Use a screwdriver to
change the "On" time increments (minutes most
common). Use a screwdriver to change the 'off"
time increments (hours most common). Turn the
dial with the Red line to the desired "On" time
(this example is 2 minutes). Turn the dial with
the Green line to the desired "Off" time (this
example is 4 Hours).
y
v
a,
0
0
v
v�
>�
�Xca o
aow¢ o]¢v
E E
E m
� LD v Y
ooYoUis
Sheet Description:
Production Schematic
Sheet No:
Notes: 1 1
1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes. 1
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gases from entering enclosure.
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent Feld wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided. Of
07-29-2013 Version; Rev AAG, MECH-00000049

�
Repeat Cycle Fuses
o
Timer
Pump Run Indicator = 0 o e
O
HOA Switch �® e
o Pump Breaker
Control Breaker
0000 0
0
0000 0
mmmmmm
eeeeee000000
Control Relays 16 Amp Contactor
o --- o
Alarm Terminal Blocks
Beacon
1
J
12X1 OX6
E
Alarm Test/Sil once
Switch
Alarm
Buzzer
V o _
Notes:
1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes.
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gases from entering enclosure.
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
If
Sheet Description:
Sheet No:
1 1
Of

FOR OUTDOOR USE ONLY
COMMON -�
115V/1 PH
50/60 HZ 0.5 AMP
cn 0
ma
m Z ;o
D Om
56Z
W r
DD
DD
r
D�
D�
�N
GND\
LAMP 1 LAMP 2
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
I DRAWN
TOLERANCES:
FRACTIONAL±
I CHECKED
ANGULAR: MACH± BEND ±
I ENG APPR.
TWO PLACE DECIMAL ±
THREE PLACE DECIMAL ±
I MFG APPR.
INTERPRET GEOMETRIC
I Q.A.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
TOLERANCING PER:
COMMENTS:
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
MATERIAL
DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
<INSERT COMPANY NAME HERE>. ANY
REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLE
FINISH
WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF NEXT ASSY USED ON
<INSERT COMPANY NAME HERE> IS
PROHIBITED. I APPLICATION
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
T
5 4
3
NAME DATE
TITLE: UV-102
WIRING DIAGRAM
SIZE DWG. NO. REV
A
SCALE: 1:5 WEIGHT: SHEET 1 OF 1

�.%' 'r/
IA
ZI
SEA µ=
_ °7 051201 Q
FNGINe
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Granville County, North Carolina
Site Map
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

_ v LEGEND
�\ V -
\ ADJACENT BOUNDARY QJ\
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY) K F w a U
I / CO CLEAN OUT >
�2e cDNTouRs - INDEX �
448 CONTOURS - INTERMEDIATE
DIVERSION BERM DITCH
DRAIN LINES/TRENCHES (INITIAL) W C] � Z U
DRAIN LINES/TRENCHES (REPAIR) Z a0 N W Z
DRAIN LINES - FLAGGED (NOT USED) J W N Q Z
E EASEMENT LINE W 0 Q w, O i
i
\\ / / / X EXISTING ELECTRIC LINE J d K W
/ EXISTING FENCE W w d J
0 aa
Y W U = J
R GRA ELEXISTING \ — \ j FM PROPOSED FORCE MAIN __1
m LL F Z
II I / __
DR"
AY RIGM-OF-WAY W ao _ x
T U'
RIPARIAN BUFFER p c N -
SETBACKS
60' PROP TY
y SETBACK PER fff 1 SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
,y SETBACK
m WAIVER IN EXISTING WATER LINE G c c
O. Z N
\vI \
�O
i rn SUITABLE��
ILS �� \ m U Qpo
m S O
uNDARv ��o A �I NOTES
1. PARCELS TAKEN FROM NC ONEMAP. TOPO TAKEN �y
FROM NC FRIS. SITE PLAN AND SOIL INFORMATION
! SURFACE �`�' BOUNDARY \ \ \ \ \ ASSOCIATES, P.A. N ry Z
C) I WASTE PROVIDED BY PIEDMONT ENVIRONMENTAL
EXISTING SHED. / SPRAY REPRESENTED \ �- JJ m
/ BY PROPOSED \ - \ 1 2. KEEP SPRAY AREA A MINIMUM OF 150' OFF OF Z Z ry K m
FENCE / �\ \ �\ j \ \ PROPERTY LINES. 60' OFF NORTH-WEST PROPERTY U
\\ LINE PER SETBACK WAIVER. KEEP TANKS A MINIMUM O Q X
\ / OF 50' FROM PROPERTY LINES. F a o F LL
/ �� �\� ri V \ \ I I 3. KEEP SPRAY AREA A MINIMUM OF 90' OFF OF O = I, O ry
DWELLING PER SETBACK WAIVER. a O Z
E �W�� 150' PROPERTY —\� �\ \ \ \ j I I 4. THIS IS NOT A SURVEY. O Z a LLf
LL
LINE SETBACK \ REVIEW BOINDARY At / I I Q
BD' DWELLING ( 1 \ \yam MIDWAY POIf✓T U > Q' SETBACK PER (TM ) L J �/ \ I I I I N N m C, 4 _ BETWEEN COMPLIANCE
_ BOUNDARY A,�D U d'
SETBACKS I \ _ \ \ ` / I Q U
WAIVER WASTE BOUNORY PER I L O W
Y` PROPOSED \ \ 15A NOAO D2L .01 DB 1` 1 \ !�
/ I SYSTEMENT
r l
E \ I U
AP�PROX. LO TION I R61 V A V
7 \
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1" = 80'
d / OF ROPO D 4-
°� BEDROOM ELLING'
cn
- /
/ V 0 40 80 160 240Ij
F�
X\ \
OOMpLIANCE BOUNDARY AT 1 11 \ �`,O� F�`SS ` I
/ PROPERTY LINE PER �\ $ -
- 15A NCAC 02L 0107 (n)��
�El�` i �,� V / �- 51201 q
c(NE�
p,R ,
N

NN
SEg a
o' 051201 -
►�'111i�111�
Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Granville County, North Carolina
Operation & Maintenance Plan
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Operation and Maintenance Plan
System Background
The wastewater treatment and disposal system has been designed to treat the generated domestic
wastewater from a resident dwelling. The system consists of the following:
• One (1) 1,000-gallon septic tank with PolyLOK PL-122 effluent filter
• One (1) Model 600 E-Z Treat recirculating media filter (treatment unit)
• One (1) 1,000-gallon recirculation tank
• One (1) Recirculation pump (Sized by Manufactor)
• One (1) 4,500-gallon field dosing / storage tank
• One (1) field dosing pump (as shown on construction drawings)
• One (1) flowmeter
• One (1) rain sensor
• Surface spray irrigation field with sufficient spray heads, and all the necessary
appurtenances.
Each of these treatment units are described in additional detail below.
The septic tank has been sized to provide at least 48 hours of anaerobic treatment and solids
removal. Domestic wastewater generated from the residence will enter the first chamber of the
tank by gravity, where solids settle to the bottom and scum floats to the top. The settled solids are
anaerobically digested, reducing the volume of solids. The remaining liquid flows through the
baffling wall into the second chamber, where further settlement takes place. A PL-122 Polylok,
or approved equal effluent filter will be housed in the second chamber of the septic tank to prevent
solids from reaching the E-Z Treat recirculation tank.
Septic tank effluent will drain into the recirculation tank to receive aerobic treatment. The
recirculation tank will house a recirculation pump. Wastewater will then be pumped from the
recirculation tank onto an E-Z Treat treatment unit where a spray manifold mists the wastewater
over a media filter bed to maximize aerobic digestion by the microbes present. The E-Z Treat
treatment unit effluent will flow by gravity back into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank to receive
additional treatment or (if dosing is complete) to the field dosing / storage tank through the bypass
valve.
The field dosing tank has been sized to store up to 5-days of daily flow in the event of heavy rain
or power failure. The effluent from the field dosing tank will be pumped to the surface spray
irrigation field.
The E-Z Treat recirculation and field dosing tanks are connected to audible and visible highwater
alarms. These alarms will alert the operator when too much wastewater has accumulated in the
tanks so that he may turn on the pumps to empty the tank. If the property, otherwise specified on
the construction drawings, is served by a well system, water will not be used during a power failure.
A standby generator shall be provided if stated in the permit statements.
Tim Dillinger — 1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00

Pumps:
There are two pumps within the wastewater treatment system. One (1) E-Z Treat treatment unit
recirculation pump. One (1) spray field dosing pump will be provided as specified on the
construction drawings, or equivalent as approved by the engineer. Both pumps will be connected
to the control panel. Pump efficiency shall be monitored by recording the amperage supplied to
the pump. A sudden decrease in efficiency will indicate that the pump must be replaced. Pump
replacement can be accomplished by disconnecting pumps from the power supply and unscrewing
them from the attached piping.
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit:
The Model 600 E-Z Treat treatment unit will be used to provide aerobic treatment to the septic
tank effluent as well as removing suspended solids not removed by the septic tank. The media
filter bed will be housed in the container provided by E-Z Treat. The E-Z Treat treatment unit will
be dosed by a recirculation pump with a distribution system placed above the styrene media which
will discharge onto the media. The underdrain system will transport the E-Z Treat treatment unit
effluent back into the recirculation or field dosing / storage tank.
Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit:
The ultraviolet disinfection unit will be used to treat the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent before it
reaches the field dosing / storage tank. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be E-Z Treat (Model
E-Z UV 102) or approved equal by engineer.
Rain Sensor:
A Hunter Mini-Clik rain sensor shall be installed adjacent to the hydraulic unit in an area that will
receive precipitation (i.e., that is not covered by trees). The sensor will only be used for the drip
irrigation pump to cease operations during wet conditions. The field dosing / storage tank will
store the treated wastewater for more than five days; however, it may be necessary to override the
control system following large precipitation events if the tank is above capacity. During wet
conditions, the sensor will send a signal to the pump controls to inactivate the pump. If it becomes
necessary to release wastewater from the tank, the Mini-Clik may be turned off and the pump
switched on manually.
Sprav Svstem:
The spray field will be dosed by the field dosing pump. The spray field zoning criteria and spray
heads shall follow as specified on the construction drawings. Each spray head shall be capable of
delivering 3.9 gpm.
Crop Maintenance and Management:
The drip area should remain as original condition and be planted with a fescue, rye, or Bermuda
grass as needed in compacted areas. The wastewater applied to the trees or grass (if needed) will
provide ample moisture and nutrients to promote plant growth. All dead trees if applicable, newly
grown vegetation and newly grown trees less than 1 inch shall be removed yearly. Weed Eat
vegetative cover to a minimum height of 4 inches if applicable to ensure vegetation does not
interfere with the system operation.
Tim Dillinger — 1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00 2

System Operation
The wastewater treatment system is designed to dose the E-Z Treat treatment unit every 14 minutes
to 20 minutes with 34 gallons of septic tank effluent. If less than 34 gallons of wastewater is
available, the low-level signal will inactivate the pump. The control panel will activate the field
dosing pump and associated control valve to dose the drip field. Flow to the drip field is designed
for a maximum dose as shown on the construction drawings. The volume dosed is controlled by
the "run time" set on the dose run/rest interval timer for each zone. The pump will de -energize if
the low water level "pump off' float is activated. The flow meter installed in the hydraulic unit
will track the volume of wastewater irrigated.
If the highwater level "alarm" float switch is activated, the system will energize the audible and
flashing alarm fixtures. Once energized, the flashing and audible alarm units may only reset
manually. If the alarm light begins flashing after being reset, it means that either there is a clog in
the system or the pump has failed. This may be corrected by simply pressing the reset button. If
this doesn't energize the pump, the wet well will have to be opened and the pump removed to
check for deficiencies or an object that may be clogging the system. If there are no obvious flaws
on the pump itself and no objects inside the pump tank, restore the pump and try resetting it again.
If the pump still does not work, contact the pump manufacturer.
Both the E-Z Treat treatment unit and drip irrigation pump controls shall include, but not be limited
to an "auto/manual" system control switch, stop/start switch, non-resetable elapsed time recorder
for each pump, and individual pump run lights. The control panel shall contain NEMA 4X
enclosures. All supporting control units, if not housed within the pump control panels, shall be in
a separate NEMA 4X enclosure.
No heavy traffic shall be driven over the treatment units or drip field at any time. This access is
restricted in order to protect the health and safety of people. It is important that the drip area in
non -wooded or compacted areas be seeded with grasses or trees to establish vegetation. The
vegetation will absorb any nutrients remaining in the treated wastewater, and the treated
wastewater will promote the growth of the vegetation. The vegetation will absorb any nutrients
remaining in the treated wastewater, and the treated wastewater will promote the growth of the
vegetation. The vegetation will need to be maintained so that it does not interfere with the
performance of the drip irrigation system.
System Maintenance
To ensure a smooth operating system, regular maintenance shall be performed on each treatment
unit. The maintenance for each unit is detailed on the plans and is displayed in the following table.
Further system maintenance information shall refer to the manufacturer's literatures.
Tim Dillinger — 1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00
3

Operation and Maintenance Tasks
Unit
Frequency
Task
3 — 6 months
Check for solids accumulation, blockages, or baffle
Septic Tank: damage
damages, in/exfiltration, pump septage.
Septic Tank: solids and
12 months
Pump out accumulated solids if necessary, remove scum
scum
layer.
Effluent Filter: Testing
3 — 6 months
Check and clean as needed.
Effluent Filter:
12 months
Replace each time septic tank is pumped.
Replacement
E-Z Treat Treatment
monthly
Inspect control/alarm panel, recirculation tank, and E-Z Treat
Unit
treatment unit (filter pod).
weekly
Wipe (clean) UV lamp, check intensity and replace lamp
Ultraviolet Disinfection
when required.
Pump Tanks:
weekly Check pumps, controls, alarms, elapsed time meters.
Pumps and Controls
Pump Tanks:
3 — 6 months Check for solids accumulation, or infiltration and
Solids and Potential
exfiltration.
Leaks
Pump Tanks:
12 months Remove scum layer when septic tank is pumped.
Scum Accumulation
2 — 4 weeks Weed Eat vegetative cover to a minimum height of 4 inches
Spray Field:
if applicable to ensure vegetation does not interfere with the
Vegetation
system operation.
Spray System:
3 — 6 months
Check for leaks in force mains, odors, ponding, and erosion
Piping and Distribution
to ensure runoff does not occur in drip area.
Equipment
Pumps, Distribution
monthly
Check flow meter readout and compare to recorded flows,
Piping, and Alarm
check pumps for leaks.
System
Pumps, Distribution
quarterly
Remove filter covers and inspect for accumulation of debris.
Piping, and Alarm
System
Pumps, Distribution
semiannually
Remove and lubricate O-Rings on filter canister, replace if
Piping, and Alarm
damaged. Clean filter discs at hydraulic tubing feed.
System
annually
Remove filter disc cartridge and replace, clean cartridge and
store for next annual replacement. Dig along side dripper
Pumps, Distribution
line and remove small section with emitter, repair with
Piping, and Alarm
"RAM" couplings and new tubing, inspect removed tubing
System
for excess slime or buildup. Flush dripper lines with
chemical solution as needed. Check and or replace batteries
in flow meter.
Control Panel and
6— 12
Check amp readout and compare to manufacturers
Pump Efficiency
months
instructions.
*Tanks should not be pumped during wet conditions.
Tim Dillinger — 1181 Beaver Dam Rd
Surface Spray Irrigation with EZ Treat TS-11 Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. ProjectNo.: C21302.00

E -iili kEAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Operation
and Maintenance
Manual
NSF.
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of thefollowing standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

u
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 General Instructions
2.0 Basic Operation and Maintenance Requirements
2.1 Septic Tank
2.2 Re -Circulation Tank
2.3 Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms
2.4 E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
2.5 Cleaning the Filter Media
2.6 Replacement of Media Mattress
3.0 Attention System Owner and Users
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7

r�
1.0 General Instructions
E-Z Treat Company requires regular life time inspection and lifetime maintenance of the E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter, as a condition of purchase and ongoing operational compliance.
The inspection and maintenance interval should be no less than annually. For NSF listed systems
or per applicable state regulatory requirements, the inspection and service interval shall be a
minimum of every 6 months for the first two years and at a frequency per state regulations there-
after. The mandatory service contract will include a performance based system inspection. The
service provider must be trained and certified by E-Z Treat Company or authorized representative.
All inspection and maintenance reports
must be forwarded, along with any
additional documentation, to E-Z Treat
Company, the local authorized E-Z Treat
Dealer, and all required or designated
regulatory agencies.
This manual contains a list of the
routine maintenance procedures that
are required by E-Z Treat Company.
Failure to perform the required system
maintenance could reduce the desired
performance of the system and will
void the warranty on the E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system.
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system should be inspected by an
authorized service provider at start-up and for all inspections thereafter.
E-Z Treat Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter Pods
Model 600
Model 1200
Pods can be configured in multiples for higher flow systems.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

r�
2.0 Basic Operation and Maintenance Requirements
2.1 Septic Tank
The septic and re -circulation tank shall be
inspected annually to ensure they are oper-
ating properly. Remove the access covers
over the tank openings to perform the
inspection.
1. Verify the lid and riser assemblies are
watertight. Check for any damaged, water
weeping marks, holes or cracks. The system
must remain watertight to perform properly.
2. Remove, clean and replace the outlet
effluent filter in accordance with the
instructions provided by the effluent filter
manufacturer.
3. Inspect the liquid level in the septic tank,
it should be level with the bottom of the
outlet pipe.
4. Inspect the effluent and scum layers in
the septic tank. Look for oil or any other
contaminants that are not normal.
5. Verify the tank has received its scheduled
pumping and cleaning. Check the solids
layer in each of the tanks. If the solids layer
is excessive have the tank pumped.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
2.2 Re -Circulation Tank
The re -circulation tank shall be inspected
annually to ensure it is operating properly.
Remove the access covers over the tank
openings to perform the inspection.
Verify that the lid and riser assemblies are
watertight. Check for any damaged, water
weeping marks, holes or cracks, the system
must remain watertight to perform properly.
1. Inspect the liquid level in the re -circulation
tank, it should be level with the bottom of
the outlet pipe.
2. At initial system start-up, remove the end
caps from the spray manifold. Operate the
re -circulation pump by turning the pump
control to the "HAND -ON" position. Let
the pump run for one minute then turn the
pump control to the "OFF" position repeat
this procedure three times to flush any
construction debris such as dirt or pipe
shavings from the spray manifold. Replace
the end caps hand tight —do not use
wrenches or pliers. Re -set the pump con-
trol selector switch to the "AUTO" position.
3. Inspect the float by-pass valve. Manually
start the re -circulation pump and observe
the float ball valve, the ball should drop as
the liquid in the re -circulation tank drops the
effluent returning from the E-Z Treat pod
should flow back into the re -circulation tank
and should not flow out the discharge pipe.
4. Verify that all the re -circulation pump
floats are in good condition, properly
secured to the float bracket and are able to
move freely within the re -circulation tank.
5.Observe the system as it re -circulates.
Visually verify all flows through the system.
©2017 E-Z Treat 2

r�
2.3 Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms
1. Check the functions of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter control panel.
Control: Main Control "ON/OFF" switch
Function: Turns power ON or OFF
Control: System Setting Switch "MANUAL ON" and "AUTO ON"
Function: "MANUAL ON" overrides all float switches and time clock switches
"AUTO ON" allows for normal operations dictated by the time clock and float switches.
Control: Timer "MINUTES ON" and "MINUTES OFF"
Function: Controls run time of re -circulation pump i.e. GPD re -circulated through media.
Control: High and Low Water Alarm "ALARM ON", "ALARM AUTO" and "ALARM SILENCE"
Function: "ALARM ON" will manually turn on the audio/visual alarms.
"ALARM AUTO" is the normal operational setting and "ALARM SILENCE"turns off the alarms.
Check re -circulation pump. Place the system
in the manual mode by turning the recircula-
tion pump switch to "ON". The re -circulation
pump should begin to supply effluent to the
spray nozzles in the treatment pod.
2. Check the voltage and motor amp draw
and record the readings. If the readings
are beyond the limits of the NEC recom-
mendations, have an electrician check
the main service line feeding the system
control panel.
Light will burn Green to indicate
re -circulation Pump is OFF. -�
C►+.
Light will burn RED to
indicate re -circulation Pump is ON.
Rotate dial to desired minutes ON.
Clock face screw will change the
clock face from a maximum time
of 1.5 units to a maximum of 30 units.
Always set the clock face to 30.}-
OMPOn HUR
Rotate dial to desired minutes OFF
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
3. Place the system in the normal operating
mode by turning the re -circulation pump
switch to "AUTO". Verify the timer
ON/OFF settings are the same as set at
system start-up. Record those timer
settings in the system log.
4. Verify the accuracy of the system ON/OFF
Timer. To accomplish this use a stop
watch and verify the length of time the
re -circulation pump is OFF then verify the
time the re -circulation pump is ON, those
times should match the ON/OFF Timer
settings in the control panel.
Window will display OFF "Sec", "Min" or "He'.
Rotate OFF screw until
M"Min" appears in window.
0 OFF screw displays
OFF seconds, minutes or hours.
► Window will display ON
"Sec", "Min" or "He'.
. --o- Rotate ON screw until
0 "Min" appears in window.
Aj
tON screw displays seconds, minutes or hours.
©2017 E-Z Treat 3

5. Confirm the operation of the visual and
audible "HIGH" and "LOW" water alarms.
The control has an alarm switch clearly
marked Alarm "ON", Alarm "AUTO" and
Alarm "SILENCE" Place the alarm switch in
the "ON" position, you will hear a loud
buzzer and see a red flashing light. Move
the switch to the Alarm" SILENCE" position
the red light and buzzer will go dormant.
6.Once the alarms have been triggered
return all settings to their original position
of Alarm "AUTO" (If applicable, verify the
operation of the telemetry unit by checking
the alarm notations on the website.)
2.4 E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
7. Verify the floats are operational by manually
raising and lowering the floats to simulate
the systems normal operation. Verify proper
operation of "High Level Float" by lifting
the float while the system T is in the "OFF"
time mode, the re -circulation pump should
turn on over riding the "OFF" timer, the
Visual and Audible alarms should activate.
Return the float to its normal position the
re -circulation pump will turn off. Reset the
alarms and manually lower the "Low Water
Float" with the timer in the "ON' mode, the
re -circulation pump will turn off and the
visual/audible alarms will activate. Return
the float to the normal position and the
re -circulation pump will run. Reset the
alarms.
8. Properly re -install and secure all tank
accesses!
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter should be inspected to ensure it is operating
properly. Remove the pod cover to perform this inspection. Each E-Z Treat system should be
installed with a sample box located on the final discharge side of the treatment system, this
sample box is ideal for grab samples. If the installer failed to install a sample box grab samples
can be taken from the pump discharge tank. Many state regulations include instructions for
taking grab samples those rules and procedures supersede E-Z Treat.
1. Take a grab sample of the effluent check for:
a. Odor, the effluent may have an earthy
or musty smell there should be no
strong or offensive odors present.
b. Color, the effluent should be clear and
absent of any color.
c. Solids, there should be no visible
suspended solids
d. Solids, let sample set for 15 minutes,
there should be no visible settling of
solids.
e. Test the pH, it should measure 6.9 to 7.5
If there is odor, color or solids clean the media
If the pH is below 6.9 reduce the re -circulation
rate by increasing to "OFF" time on the Time
Clock Control. Recheck the pH in 90 days.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
2.Observe the spray distribution nozzles
during operation. If a nozzle appears to
be clogged or if the spray pattern is not
uniform, remove the nozzle and clean the
nozzle using a pipe stem cleaning brush.
3. Record the pressure reading on the dis-
tribution manifold gauge. Compare that
pressure to the pressure recorded at the
previous inspection. The pressure should
read 18 to 25 PSI.
a. Verify the pressure gauge on the spray
distribution manifold is performing
properly.
b. Verify the flow rate at the spray nozzles
(it should be 1.75 to 2 GPM).
c. Verify the re -circulation pump is the
same make and model pump that was
specified for the original installation.
©2017 E-Z Treat

rq
d. Verify the re -circulation pump is per-
4. Verify the treatment pod is properly draining
forming in accordance to the pump
by looking down the pod side wall vents,
manufacturers` specifications including
there should be no standing water, the
amp draw and flows at specific pressures.
bottom of the pod should be visible.
e. If the pressure is above the prior record-
ing or above the start up setting, open
5. Visually inspect the surface of the treatment
the ends of the distribution manifold lines,
media for:
manually start the re -circulation pump and
a. Holes, tears, loose seams
allow it to run for 5 minutes. This should
b. Foreign material
flush out the spray distribution lines. If the
pressure remains too high, after cleaning
the spray nozzles and flushing the spray
distribution lines, adjust the pressure to
the desired PSI using the ball valve on
the main spray distribution supply line.
f. If the pressure/flow is too low check for
cracks, breaks or obstructions in the
main distribution supply line.
2.5 Cleaning the Filter Media
c. Black color on media (media should have
light brown tint)
d. Excessive bio mat growth
e. Ponding
f. Clumping of the media.
Note: If any of these conditions exist the
media needs to be cleaned.
Depending upon influent strength and influent volumes, excessive biological growth can
accumulate inside and on the surface of the media filter after 7 to 10 years of use.
Cleaning of the media is a very simple and easy 10-step process:
Step 1: Turnoff power to any discharge pump.
Step 2: Remove the treatment pod cover and remove the spray distribution manifold.
Step 3: Connect wash down hose to the main spray distribution supply line.
Step 4: Manually turn on the re -circulation pump.
Step 5: Pressure wash the surface of the media mattress, the wash water will drain into the
re -circulation tank and will be re -used as wash water.
Step 6: Roll the media mattress and wash the sides and bottom of the media mattress.
Step 7: After the media is completely cleaned properly place the media mattress in the
treatment pod.
Step 8: Re -Install the spray distribution manifold.
Step 9: Pump out and clean the re -circulation tank removing all the wash down water.
Pump out the septic tank.
Step 10: Turn on power to discharge system and return the treatment system
from "Manual" mode to "Automatic" mode.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

n
2.6 Replacement of Media Mattress
If the filter media is exposed to excessive concentrations of petroleum products, paints, glues,
waxes etc. it will become necessary to replace the media. The replacement process it is a very
fast and simple. Removing the media mattress should be performed by service agents that are
trained and certified by E-Z Treat Company.
Step 2: Turnoff power to re -circulation pump, discharge pump and controls.
Step 2: Pump the septic tank and re -circulation tank to assure continued service by residence
during the replacement.
Step 3: Remove the spray distribution manifold.
Step 4: Lift the media mattress out of the filter pod.
Step 5: Place the mattress into the fiberglass transport container provided by E-Z Treat
Company. The container is easily hauled in a pickup truck or on a light duty trailer.
Step 6: Install new filter media and replace distribution manifold.
Step 7: Reset all system control settings to "AUTO" and turn the main power switch to the
"ON" position.
Once the mattress is returned to E-Z Treat Company, the styrene material will be sent to the
nearest recycling facility for processing. Alternatively, the service provider can transport
the mattress to the nearest styrene recycling facility for processing.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

r�
3.0 Attention System Owner and Users
CAUTION
Do Not open or enter any system components for any reason.
If a problem exists or you have questions about your system,
call your authorized service provider.
Once the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system is installed, a post -construction
conference is recommended. This is an opportunity to familiarize the owner with the system. No
attempt should be made to adjust any component of this system except by a Certified Operator.
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system allows the homeowner to receive a
high quality, reliable and economical wastewater system that protects the environment. As
with any onsite wastewater treatment system, the homeowner should be familiar with basic
guidelines which help the system achieve repetitive, reliable performance. Please do not
hesitate to contact your certified operator or E-Z Treat Company with any questions,
concerns or comments about your E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system.
Users of the System —Remember!
To assure proper performance of your E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter, you should
avoid disposing of the following products into your septic tank:
■ Oil & Grease (kitchen waste)
■ Water Softener backwash
■ Wax & resins
■ Petroleum Products
■ Paint & Paint Solvents
■ Pesticides
■ Condoms & sanitary napkins
■ Toxic substances (Liquid Plumber, Drano, etc.)
■ Non -Biodegradable products (cigarette butts, antibacterial wipes, etc.)
■ Any kind of septic tank additive (Rid-X, etc.)
Owners of the System —Remember!
■ Keep heavy loads and traffic off of your onsite system components and drainfield.
■ Never drive cars or trucks within 10 feet of any system access lids.
■ Landscaping or future building projects should be planned with the drainfield and drainfield
repair area in mind.
■ Do not shovel or blow snow on top of your onsite wastewater system. This will temporarily
limit access to your system and could overload and damage the system.
■ Make sure drainage from the house or around the property is carried away from your
onsite system.
DO NOT OPEN OR ENTER ANY OF THE TREATMENT SYSTEM TANKS.
SEPTIC GASSES CAN BE TOXIC, CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

E-Z +TREAT
PO Box 176
Haymarket, Virginia 20168
T 703.753.4770
F 571.248.8837
eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

E-Z Treat Company, Inc.
Residential Applications
2-Year Limited Warranty
PO Box 176
Haymarket, Virginia 20168
1. Preamble
E-Z Treat Company (herein referred to as "E-Z Treat) is known for
researching, designing, and producing innovative products of high quality
for the onsite wastewater industry. We are proud to stand behind our E-Z
Treat Sand/Media Filter.
For the purpose of this warranty, "Service Provider" means the legal
Certified Operator of the system. This Service Provider shall be currently
listed on State and Local records as meeting any applicable requirements
required by law and/or Rule. Also, for purposes of this document,
"Installer" means the person or company that has installed the system, and
"Owner" means the person that has purchased the system or purchased the
property serviced by the system.
2. Nature of Warranty
E-Z Treat warrants to the Owner that the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter
will function within prescribed limits for a period of two years from the
date of purchase.
E-Z Treat also warrants certian components of the system against
materials, workmanship and manufacturing defects for a period of two (2)
years from the date of installation.
This warranty is in addition to the legal warranties and Owner's rights in
accordance to applicable law.
The conventional warranty of E-Z Treat is expressly limited to the text in
this certificate. Owner is responsible for reasonable care and
communication with the Certified Operator.
3. Obtaining Warranty Service
To make a claim on this warranty, the Owner should put the request in
writing and mail or deliver to an authorized E-Z Treat Certified Operator.
The claim will be processed and sent to E-Z Treat headquarters.
Any claim must be received no later than two year from the date of
purchase of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter.
On receipt of this claim, E-Z Treat or their authorized representative will examine the
situation at the site and take corrective action where the terms of the warranty apply.
4. Exclusions and Limitations
E-Z Treat Company Warranty only extends to replacement parts the labor
for installing those parts is not part of this warranty. Any electrical device
or electrical component is excluded from this warranty including
replacement parts and labor.
33

E-Z Treat is not liable for the dispersal portion of the onsite wastewater
system. This portion of the system is evaluated, designed and constructed
in accordance with local regulations and is wholly separate from the
performance of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter.
The following conditions are also excluded from the E-Z Treat warranty:
• This warranty does not cover cosmetic damage or damage due to
acts of Nature, misuse, abuse, modification, incorrect design or
incorrect installation.
• The warranty is void if any modifications or repairs are made to
the system by anyone other than an E-Z Treat approved agent.
• Failure of the Owner to comply with the requirements set forth in
the Owner's Manual.
• The warranty is void if any system components are repaired or
replaced by parts not supplied or approved by E-Z Treat.
• This warranty is not applicable to systems not receiving domestic,
residential sewage.
• The warranty is void if it is found that the Owner has failed to
notify E-Z Treat of any change in the use of the property from its
original design.
5. Indemnities and Damages
E-Z Treat's liability and obligations under this warranty for corrective
measures or means of correction shall be limited to the replacement of the
E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter Components.
6. Limitations of Damages
E-Z Treat is not liable for any damages sustained by the Owner. E-Z
Treat's compensation and indemnification obligations are limited to the
provisions of this warranty
7. Transfer of Ownership
In the event of transfer of ownership within two years of use, this warranty
shall transfer to the new Owner for the remainder of the period under the
following conditions:
a. The New Owner has a Certified Operator under contract.
b. An Inspection of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media shall be conducted prior to
transfer. Upon a satisfactory inspection, the Owner shall obtain a written
report from the Certified Operator
8. Inspection
The Owner shall allow the Certified Operator access to the property and
system components for purposes of necessary monitoring and service.
If the Owner submits a request of claim under this warranty and it is found
to be in error after inspection, a charge for direct expenses will be billed to
the customer to cover the cost of the inspection.
9. Priorities of the Warranty
This warranty supersedes any contract or understanding, verbal or written, entered
into between the Owner, Certified Operator, Installer, or Representative of E-Z Treat.
:,

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
It is recommended that the system receive routine maintenance, at least annually. Please check your
State and local regulations for required frequency of inspection.
ROUTINE AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
1) Remove the filter and clean, or install a clean filter element.
2) Open the field flush valve and flush the field for 5-10 minutes by activating the pump in "manual"
position. Close the flush valve (on systems with manual flush valves, close the field flush valve until
design field pressure is reached).
3) With the pump in the "manual" position, check the pressure in the drip field by using a pressure gauge
on the Schrader valve (located on the air vents), and by reading the pressure gauge located in the
Headworks box. The pressure should be close to the same as shown on the initial installation
records.
4) Remove the lids on the vacuum breaker and check for proper operation. If water is seen leaking from
the top of the vacuum breaker, remove the cap of the vacuum breaker and check for debris.
5) Turn off the pump.
6) Periodically remove and clean the air vents, field flush and filter flush valves.
7) Visually check and report the condition of the drip field, including any noticeable wetness/variations.
8) Treatment and distribution tanks are to be inspected routinely and maintained when necessary in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations/State regulations.
9) Record the date of inspection as well as readings from elapsed time meter, pump counter, peak
counter, high-level counter, power fail counter and any other logs provided in system controls.
Double check the settings of the control panel to be sure no one has tampered with them since the
last inspection.
10) Reset the controller(s) for automatic operation before leaving.
December 2008 Page 18

HOME OWNERS GUIDE FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF DRIP DISPERSAL FIELD
A drip system has been installed on your property for the dispersal of the effluent from your home
The drip dispersal system consists of a series of diameter drip tubing. It is designed to effectively
disperse of the treated effluent using a combination of soil absorption and plant uptake. Your drip
dispersal system will function for many years with only minimal maintenance being required, provided the
following recommendations are followed:
❑ Establish landscaping immediately over subsurface system. This will stabilize the soil and allow
for the grass to take up the water.
❑ Do not discharge sump pumps, footing drains or other sources of water to the system, except
for the effluent discharge from your treatment system.
❑ Maintain all plumbing fixtures to prevent excess water from entering the dispersal system.
❑ Do not drive cars, trucks or other heavy equipment over the drip dispersal field. This can
damage the drip components or the soil and cause the system to malfunction.
❑ Do not drive tent stakes, golf putting holes, croquet hoops, etc. into the dispersal field.
❑ Contact your service company if your alarm should sound. The pump chamber is sized to allow
additional storage after the alarm sounds but you should refrain from excessive water usage
(i.e., laundry) until the system has been checked.
Contact your service company if you notice any areas of excessive wetness in the field. There may be
some initial wetness over the driplines following the initial installation. This should stop once the ground
has settled and a vegetative cover is established
December 2008 Page 19

EnZi­'__.N=�9�0T
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
UV
Installation and
Maintenance
Guide
Note: Maintenance Only
Installation is in Equipment Section
�SF
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class
to one or more of the following standards:
NSFIANSI40
NSFIANS1245
NSFIANS1350
©2017 E-ZTreat 2-2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS
-WtightSystern Installation -1-
2.0 UV Light System Maintenance

2.0 UV Light System Maintenance
The UV lamps quartz tubes (housing the lamps) must be cleaned at a minimum frequency of
every 12 months.
Caution: Do not run UV lamps dry. Caution: Always turn off the power to the UV system
Fill UV housing with water/effluent before any maintenance is performed. Use extreme
before turning on power. care when handling the fragile UV lamp assembly.
a
Step 1: Turn power "OFF" to the UV system!
Step 2: Unscrew the fitting holding the UV lamp and quartz sleeve.
CStep 3: Lift the UV lamp assembly upward until it is clear of the housing.
7 Step 4: Using a clean, damp sponge or clean, soft cloth, wipe all residue from the quartz tube.
eel, Clean stubborn, dirty areas with a liquid glass cleaning product.
�1 Caution: DO NOT scrape or use scouring pads.
This may scratch the quartz tube and alter the performance of the UV system.
e-�
Q' Step 5: Visually inspect each quartz tube for cracks or breaks; replace any UV lamp assembly
3 that is cracked, scratched, or broken.
0
C Step 6: Re-insert the UV lamp assembly into the housing and tighten the fitting that holds
Q. the UV lamp and quartz sleeve. Caution: (Hand -Tighten Only)
(D DO NOT use wrenches, pliers, or other tools to tighten.
Step 7: Turn power "ON" to the UV system.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat

E-Z4�PTREAT
PO Box 176
Haymarket, Virginia 20168
T 703.753.4770
F 571.248.8837
eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Operation & Maintenance Agreement
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
DWR Division of Water Resources
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Ufvision of Water Resources OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
FORM: SFRWWIS-O&M 09-18
Permit No. WQOO County: Granville
Permittee: Daniel Di1Iiriger. KeIlie Di11igg-er
(i.e., all deeded property owners)
The Permittee agrees to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as
follows:
1. Inspect the septic tank annually, and pump out solids as needed.
2. Inspect and clean the septic tank effluent filter annually. (fapplicable)
3. Inspect the tablet chlorinator weekly. Add wastewater grade chlorine tablets (e.g., calcium hypochiorite) as needed.
Swimming pool grade chlorine tablets are not acceptable. (if applicable)
4. Inspect the ultraviolet disinfection unit weekly. Clean or replace the lamps and quartz sleeves as needed. (if
applicable)
S. Inspect all storage tanks, pumps, and alarms monthly. Remove the floating scum layer in all pump/storage tanks
when pumping the septic tank solids out,
6. Inspect the spray irrigation system monthly to verify: proper operation of the spray heads; that there are no leaks;
that vegetative growth does not obstruct the spray heads; that the irrigated wastewater is not ponding in or running
off the designated irrigation area; and that there are no objectionable odors. (ifapplicable)
7. Inspect the drip irrigation system monthly to verify: proper operation of the drip lines; that there are no leaks; that
vegetative growth does not obstruct the drip emitters; that the irrigated wastewater is not ponding in or running off
the designated irrigation area; and that there are no objectionable odors. (ifapplicable)
8. Maintain a set of Division -approved engineering plans and specifications.
9. Pay the required annual fee.
10. Request renewal of this permit on Division -approved farms no later than 180 days prior to expiration.
1 l . Sign and provide a Change of ❑wnership application to any future owner of the single-family residence wastewater
treatment and irrigation system for their completion and submission to the Division of Water Resources.
We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued perm it.
Signature: pa-.t6Ze ,�� Date: 10/812024
Signature: x� p4a� Date: 10/8/2024
Signature: Date:
Signature: Date:
All deeded property owners shall sign this Oneration and Maintenance Agreement
FORM: SFRWWIS-O&M 09-18
Page l of l

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
County Health Department Denial Letter
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

IA
v GR..11NVII-,I F VANC�I
_..-...... .1.+
++ IMPROVEMENT PERMIT DENIAL
Date
An,ct Icattes ( (-
�.1 .
4
i �s^►P�rY?� ��s�
Re: Application for improvement Permit for property located at
Property ldentifier(address, PIN, etc.)
Health Department file # gls`ty=5
Dear b-n, ti, - deli c., vill�nS.�C`
Owner or Owner's Representative
The (',vL��'e, County Health Department, Environmental Health Division, on
i a (k lz4 evaluated the above -referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site plan
Date
that accompanied your Improvement Permit application. According to your application the site is to
serve a `4 with a design wastewater flow of �41�kZl gallons
Facility Description
per day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing on -site wastewater
systems in General Statutes 130A-333 to 345 and 15A NCAC 18E.
Based on the criteria set out in 15A NCAC 18E .0501 through .0602, the evaluation indicated that the site
is UNSUITABLE for an on -site wastewater system. Therefore, we must deny your request for an
Improvement Permit. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on the
following:
uitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .0502)
Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule .0503)
[suitable soil wetness condition (Rule .0504)
Jnsuitable soil depth (Rule .0505)
❑ Unsuitable saprolite (Rule .0506)
❑ Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .0507)
❑ Insufficient space far septic system and repair area (Rule .0508)
❑ Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .0601 or .0602)
❑ Other (Cite applicable rule):
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the discharge of
untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground water, or inside your
structure.
NCDHHS/DPH/EHS/DSWP Revised January 2024
Form IPD-24.1

The site evaluation.included consideration of possible site modifications..as well as use of all possible
systems approved under 15A NCAC 18E. However, the Health Department has determined that none of
the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible option might be a system
designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil such as off -site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no Improvement
Permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .0509(a) and (d).
A site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as SUITABLE if written documentation is provided that
meets the requirements of Rule .0509(b) or (c). A copy of this rule is enclosed? You may hire a
consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under which your site could be reclassified as
SUITABLE.
You have a right to on informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by the soil
scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may also request an
informal review by the Department of Health and Human Services' Regional Soil Scientist. A request for
informal review must be made in writing to the local health department.
You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must file a
petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 1711 New Hope Church
Rd, Raleigh, NC 27609. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the Office of Administrative
Hearings, call the office at 984-236-1850, or download it from the OAH web site at
http://www,oah.nc.Rov. The petition for a contested case hearing must be filed in accordance with the
provision of General Statutes 130A-24 and 150B-23 and all other applicable provisions of Chapter 150B.
General Statute 130A-335(g) provides that your hearing will be held in the county where your property
is located.
If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office of Administrative
Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date of this letter is- (o jz612 ,�i;LI
Meeting the 30-day deadline is critical to your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you are
required by General Statute 150E-23 to serve a copy of your petition on the Registered Agent for the
Department of Health and Human Services: Julie Cronin, Office of General Counsel, Department of
Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-2001.
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the local
health department will not satisfy the legal requirement in General Statute 1o50B-23 that you send a
copy to the Office of General Counsel, Department of Health and Human Services.
You may call or write the local health department if you need any additional information or assistance.
Sincerely,
Signature of Authorized Agent
Enclosures: (Enclose copy of site evaluation and 17ule .0509)
NCDHHS/DPH/EH5/05WP Revised January 2024
Form IPD-24.1

15A NCAC 18E .0509 SITE SUITABILITY AND CLASSIFICATION
(a) A site evaluated in accordance with Rules .0502 through .0508 of this Section with all
parameters determined as suitable shall result in an overall site classification of suitable. Any
parameter determined as unsuitable shall result in an overall site classification of unsuitable.
(b) Sites classified as unsuitable may be reclassified as suitable as follows:
(1) when site modifications are made that meet the requirements in Sections .0900 or .1200
of this Subchapterfor the minimum vertical separation to the SWC;
i
(2) if installation of an interceptor drain will intercept and divert lateral water to prevent
saturation of the wastewater system;
(3) with the use of advanced pretreatment based on the modified siting and sizing criteria in
Section .1200 of this Subchapter; or
(4) with the use of a wastewater system identified or approved in Sections .0900 or .1700 of
this Subchapter
(c) For sites that are classified as unsuitable in accordance with this Rule, a special site evaluation
in accordance with Rule .0510 of this Section may be provided that demonstrates that the
proposed wastewater system can be expected to overcome the unsuitable site conditions and
function in accordance with this Subchapter.
(d) An IA shall not be issued for a site which is classified unsuitable.
w,

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Floodway Regulation Compliance
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

National Flood Hazard Layer FI RMette
78o4l'19"W 36o4'58"N
oa
IP
ZEACOF Mill- HMALFL
*,,' .
r - �
FEMA
4 �-
Air 10
r t
! -
.040
s 11
I -.t7,000
0 250 500 1,000 1,500 2,000
Basemap Imagery Source: USGS National Map 2023
Legend
SEE FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT
Without Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
Zone A, V, A99
SPECIAL FLOOD Wit
hBFE orDepthZoneAE,AO,AH,Ve,Aa
HAZARD AREAS Regulatory Floodway
0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Areas
of 1% annual chance flood with average
depth less than one foot or with drainage
areas of less than one square mile Zonex
Future Conditions 1% Annual
Chance Flood Hazard Zonex
Area with Reduced Flood Risk due to
OTHER AREAS OF Levee. See Notes. zone
FLOOD HAZARD Area with Flood Risk due to Leveezone D
NO SCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard
Effective LOMRs
OTHER AREAS Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard
GENERAL - — - - Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer
STRUCTURES i I I I I Levee, Dike, or Floodwall
Cross Sections with 1% Annual Chance
17.5 Water Surface Elevation
a - - - Coastal Transect
—flj— Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE)
Limit of Study
Jurisdiction Boundary
— --- Coastal Transect Baseline
OTHER _ Profile Baseline
FEATURES Hydrographic Feature
Digital Data Available AN
No Digital Data Available
MAP PANELS Unmapped
The pin displayed on the map is an approximate
point selected by the user and does not represent
an authoritative property location.
This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use of
digital flood maps if it is not void as described below.
The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemap
accuracy standards
The flood hazard information is derived directly from the
authoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This map
was exported on 5/7/2024 at 9:45 AM and does not
reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and
time. The NFHL and effective information may change or
become superseded by new data overtime.
This map image is void if the one or more of the following map
elements do not appear: basemap imagery, flood zone labels,
legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers,
FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for
unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used for
regulatory purposes.

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species
Documentation
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Roy Cooper, Governor
at ■■■
■■�■ NC DEPARTMENT OF
a■koin NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
M-■■■
May 7, 2024
Chrissa MacConnell
Green Global Technologies
501 Cascade Pointe Lane
Cary, NC 27513
RE: 1181 Beaver Dam Rd Surface Drip System; C21302.00
Dear Chrissa MacConnell:
D. Reid Wilson, Secretary
Misty Buchanan
Deputy Director, Natural Heritage program
101 \��1iUDIW��Z0i3
The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide
information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above.
A query of the NCNHP database indicates that there are records for rare species, important natural
communities, natural areas, and/or conservation/managed areas within the proposed project
boundary. These results are presented in the attached `Documented Occurrences' tables and map.
The attached `Potential Occurrences' table summarizes rare species and natural communities that
have been documented within a one -mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these
records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area
if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one -mile
radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report.
If a Federally -listed species is documented within the project area or indicated within a one -mile
radius of the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service
(USFWS) for guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here:
httDS://www.fws.00v/offices/Directorv/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37.
Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation
planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria
for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published
without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information
source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission.
Also please note that the NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional
correspondence if a Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Land and Water Fund
easement, or an occurrence of a Federally -listed species is documented near the project area.
If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance,
please contact the NCNHP at natural.heritaaeaa dncr.nc.aov.
Sincerely,
NC Natural Heritage Program
DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
121 1N. JONES STREET. RALEIGI4. NC 27603 - 16Sl MAIL SERVICE CENT€R. PAL EIGH. rvC 276I)q
OFC 919.707.9120 • FA 919.707.1�1121

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Intersecting the Project Area
1181 Beaver Dam Rd Surface Drip System
Project No. C21302.00
May 7, 2024
NCNHDE-25948
No Element Occurrences are Documented within the Project Area
There are no documented element occurrences (of medium to very high accuracy) that intersect with the project area. Please note, however, that although the
NCNHP database does not show records for rare species within the project area, it does not necessarily mean that they are not present; it may simply mean that
the area has not been surveyed. The use of Natural Heritage Program data should not be substituted for actual field surveys if needed, particularly if the project
area contains suitable habitat for rare species. If rare species are found, the NCNHP would appreciate receiving this information so that we may update our
database.
No Natural Areas are Documented within the Project Area
Managed Areas Documented Within Project Area
�d Area Name Owner Type
Falls Lake US Army Corps of Engineers Federal
Butner -Falls of Neuse Game Land NC Wildlife Resources Commission State
NOTE: If the proposed project intersects with a conservation/managed area, please contact the landowner directly for additional information. If the project intersects with a Dedicated Nature Preserve
(DNP), Registered Natural Heritage Area (RHA), or Federally -listed species, NCNHP staff may provide additional correspondence regarding the project.
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httns //ncnhde natureserve ora/heln. Data query generated on May 7, 2024; source: NCNHP, Spring (April) 2024. Please
resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 2 of 5

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
1181 Beaver Dam Rd Surface Drip System
Project No. C21302.00
May 7, 2024
NCNHDE-25948
Element Occurrences
Documented
Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Taxonomic
EO ID
Scientific Nam
Common Nam ast
Element Accuracy
Federal State Global
State
Group
Observation
Occurrence
Status Status Rank
Rank
W
Date
Rank
Am i
A
Amphibian
19457
Hemidactylium
Four -toed Salamander 1980-03-22
H 3-Medium
--- Special G5
S3
scutatum
Concern
Bird
6352
Haliaeetus
Bald Eagle 2019
E 3-Medium
Bald/Golden Threatened G5
S3B,S3
leucocephalus
Eagle
N
Protection
Act
Dragonfly or
32043
Coryphaeschna ingens
Regal Darner 2004-Pre
H? 5-Very
--- Significantly G5
S2?
Damselfly
Low
Rare
Natural
30678
Piedmont Bottomland
--- 2010-04-30
A 2-High
--- --- G2?
S2
Community
Forest (Typic Low
Subtype)
Natural
15532
Piedmont Swamp
--- 2010-04-30
A 2-High
--- --- G3G4
S2
Community
Forest
Natural
19131
Piedmont/Mountain
--- 2010-04-30
A 3-Medium
--- --- G4G5
S4
Community
Semipermanent
Impoundment (Open
Water Subtype)
Natural
30589
Piedmont/Mountain
--- 2010-04-30
A 4-Low
--- --- G4?
S4
Community
Semipermanent
Impoundment
(Piedmont Marsh
Subtype)
Natural
30590
Piedmont/Mountain
--- 2010-04-30
A 3-Medium
--- --- G4
S4
Community
Semipermanent
Impoundment (Shrub
Subtype)
Natural Areas
Documented
Within a One -mile Radius
of the Project Area
Site Name
ntational Rating Collective Rating
,
Beaverdam Lake Swamps and Arkose Outcrops
R2 (Very High)
C4 (Moderate)
Smith Creek Alluvial Forest
and Slopes
R3 (High)
C5 (General)
Page 3 of 5

Managed Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Managed Area Name Owner Type AM
Falls Lake US Army Corps of Engineers Federal
Wake County Open Space - OS-108 Wake County Local Government
Butner -Falls of Neuse Game Land NC Wildlife Resources Commission State
Falls Lake State Recreation Area NC DNCR, Division of Parks and Recreation State
NC Land and Water Fund Conservation Agreement NC DNCR, NC Land and Water Fund State
Beaverdam Lake Swamps and Arkose Outcrops NC DNCR, Natural Heritage Program State
Registered Heritage Area
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httos://ncnhde.natureserve.ora/help. Data query generated on May 7, 2024; source: NCNHP, Spring (April) 2024. Please
resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 4 of 5

NCNHDE-25948: 1181 Beaver Dam Rd Surface Drip System
May T, 2024
® NHP Natural Area (NHNA)
® Managed Area (MAREA)
0 Buffered Project Boundary
Q Project Boundary
Page 5 of 5
Es r. NASA, NGA, I15GS, FFMA
Wake Cwnly, Stale of Nmlh Carolina DOT, Evi. f Tam, Garmin, Sal.Giaph,
GeoTachnologi.. Inc, MFTeNASA, USGS, EPA, NPS. US C—t 8—ao,
USDA, USFWS

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
1181 Beaver Dam Road
Granville County, North Carolina
Flow Reduction
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Daniel & Kellie Dillinger
Flow Reduction Request
Granville County, North Carolina
Project Number: C21302.00
Date of Preparation: June 10, 2024
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Supporting Information &
C
SEAL
;v 51 Q=
GINS
Is T o
���ffrlli►�`
Technical Specifications Prepared By:
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
Full -Service Consulting Engineers
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Ste 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
Post Office Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Telephone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
0f�
NNELL
& Associms, P.c.

P.O. Box 129 501 Cascade Pointe Lane
Suite 103
Morrisville, NC 27560
Cary, NC 27513
[phone] MacCONNELL & Associates, P.C. www.macconnellandassoc.com
"Engineering Today For Tomorrow's Future"
Technical Memorandum
To: NCDEQ Date: June 10, 2024
Client: Daniel & Kellie Dillinger From: David Barcal, P.E.
Subject: 1181 Beaver Dam Road Project No.: C21302.00
This technical memorandum is a request for a design daily flow exemption to a residential dwelling
using low flow fixtures as provided for in Session Law 2013-413 (House Bill 74) and Session Law
2014-120 Section 53 which relates to Rule 15A NCAC 18E .0401. Neither the State nor local
health department shall be liable for any damages caused by an engineered system approved or
permitted pursuant to Session Law 2014-120 Section 53.
Tim Dillinger is permitting the property located at 1181 Beaver Dam Road in Granville County,
NC. A copy of the soils report can be found in the Soils Evaluation section of this application
package. MacConnell & Associates, P.C. (M&A) is requesting a 25 percent now reduction, using
low -flow fixtures, to be incorporated into the design so that the home may be permitted as a
4-bedroom without needing to increase the size of the drainfield. The proposed treatment system
is sized for the unadjusted flow of 480-GPD. The proposed initial and repair drainfields are sized
for the reduced design flow of 360-GPD.
This request is for a flow reduction per provisions provided in Session Law 2013-413 and Session
Law 2014-120. Typically, the basis for the design flow is provided in 15A NCAC 18E and prior
regulations. The applicable regulations which preceded the 15A NCAC 18E rules and which
served as the basis in determining flow in the 15A NCAC 18E rules: dates well before The Energy
Policy Act of 1992 which established maximum flow rates for various fixtures in a nationwide
effort to reduce both energy and water use. The flows which were established in the Act have
recently been further reduced through the WaterSense program, which allows for labeling of
fixtures which meet minimum criteria and conserve water.
Specifications for each fixture model can be found in the Proposed Fixtures section of this
application package. A summary of the fixtures and flow rates can be found below in Table 1. A
washing machine will be installed by the Owner in the future, so to calculate flow rates, M&A has
elected to go with the base -rule flow to provide a conservative estimate

Table 1. Flow rates of proposed fixtures installed by builder.
Fixture Manufacturer Flow Units
Rate
Kitchen Faucet
Delta/9159-DSF
1.8
GPM
Bathroom Faucet
Delta/35749LF
1.2
GPM
Master Bathroom Faucet
Delta/2559-MPU-DST
1.2
GPM
Showerheads
Delta/52680
2.5
GPM
Toilets
Delta/C43913
1.28
GPF
Table 2 identifies the type of fixture, flows for fixtures based on the 15A NCAC 18E rules (Flow
A), and flows for proposed fixtures (Flow B). The savings or water conservation from both the
rule -based flows and proposed conditions are presented in both flow and percent below (Table 2).
Table 2. Savings of water from rule -based flows with the proposed fixtures.
Fixture
A to B
Base/Rule
Proposed
A to B
Fixture
Units
o
�o
Flow A
Flow B
Savings
Savings
Kitchen Faucet
GPM
3.0
1.8
1.2
40%
Bathroom Faucet
GPM
3.0
1.2
1.8
60%
Showerhead
GPM
5.5
2.5
3.0
55%
Toilet
GPF
3.5
1.28
2.2
63%
Clothes Washer
GPL
32.0
32.0
0.0
0%
Documentation for the above values is presented at the end of this discussion. The documentation
includes:
1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule.
2. Typical indoor water use.
3. Proposed fixtures.
4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for fixtures.
5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings
6. Existing Information.
The projected flows using rule -based design flowrates would be:
Unadiusted Design Flow per Rule 05A NCAC 18E and prior regulations)
Description No. Flow/Unit Total
Bedrooms 4 120 GPD 480 GPD
Total 480 GPD
2

Using the information presented above on flow A and B, the projected water use is presented in
Table 3 below. The savings presented are from fixture rates when the rules were made effective
in comparison to the flow rates with the proposed fixtures.
Table 3. Estimated Water Use with Proposed Fixtures
%
Base Flow
%
Savings
Adjusted
Fixture
Use
GPD
Savings
GPD
GPD
Kitchen Faucet
6%
29
40%
12
17
Bathroom
Faucet
10%
48
60%
29
19
Showerhead
19%
91
55%
50
41
Toilet
28%
134
63%
84
50
Clothes Washer
22%
106
0%
0
106
Leaks & Other
15%
72
0%
0
72
Total
100%
480
36%
175
305 64%
The projected flow of 305 GPD is approximately sixty-four percent of the design flow which we
have found to be typical of homes with water conscious fixtures. We are requesting a 25 percent
reduction or a design flow for subsurface disposal of 360 GPD.
Analysis of wastewater shows that with the flow reduction, the waste is not considered high
strength at presented below:
Table 4. Estimated Proposed Effluent Concentration
Base Flow Concentration Reduced Flow Concentration High
(220/1-.25) Strength
BODS 220 mg/1
TSS 220 mg/1
293 mg/l
293 mg/l
350 mg/l
350 mg/l
Thus, the effluent from the septic tank is expected to be similar to a non -reduced now effluent.
Based on this analysis, the use of low -flow fixtures provides sufficient remaining capacity. We
respectfully ask for acceptance of this proposal.
3

Table of Contents
1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule.
2. Typical indoor water use.
3. Proposed fixtures.
4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for
fixtures and washer.
5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from
Single Family Dwellings.

1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule.

15A NCAC 18A .1949 SEWAGE FLOW RATES FOR DESIGN UNITS
(a) In determining the volume of sewage from dwelling units, the flow rate shall be 120 gallons per day per bedroom. The
minimum volume of sewage from each dwelling unit shall be 240 gallons per day and each additional bedroom above two
bedrooms shall increase the volume of sewage by 120 gallons per day. In determining the number of bedrooms in a dwelling
unit, each bedroom and any other room or addition that can reasonably be expected to function as a bedroom shall be
considered a bedroom for design purposes. When the occupancy of a dwelling unit exceeds two persons per bedroom, the
volume of sewage shall be determined by the maximum occupancy at a rate of 60 gallons per person per day.
(b) Table No. I shall be used to determine the minimum design daily flow of sewage required in calculating the design
volume of sanitary sewage systems to serve selected types of establishments. The minimum design volume of sewage from
any establishment shall be 100 gallons per day. Design of sewage treatment and disposal systems for establishments not
identified in this Rule shall be determined using available flow data, water -using fixtures, occupancy or operation patterns,
and other measured data.
TABLE NO. I
TYPE OF ESTABLISHMENT
DAILY FLOW FOR DESIGN
Airports
5 gal/passenger
(Also R.R. stations, bus terminals --not
including food service facilities)
Barber Shops
50 gal/chair
Bars, Cocktail Lounges (Not including
food service)
20 gal/seat
Beauty Shops (Style Shops)
125 gal/chair
Bowling Lanes
50 gal/lane
Businesses (other than those listed elsewhere in this table)
25 gal/employee
Camps
Construction or Work Camps
60 gal/person
40 gal/person
(with chemical toilets)
Summer Camps
60 gal/person
Campgrounds -- With Comfort Station
(Without water and sewer hookups)
100 gal/campsite
Travel Trailer/Recreational Vehicle Park
(With water and sewer hookups)
120 gal/space
Churches (Not including a Kitchen, Food Service
Facility, Day Care or Camp)
3 gal/seat
Churches (With a Kitchen but, not including a Food
Service Facility, Day Care, or Camp)
5 gal/seat
Country Clubs
20 gal/member
Day Care Facilities
15 gal/person
Factories (Exclusive of industrial waste)
25 gal/person/shift
Add for showers
10 gal/person/shift
Food Service Facilities
Restaurants
40 gal/seat or
40 gal/15 ft2 of
dining area, whichever is greater
24-hour Restaurant
75 gal/seat
Food Stands
(1) Per 100 square feet of food stand floor space
50 gal
(2) Add per food employee
25 gal
Other Food Service Facilities
5 gal/meal
Hospitals
300 gal/bed
Marinas
10 gal/boat slip
With bathhouse
30 gal/boat slip
Meat Markets

(1) Per 100 square feet of market floor space
50 gal
(2) Add per market employee
25 gal
Motels/Hotels
120 gal/room
With cooking facilities
175 gal/room
Offices (per shift)
25 gal/person
Residential Care Facilities
60 gal/person
Rest Homes and Nursing Homes
With laundry
120 gal/bed
Without laundry
60 gal/bed
Schools
Day Schools
With cafeteria, gym and showers
15 gal/student
With cafeteria only
12 gal/student
With neither cafeteria nor showers
10 gal/student
Boarding Schools
60 gal/person
Service Stations
250 gal/water
closet or urinal
24-hour Service Stations
325 gal/water closet
Stores, Shopping Centers, and Malls
(Exclusive of food service and meat markets) 120 gal/1000 112
of retail sales area
Stadium, Auditorium, Theater, Drive-in 5 gal/seat or space
Swimming Pools, Spas, and Bathhouses 10 gal/person
(c) An adjusted design daily sewage flow may be granted by the local health department upon a showing as specified in
Subparagraphs (c)(1) through (c)(2) that a sewage system is adequate to meet actual daily water consumption from a facility
included in Paragraph (b) of this Rule.
(1) Documented data from that facility or a comparable facility justifying a flow rate reduction shall be
submitted to the local health department and the State. The submitted data shall consist of at least 12
previous consecutive monthly total water consumption readings and at least 30 consecutive daily water
consumption readings. The daily readings shall be taken during a projected normal or above normal
sewage flow month A peaking factor shall be derived by dividing the highest monthly flow as indicated
from the 12 monthly readings by the sum of the 30 consecutive daily water consumption readings. The
adjusted design daily sewage flow shall be determined by taking the numerical average of the greatest ten
percent of the daily readings and multiplying by the peaking factor. Further adjustments shall be made in
design sewage flow rate used for sizing nitrification fields and pretreatment systems when the sampled or
projected wastewater characteristics exceed those of domestic sewage, such as wastewater from restaurants
or meat markets.
(2) An adjusted daily sewage flow rate may be granted contingent upon use of extreme water -conserving
fixtures, such as toilets which use 1.6 gallons per flush or less, spring -loaded faucets with flow rates of one
gallon per minute or less, and showerheads with flow rates of two gallons per minute or less. The amount
of sewage flow rate reduction shall be determined by the local health department and the State based upon
the type of fixtures and documentation of the amount of flow reduction to be expected from the proposed
facility. Adjusted daily flow rates based upon use of water -conserving fixtures shall apply only to design
capacity requirements of dosing and distribution systems and nitrification fields. Minimum pretreatment
capacities shall be determined by the design flow rate of Table I of this Rule.
History Note: Authority G.S. 130A-335(e);
Eff. July 1, 1982;
Amended Eff. January 1, 1990; January 1, 1984.

2. Typical indoor water use.

7/5/2017
Indoor Water Use at Home
Indoor Water Use at Home
K gracelinks.org/124/indoor-water-use-at-home
Shutterstock.com
Fortunately, when we want fresh, clean water, all most of us have to do is turn on a faucet. On average, our direct indoor water use (water you use
from your tap, toilet, dishwasher, etc.) adds up to about 60 gallons of water a day per person.
Here's how Indoor water use breaks down:
• Toilets (28 percent)
• Washing Machines (22 percent)
• Showers and Baths (19 percent)
• Sinks (16 percent)
• Household Leaks (14 percent)
That last number is surprising — irs almost 10 gallons of water per person per day lost to leaky toilets and faucets.
Conserving Water with Water -Efficient Toilets, Showerheads and More
Fortunately, saving water around the house is easier today than ever before. Newer (low-fiow) toilets, showerheads and faucets are designed to be
more efficient than older models and can save your household gallons every day. For example, older toilets use up to 7 gallons per flush, whereas
low -flow toilets use 1.5 gallons or less.
Likewise, older showerheads flow over 4 gallons per minute, while low -flow models can flow as low as 1.5 gallons per minute. Be careful what
showerhead you purchase, though, because some Fixtures, especially those with multiple nozzles, exceed the federal limit of 2.5 gallons per minute. If
you use one of those, consider cutting back your shower time.
Check out EPA's WaterSense website for water- and energy- saving products. In addition, you can find energy- and watersaving appliances like
dishwashers and washing machines through DOE's ENERGY STAR label. By switching to water -saving fixtures and appliances you can reduce your
indoor water use by a third on average.
Heating is a Water and Energy Hog[
In most households water heating is a huge energy user, after indoor heating and cooling, appliances, electronics and lighting. So sadly, long hot
showers waste both water and energy! Although modem fixtures and appliances are a great way to save gallons, irs still important to simply turn off
the tap.
By taking simple steps to reduce your water use at home you can save gallons, energy and dollars every day! To find lots of ways to save water and
energy visit the Water Saving Tips page.
ffr
Did You Know? Washing dishes by hand takes about 20 gallons per load but Energy Star dishwashers only use 4 to 6 gallons. Even standard
machines use only 6 to 8 gallons. If you do wash dishes by hand, turn off the tap until you're ready to rinse.

3. Proposed fixtures.

9159-DSTA F
With Optional
Escutcheon RP64070A 9959-DSTA
Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
9159-DST 4 3/8"
(111 mm) I"
2 13/32"
(61 mm)�i
3X 1 1/
4"
to 1 1/2"
(32 mm to
38 mm)
Hole Size
8" (203 mm) �� t
Centers
10 1/2"
(267 mm)
9959-DST 4 3/8" _
(111 mm)
2 13/32"
J,4
(61 mm)_)�
3X 1 1 /4" "14—
to 1 1/2"
_
(32 mm to
38 mm)
Hole Size
8" (203 mm) �-
Centers
F 9 1/2"
(241 mm)
15 11/16"
(399 mm) T7/168"
(214 mm) 2 1/2"
6 mm
9 13/16"
2 1/2" (64 mm) (249 mm)
Max. w 10 1/2Escutche 35 21/32"
3" (76 mm)n (906 mm)
Max. w/o 10 1/2" 37 1/8"
Escutchen (943 mm)
3/8" Compression �^
Fitting
6 1/2" i
(165 mm)
Min. 1 1/2" (38 mm
Clearance To Back Splash
I�
I
L
T):)'
13"
(330 mm)
7„
(178 m
WI(64
2 1/2"
mm)
2 1/2(249
10 1/2
Escutcheon
3" (76 mml
Max. w/o 10 /2
Escutchen
9 13/16"
mmMax.w
35 21/32"
(906 mm)
I 37 1 /8"
WI (943 mm)
3/8" Compression �1
Fitting
0 FIR
see what Delta can do
KITCHEN FAUCETS
■ Trinsic® Collection
■ Single Handle Deck Mount
■ 2-Function Pull -Down Sprayer
FEATURES:
• MagnaTite° Magnetic System
• DIAMOND Seal© Technology
• Touch -Clean© Sprayhead
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
• Maximum 1.8 gpm Q 60 psi, 6.8 Vmin Q 414 kPa
• One or three hole mount (escutcheon optional,
not included)
-Spout rotates 360'
• Control mechanism shall be full -motion valve cartridge
• Two function wand; Aerated stream or spray
• Red/blue indicator markings
• Dual integral check valves in sprayer
• Quick connect hoses
WARRANTY
• Parts and Finish - Lifetime limited warranty, or for
commercial purchasers, 10 years for multi -family
residential (apartments and condominiums) and
5 years for all other commercial uses, in each case
from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) - 5
years from the date of purchase; or for commercial
purchasers, 1 year from the date of purchase. No
warranty is provided on batteries.
COMPLIES WITH:
■ ASME A 112.18.1 / CSA B 125.1
■ ASMEA112.18.6
Indicates compliance to
c�
ICC/ANSI Al 17. 1
■ Verified compliant with .25% weighted
average Pb content regulations.
10 1/2"
�(267 mm)�
A Designate proper finish suffix
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue Delta Faucet Company
models, both without notice or obligation. Dimensions are for reference only. See current full -line price book or 55 E I I I th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46280
www.deltafaucet.com for finish options and product availability. 350 South Edgeware Road, St Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
DSP-K-9159-DST Rev. F
© 2019 Delta Faucet Company

35749LFA
Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
2 3/4"
(70 mm)
3 1 /1'
(79 mm)
6 15/16"
(177mm)
a�6
6" to 16"
(152 mm to 406 mm)
Centers
1 1 /8"
(29mm)
A Designate proper finish suffix
Min. 2 1 /2" (64 mm)
Clearance to Back Splash
Recommended
5"
�(127mm) L_[
8 5/8"
219rrm)
51
(148 mm)
3 X 1 1/8"-1 1 /2"
(29-38 mm)
Hole Size
1 /2"-14N PSM
I
T -
1 3/16"
(30 mm)
Max. Deck
Thickness fi )
W
1 5/8" (42 mm)
to
8 5/8" 2 3/8" (61 mm)
(220 mm)
M 1 1/4"
(32 mm)
Dia.
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue
models, both without notice or obligation Dimensions are for reference only See current full -line price book or
www deltafaucet com for finish options and product availability
DSP-L-35749LF Rev B
Idel DZE
see what Delta can do",
BATHROOM FAUCET
■ Nicoli° Collection
■ Two Handle Widespread, Deck Mount
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
• Max. flow rate 1.2 gpm © 60 psi, 4.5 Umin © 414 kPa
• Solid brass end valves and spout body
• Three hole mount
• Hot and cold stems are interchangeable
• 1/4 turn handle stops
• 1/4" O.D. coper supply lines
• Control mechanism is a rotating cylinder type with
stainless steel plate and 90' rotation, with replaceable
non-metallic seats
• Models have drain with pop-up type fitting with
plated flange and stopper
1T,'/_1 rI r7_ ,,, i C7
• Parts and Finish - Lifetime limited warranty, or for
commercial purchasers, 10 years for multi -family
residential (apartments and condominiums) and
5 years for all other commercial uses, in each case
from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) - 5
years from the date of purchase, or for commercial
purchasers, 1 year from the date of purchase. No
warranty is provided on batteries.
aterSP
COMPLIES WITH:
• ASME Al 12.18.1 / CSA B 125. 1
• ASME Al 12.18.2 / CSA B 125.2
2 Indicates compliance to
ICC / ANSI Al 17.1 - Valve control only
• EPA WaterSense
Delta Faucet Company
55 E I I I th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
© 2020 Delta Faucet Company

2559-AMPU-DST
Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
Min. 1 1/4" (32 mm
Clearance To Back Splash
10 1/8"
(257 mm) I- F (127 mm) I` I
® T
T 8 11/16"
(221 mm)
T
6 1/4"T]
(149 mm)
(159 mm) � 3 9/16"
(90 mm)
(57 mm)
21
1 /16"
(68 mm) 2x 1" to 1 1/2"
(25 mm to 38 mm) Hole Size 2 1/4" (57 mm)
7/8"
(22 mm)
Max. Deck
Thickness
F 4" Centers
(102 mm)
PEX Supply Tubes
I0 ILU 2 1/8"
(SDa. (41tm)
2 3/8"
� (60 nm)
7 15/16" _ —
(202 mm) i
m
A Designate Proper Finish Suffix
1 3/8"
(35 mm) Dia.
1 1/4"
3 F (32 mm) Dia.
32 a/4"
(832 mm)
[LI] Y
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue
models, both without notice or obligation. Dimensions are for reference only. See current full -line price book or
www.deltafaucet.com for finish options and product availability.
DSP-L-2559-MPU-DST Rev. F
see what Delta can do -
BATHROOM FAUCET
■ TrinsicTM Bath Collection
■ Two Handle Deck Mount
FEATURES:
• DIAMOND SealO Technology
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
■ Max flow rate 1.2 gpm @ 60 psi, 4.5 Umin @ 414 kPa
■ Three hole mount
■ 1/4 turn handle stops
■ Diamond coated ceramic cartridge
■ Hot and cold stems are interchangeable.
■ 3/8" O.D. straight PEX supply tubes
■ Models have metal drain with push -pop type fitting
with plated flange and stopper
WARRANTY
• Parts and Finish - Lifetime limited warranty, or for
commercial purchasers, 10 years for multi -family
residential (apartments and condominiums) and
5 years for all other commercial uses, in each case
from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) - 5
years from the date of purchase, or for commercial
purchasers, 1 year from the date of purchase. No
warranty is provided on batteries.
�terSe
a4EPA
COMPLIES WITH:
■ ASME A112.18.1 / CSA B 125.1
■ ASME A112.18.2 / CSA B 125.2
c] Indicates compliance to
ICC/ANSI A 1 17. 1 - Valve control only
■ EPA WaterSense©
■ Verified compliant with 0.25% weighted
average Pb content regulations.
Delta Faucet Company
55 E I I I th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46280
350 South Edgevvare Road, St Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
© 2020 Delta Faucet Company

Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
52680A Showerhead
Full Body
Spray
%
Massaging
Full Spray
Spray
w/Massage
52682A Showerhead
11111
Soft Rain
Spray
526/83A Showerhead
Full Body
Full Spray
Spray
w/Massage
Massaging
Aerated
Spray
Spray
52689A Showerhead
Soft Rain
Spray
1 1
Pause
®®®®®®®® ®®®®®®
I_
8 5/32"
207 mm)
_J �r
4 11 /16"
(119 mm)
8 3/4"
(222 mm)
�r
3 5/16"
t (84 mm)
I�
5„
(127 mm)
E
3 11 /32"
(85 mm)
6 5/16"
C: (160 mm)
CE
CE
CCE
L3 1/2"
(89 mm)
57740A Showerhead A
\\ o00o DDo 0 0��0'
o 0 0 o D D o 0 0 0 0 0
0000000 oDo
opopopo popopopVEopPDp 7 1 i/16"
��o°o°o°o°oopopop000popop (195 mm)
Full Body
Spray o000000 00 000
2 9/16" ,
(65 mm) t"
A Designate proper finish suffix
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue
models, both without notice or obligation" Dimensions are for reference only" See current full -line price book or
www"deltafaucet"com for finish options and product availability"
DSP-B-52680 Rev. C
=16 D E
RAINCAN
SHOWERHEAD
■ Raincan Showerhead
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
• Maximum 2.5 gpm at 80 psi (9.5UMin Q 552 kPa)
One to five spray showerhead
5"-8 112" spray face diameter
• Brass construction: 52682, 52689
• Touch -dean spray holes: 52680, 57740, 52683
WARRANTY
• Lifetime limited warranty on parts (other than
electronic parts and batteries) and finishes:
or, for commercial users, for 5 years from
date of purchase.
• 5 year limited warranty on electronic parts
(other than batteries); or, for commercial
users, for I year from the date of purchase.
No warranty is provided on batteries.
COMPLIES WITH:
•ASMEA112.18.1/CSA13125.1
D E LTA
FAUCET COMPANY
55 E I I I th Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
© 2015 Masco Corporation of Indiana

C43913A
Technical Information
Fixture configuration
Water per flush
Passageway
Water area
Seat post hole centers
Included Components:
Tank Assembly
Tank Cover
Flush Lever
C0
Two-piece, elongated bowl
1.28 gpf (4.8 Ipf)
91
see what Delta can do",
Foundations° Toilet
C43913A
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
• Vitreous China
• 29 9/32" (744 mm) in length, 17 1/2" (445 mm) in
width, 30 13/16" (783 mm) in height.
• Elongated bowl with chair height design 16 1 /2"
(419 mm) to top of the bowl.
• 12" (305 mm) rough -in.
• High efficiency 1.28 gpf (4.8 Ipf).
• 3" (76 mm) flush valve.
• 2" (51 mm) fully glazed trapway.
• Includes polished chrome trip lever.
2" (51 mm)
WARRANTY
9 1 /16" X 6 5/32"
• Chinaware — Lifetime limited warranty, or for commercial
(230 mm x156 mm)
purchasers, 10 years for multi -family residential (apartments
and condominiums) and 5 years for all other commercial
5 1 /2" (140 mm)
uses, in each case from the date of purchase.
• Mechanical Parts — 1 year from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) — 5 years from
RP81873�
the date of purchase; or for commercial purchasers, 1 year
from the date of purchase. No warranty is provided on
RP82448A
batteries.
• Toilet Seats — 1 year from the date of purchase.
RP82450A
For commercial purchasers no warranty is given.
Mounting Hardware —Bowl to floor RP100489
Mounting Hardware —Tank to bowl RP82451
Seat Assembly RP92086A
A Designate proper finish suffix (-WH for white)
Installation Notes
• Install this product according to the installation guide.
• This model complies with the American Disabilities Act (ADA) when installed per
the requirements of the Accessibility Guidelines, Section 604 Water Closets, of
the Act, which includes the installation of an open front seat (not included).
• This model complies with CSA B651 when installed per Clause 4.3.6 of the
standard.
DSP-S-C43913 Rev. B
COMPLIES WITH
• ADA / ANSI A 1 17.1
• ASME Al 12. 19.2 / CSA B45.1
• ASMEAI 12.19.5
• EPA WaterSense® High Efficiency Toilet
• CalGreen
Delta Faucet Company
55 E 1 1 1 " Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St. Thomas, ON N5P 4L1
0 2019 Delta Faucet Company

C43913A
Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
MI,
Top down view
29 9/32"
(744 mm)
18 1/2"
(470 mm)
r�
� ICI
�I
5 1/2"(140 mm)
C/L of Seat Post Holes Centers
Left view
9 1mm)
1" (25 mm (2341
Recommended
Clearance to Back
Wall ti
15/16"-14UNS-1
Thread
? (159 mm)
12"
(305 mm)
Foot Print
(142 - 163 mm)
Mounting Hole
3 1/2"
10 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
L of Outlet
see what Delta can do"
Foundations° Toilet
C43913A
Front view
17 1/2"
(445 mm)
h
i
141/16"
(357 mm) �— �30 13/16"
(783 mm)
5"
(127 mm)
Typical Range
For Existing Supply +
3/8" NPT Supply­*
(20 ymm)
9..
(229 mm)
8"
(204 mm)
A Designate proper finish suffix (-WH for white)
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue models, both without notice or obligation.
Dimensions are for reference only. See full -line pricebook or www.deltatoilet.com for finish options and product availability.
DSP-S-C43913 Rev. B

4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for
fixtures and washer.

EPA
L '
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
WaterSense° High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
I. Introduction
The WaterSense program released its High -Efficiency Lavatory' Faucet Specification
(specification) on October 1, 2007, to promote and enhance the market for water -efficient
lavatory faucets. The goal of this specification is to allow consumers to identify and differentiate
products in the marketplace that meet this specification's criteria for water efficiency and
performance.
This specification addresses lavatory faucets and lavatory faucet accessories2 in private use,
such as those found in residences, and private restrooms in hotels and hospitals. Since these
types of faucets are used primarily for hand washing and other sanitary activities, such as face
washing and razor rinsing, WaterSense believes that maximum flow rates can be reduced
enough to impact national water consumption while at the same time not negatively impacting
user satisfaction. This specification is not intended to address kitchen faucets, which have a
very different set of uses and performance criteria, or public restroom faucets (e.g., airports,
theaters, arenas, stadiums, offices, and restaurants), which already have national performance
standards and criteria to which they should conform.
II. Current Status of Faucets
WaterSense estimates that currently there are 222 million residential lavatory faucets in the
United States. This estimate is based on an assumed one-to-one ratio of lavatory faucets to
residential bathrooms.3 In addition to the existing stock, approximately 25 million new faucets
are sold each year for installation in new homes or replacement of aging fixtures in existing
homes.4 Of these 25 million faucets, roughly two-thirds of those are lavatory faucets
(approximately 17 million units). Residential lavatory and kitchen faucets account for
' Lavatory is the terminology used in the Energy Policy Act of 1992 and ASME Al 12.18.1 to describe the
types of faucets to which the standards apply. In this specification, lavatory means any bathroom sink
faucets intended for private use.
Z Accessory, as defined in ASME 112.18.1, means a component that can, at the discretion of the user, be
readily added, removed, or replaced, and that, when removed, will not prevent the fitting from fulfilling its
primary function. For the purpose of this specification, an accessory can include, but is not limited to
lavatory faucet flow restrictors, flow regulators, aerator devices, laminar devices, and pressure
compensating devices.
3 U.S. Census Bureau, American Housing Surveys for the United States, 1970-2003.
4 Business Trend Analysts, 2006. "2005/2006 Outlook for the U.S. Plumbing Fixtures and Fittings
Industry." <www.mindbranch.com/catalog/print_product_page.jsp?code=R225-358>
Version 1.0 1 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
approximately 15.7 percent of indoor residential water use in the United States5—equivalent to
more than 1.1 trillion gallons of water used each year.
The Energy Policy Act of 1992 originally set the maximum flow rate for both lavatory and kitchen
faucets at 2.5 gallons per minute (gpm) at 80 pounds per square inch (psi) static pressure. In
1994, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Al12.18.1M-1994—Plumbing Supply
Fittings set the maximum flow rate for lavatory faucets at 2.2 gpm at 60 psi. In response to
industry requests for conformity with a single standard, in 1998, the U.S. Department of Energy
adopted the 2.2 gpm at 60 psi maximum flow rate standard for all faucets (see 63 FR 13307;
March 18, 1998). This national standard is codified in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations at
10 CFR Part 430.32. As a point of reference, the maximum flow rates of many of the pre-1992
faucets range from 3 to 7 gpm. Other than the aforementioned maximum flow rate standards,
there currently are no universally accepted performance tests or specifications (e.g., rinsing or
wetting performance standards) for faucets.
III. WaterSense High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Scope
The WaterSense program developed this specification to address criteria for improvement and
recognition of water -efficient and high-performance lavatory faucets and lavatory faucet
accessories. WaterSense labeled lavatory faucet accessories can be incorporated into the
design of new faucets to control the flow rate and provide the mechanism for meeting this
specification's criteria, or can be purchased separately and retrofit onto existing older faucets to
provide water efficiency and performance. This specification focuses solely on the category of
lavatory faucets intended for private use because of the differences in the uses and
performance expectations between private lavatory faucets and kitchen or public restroom
faucets. Lavatory faucets are used primarily for hand washing and other sanitary activities, such
as teeth brushing, face washing, and shaving. For these activities, discussions with faucet
manufacturers and water utility representatives provided a general consensus that a reduction
in the maximum flow rate from 2.2 gpm (the current federal water -efficiency standard) to 1.5
gpm, as established by this specification, is not very noticeable for most users. The most
noticeable differences are increased wait times when filling the basin or waiting for hot water.
While decreasing a faucet's maximum flow rate increases user wait time for these activities,
WaterSense determined the potential water savings gained from the primary use of lavatory
faucets (i.e., washing and rinsing) outweigh any potential inconvenience caused by increased
wait times and will not negatively impact overall user satisfaction.
Kitchen sink faucets were excluded from this specification because the different uses and user
expectations require other considerations for defining performance. One major performance
consideration is a kitchen faucet's ability to effectively rinse dishes. Kitchen faucets also are
commonly used for pot or container filling, and significantly increased wait times might not be
acceptable to most users. WaterSense determined that reducing the maximum flow rates of
kitchen faucets would create issues of user satisfaction and be counter to its program goals of
5 Mayer, Peter W. and William B. DeOreo. Residential End Uses of Water. Aquacraft, Inc. Water
Engineering and Management. American Water Works Association. 1998.
Version 1.0 2 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
increasing efficiency while maintaining or improving performance. In order to maintain user
satisfaction and ensure a high level of performance, a maximum flow rate greater than what is
suitable for lavatory faucets might need to be considered for kitchen faucets. Some type of
wetting or rinsing performance test also might need to be included. In addition, there is an
emerging area of research and development in multiposition control lever faucet technologies
that offer users "high" and "low" settings for different activities. While performance data are not
yet available, these technologies might prove to be effective in using water more efficiently. For
these reasons, WaterSense intends to evaluate the possibility of developing a WaterSense
specification for kitchen faucets at a later date.
Public restroom and metering faucets (faucets that are set to discharge a specific amount of
water or run for a specified period of time for each use) also were excluded from this
specification because of their differing uses and performance expectations and because
standards governing their maximum flow rate already exist. Public restroom faucets, for
example, are used almost exclusively for hand washing or simple rinsing, compared to lavatory
faucets in homes and in other private bathrooms that face a myriad of uses. As a consequence,
the maximum flow rate for these public restroom and metering fixtures can be set significantly
lower than the flow rate for private lavatory faucets without negatively impacting user
satisfaction. Also, a separate set of standards already apply to these types of fixtures. Codified
in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations at 10 CFR Part 430 (specifically §430.32(o) Faucets)
are standards setting the maximum flow rate for metering faucets at 0.25 gallons/cycle. Section
5.4.1 and Table 1 of ASME Al 12.18.1/CSA B125.1—Plumbing Supply Fittings also establish the
maximum flow rates for public lavatory (other than metering) faucets at 0.5 gpm. As a
consequence, this category of faucet is not covered by the current specification. If WaterSense
decides to address water efficiency and performance for these types of faucets, it will do so
under a separate specification at a later time.
Water- Efficiencv and Performance Criteria
The water -efficiency component of this specification establishes a maximum flow rate of 1.5
gpm at an inlet pressure of 60 psi. Lowering the maximum flow rate from 2.2 gpm to 1.5 gpm
(both at 60 psi) represents a 32 percent reduction, which is consistent with WaterSense's stated
goal of improving efficiency by at least 20 percent. Even when installed in systems with high
water pressure (up to 80 psi), faucets designed to this specification will have maximum flow
rates of approximately 1.75 gpm, which still represents a greater than 20 percent increase in
efficiency. WaterSense chose to specify a test pressure of 60 psi to maintain consistency with
the current industry standard (ASME Al12.18.1—Plumbing Supply Fittings) to which all faucets
sold in the United States must comply.
The requirements of this specification are also in harmony with other international standards.
The Joint Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand Committee established standards for the
rating and labeling of water -efficient products (AS/NZS 6400:2005). As part of the standard,
water -efficient faucets are rated on a scale of 1 to 6 based on maximum flow rates. Under this
system, comparable 1.5 gpm WaterSense labeled lavatory faucets would receive a 5 out of 6
star rating, meeting criteria for maximum flow rates between 4.5 liters per minute (L/min) (1.2
gpm) and 6.0 L/min (1.6 gpm).
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Meeting or exceeding user expectations via the establishment of performance criteria for
WaterSense labeled products is an important aspect of the WaterSense program. From the
outset of discussions with interested parties, WaterSense was aware that performance of water -
efficient lavatory faucets is affected by low water pressures. To ensure user satisfaction with
WaterSense labeled lavatory faucets or lavatory faucet accessories across a range of possible
user conditions, WaterSense has established a minimum flow rate of 0.8 gpm at 20 psi in the
specification.
In developing these water -efficiency and performance criteria, WaterSense evaluated
comments received during the draft specification's public forum and public comment period (see
Response to Issues Raised During Public Comment on February 2007 Draft Specification for
WaterSensesm Labeling of High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucets). WaterSense also considered
user satisfaction data generated from four high -efficiency lavatory faucet retrofit studies and the
impact of pressure changes on product flow rates for various types of lavatory faucet
accessories.
WaterSense established a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm at 60 psi because interested parties
that provided comments on the draft specification generally agreed that a flow rate of 1.5 gpm
would provide no noticeable difference for most users. In addition, data collected from retrofit
studies demonstrate a high level of user satisfaction with high -efficiency lavatory faucets that
have maximum flow rates of 1.0 and 1.5 gpm. Aquacraft, Inc. conducted retrofit studies in
Seattle, Washington (2000)6 and East Bay Municipal Utility District (EBMUD), California (2003)'
in which they replaced existing lavatory faucet aerators with 1.5 gpm pressure compensating
aerators. In the Seattle study, 58 percent of the participants felt their faucets with the new
aerators performed the same or better than their old faucet fixtures and 50 percent stated they
would recommend these aerators to others. In the EBMUD study, 80 percent of the participants
felt their faucets with the new aerators performed the same or better than their old faucet
fixtures, and 67 percent stated they would recommend these aerators to others. A third
Aquacraft, Inc. retrofit study conducted in Tampa, Florida (2004)8 replaced existing lavatory
faucet aerators with 1.0 gpm pressure compensating aerators. The participants in this study
were receptive to an even higher -efficiency fixture, with 89 percent saying their new aerators
performed the same or better than their old faucet fixtures and would recommend them to
others. Seattle Public Utilities also provided WaterSense with survey results of customer use
and satisfaction with 1.0 gpm pressure compensating aerators distributed through the utility's
direct -mail showerhead and faucet aerator pilot program. According to its survey, 94 percent of
the participants that received the free aerators installed them and only 2 percent disliked the
aerators and removed them.9
6 Seattle Home Water Conservation Study: The Impacts of High -Efficiency Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in
Single -Family Homes, December 2000.
' Water Conservation Study: Evaluation of High -Efficiency Indoor Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in Single -
Family Homes in the East Bay Municipal Utility District Service Area, July 2003.
8 Tampa Water Department Residential Water Conservation Study: The Impacts of High -Efficiency
Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in Single -Family Homes, January 2004.
9 Seattle Public Utilities. "Showerhead/Aerator Pilot Program Summary." Unpublished.
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
WaterSense established a minimum flow rate of 0.8 gpm at 20 psi for several reasons. First,
WaterSense felt this minimum flow rate was reasonable to ensure user satisfaction in homes
with low water pressure based on comments that were received regarding the draft
specification. Second, WaterSense received comments from several utilities regarding
programs in which 1.0 gpm lavatory faucet aerators are provided to customers. These products
have shown a high level of user satisfaction, and WaterSense wants to recognize these
products and the efforts of the utilities to ensure that additional water savings can be achieved
through such programs. Third, WaterSense wants to avoid restricting design options to the
extent possible. The specification leaves open the possibility for the use of fixed orifice flow
control devices (with a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm) instead of restricting manufacturers to
the use of pressure compensating devices. Under the specification, a 1.5 gpm maximum flow
rate fixed orifice aerator could qualify for use of the label (according to currently available
product specifications and flow curves). Pressure compensating devices with maximum flow
rates between 1.5 and 1.0 gpm could also qualify for the use of the WaterSense label
(according to currently available product specifications and flow curves). WaterSense believes
that this approach allows for the greatest degree of design freedom for manufacturers and
supports existing utility programs, while still ensuring a high level of performance and user
satisfaction.
In order for high -efficiency lavatory faucets to effectively emerge in the market following the
release of the final version of this specification, the market must ideally be equipped to produce
the faucets or faucet technology that the specification requires. WaterSense is not currently
aware of any lavatory faucets on the market with a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm. There are,
however, several types and models of faucet components and accessories currently available
that have the capability to control the flow to the level that is required by this specification. As a
result, WaterSense is confident that faucets and faucet accessories that meet the requirements
of this specification can be readily brought to market.
Potential Water and Enerav Savinas
To estimate water and energy savings that can be achieved by products that meet this
specification, WaterSense examined the Seattle (2000) and EBMUD (2003) Aquacraft retrofit
studies, which provided actual water consumption reductions generated by the installation of
high -efficiency, pressure -compensating 1.5 gpm aerators on lavatory faucets. WaterSense
expects the results under this specification to be similar to what was found in these two studies.
These studies indicate that installing high -efficiency aerators can yield significant reductions in
household water consumption. Post faucet retrofit, the weighted average daily per capita
reduction in water consumption achieved was 0.6 gallons per capita per day (gcpd). It is
important to note that in both of these studies, kitchen faucets in each household were
retrofitted with 2.2 gpm pressure compensating aerators. While these retrofits contributed in
part to overall reductions in household water consumption, the retrofits simply brought those
kitchen sink faucets up to current water -efficiency standards, therefore, WaterSense decided to
set aside this confounding influence in order to estimate the water savings. Assuming the
average household consists of 2.6 people, this equates to an average annual household
savings of approximately 570 gallons of water (see Calculation 1).
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Calculation 1. Average Household Water Savings
0.6 gpcd - 2.6 people/household - 365 days = 570 gallons annually
Extrapolated to the national level, potential estimated water savings could be as great as 61
billion gallons annually (see Calculation 2). These estimates clearly demonstrate the significant
water savings potential of high -efficiency lavatory faucets and accessories.
Calculation 2. National Water Savings
570 gal/year - 107,574,00010 occupied residences w/ plumbing fixtures = 61 billion gallons
Based upon these estimates, the average household could save more than 70 kWh of electricity
(see Calculation 3) or 350 cubic feet of natural gas (see Calculation 4) each year. National
savings could exceed 3 billion kWh hours and 20 billion cubic feet (Bcf) of natural gas each year
(see Calculations 5 and 6).
Calculation 3. Electricity Saving Per Household
(570 gal/year - 0.70) - (176.5 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 70 kWh of electricity per year
Calculation 4. Natural Gas Savings Per Household
(570 gal/year - 0.70) - (0.8784 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 0.35 Mcf (350 cubic feet) of
natural gas per year
Calculation 5. National Electricity Savings Potential
(61,000,000,000 gal - 0.70 - 0.40) . (176.5 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 3 billion kWh of
electricity nationwide
Calculation 6. National Natural Gas Savings Potential
(61,000,000,000 gal - 0.70 - 0.56) . (0.8784 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 20 million Mcf of
natural gas nationwide = 20 Bcf of natural gas nationwide
These calculations are based upon the following assumptions:
Approximately 70 percent of faucet water used in a household is hot water (Tampa and
Seattle Aquacraft studies).
42,788,000 (approximately 40 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using electricity."
60,222,000 (approximately 56 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using natural gas.12
10 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-4 page 5.
11 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1 A-5, page 6_
12 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1 A-5, page 6
Census Bureau. American Housing
Census Bureau. American Housing
Census Bureau. American Housing
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Water heating consumes 0.1765 kWh of electricity per gallon of water heated assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 BTU/Ib - ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 kWh = 3,412 BTUs
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F).
o Water heating process is 90 percent efficient, electric hot water heater.
Calculation 7.
[(1 gal - 1.0 BTU/Ibs - ° F) (1 KWh/3,412 BTUs) / (1 gallon/8.34 Ibs) - 650 F] / 0.90
= 0.1765 kWh/gal
• Water heating consumes 0.8784 Mcf of natural gas per 1,000 gallons of water heated
assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 BTU/Ib - ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 Therm = 99,976 BTUs
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F)
o Water heating process is 60 percent efficient, natural gas hot water heater
Calculation 8.
[(1 gal - 1.0 BTU/Ibs - ° F) (1Therm/99,976 BTUs) / (1 gallon/8.34 Ibs) - 650 F] / 0.60
= 0.009053 Therms/gal
Calculation 9.
0.010428 Therms/gal - 1,000 gal - 1 Mcf/10.307 Therms = 0.8784 Mcf/kgal
Cost Effectiveness and Pavback Period
The average homeowner retrofitting their lavatory faucets with WaterSense labeled high -
efficiency lavatory faucet accessories (e.g., aerator, laminar flow device, flow restrictor) will
realize accompanying $3.26 savings on water and wastewater cost annually due to lower water
consumption (see Calculation 10).
Calculation 10. Annual Water and Wastewater Cost Savings
570 gallons/year - $5.72/1,000 gallonS13 = $3.26/year
Factoring in the accompanying energy savings, the average household with electric water
heating may save an additional $6.65 (70 kWh/year - $.095/kWh), for a combined annual
savings of $9.91. The average household with natural gas water heating, may save an
additional $4.56.(0.35 Mcf/year - $13.04/Mcf), for a combined annual savings of $7.82.
13 Raftelis Financial Consulting. Water and Wastewater Rate Survey. American Water Works Association.
2004.
Version 1.0 7 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Assuming that the average household has two lavatory faucets 14, replacing the aerators in each
lavatory faucet with a WaterSense labeled aerator would save $1.63 per faucet on annual water
and wastewater costs. The average payback period for the replacement of two lavatory faucet
aerators would be approximately 10 months for those with electric water heating and 12 months
for those heating with natural gas (See Calculations 11 and 12).
Calculation 11. Average Payback Period (Electric Water Heating)
$8.00 / [$3.26/year + (70 kWh/year - $.095/kWh)] = 0.8 years (-10 months)
Calculation 12. Average Payback Period (Natural Gas Water Heating)
$8.00 / [$3.26/year + (0.35 Mcf/year - $13.04 /Mcf)] = 1.0 years (-12 months)
These calculations are based upon the following assumptions:
• WaterSense labeled retrofit devices retail for $4.00 each.
• Average cost of electricity is $0.095/kWh1s
• Average cost of natural gas is $13.04/Mcf16
Unit Abbreviations:
Bcf = billion cubic feet
BTU = British thermal unit
F = Fahrenheit
gal = gallon
gpcd = gallons per capita per day
gpm = gallons per minute
kgal = kilogallons
kWh = kilowatt hour
Ibs = pounds
L/min = liters per minute
Mcf = thousand cubic feet
psi = pressure per square inch
WaterSense assumes that the cost of new faucets manufactured and sold as WaterSense
labeled fixtures will not increase significantly since in many cases the manufacturer will simply
need to substitute the current flow regulating device with a similar, more efficient rated device.
In many cases this will be as simple as switching from the current 2.2 gpm aerator or laminar
flow device to a comparable 1.5 gpm WaterSense labeled device
14 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-3 page 4.
15 Average Retail Price of Electricity to Ultimate Customers by End -Use Sector, Energy Information
Administration. <www.eia.doe.gov/cneaf/electricity/epa/epat7p4.html>
16 Short -Term Energy Outlook, Energy Information Administration. <www.eia.doe.gov/steo>
Version 1.0 8 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
WaterSense° Specification for Showerheads
1.0 Scope and Objective
This specification establishes the criteria for showerheads labeled under the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense® program. It is applicable to showerhead fixture
fittings, inclusive of:
Fixed showerheads that direct water onto a user (excluding body sprays) for bathing
purposes; and
Hand-held showers, a subset of showerheads that are moveable devices for directing
water onto a user. Hand-held showers can be installed on a support to function as a
fixed showerhead.
When used in this document the term "showerhead" shall also include hand-held showers.
This specification is designed to ensure sustainable, efficient water use and a high level of user
satisfaction with showerhead performance.
2.0 General Requirements
2.1 The showerhead shall conform to applicable requirements in ASME
A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.'
2.2 If the showerhead has more than one mode, all modes must meet the maximum
flow rate requirement outlined in Section 3.1.1 and at least one of the modes, as
specified by the manufacturer, must meet all of the requirements outlined in this
specification.
2.3 The showerhead shall not be packaged, marked, or provided with instructions
directing the user to an alternative water -use setting that would override the
maximum flow rate, as established by this specification. Any instruction related to
the maintenance of the product, including changing or cleaning showerhead
components, shall direct the user on how to return the product to its intended
maximum flow rate.
3.0 Water -Efficiency Criteria
3.1 The flow rate of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the
procedures in ASME Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1 and shall meet the following criteria:
3.1.1 The manufacturer shall specify a maximum flow rate value (rated flow) of
the showerhead. This specified value must be equal to or less than 2.0
gallons per minute (gpm) (7.6 liters per minute [Umin]).
References to this and other standards apply to the most current version of those standards.
Version 1.0 1 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
3.1.2 The maximum flow rate shall be the highest value obtained through
testing at flowing pressures of 20, 45, and 80 ± 1 pounds per square inch
(psi) (140, 310, and 550 ± 7 kilopascal [kPa]), when evaluated in
accordance with 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step 6(b). This
maximum flow rate shall not exceed the maximum flow rate value
specified in Section 3.1.1.
3.1.3 The minimum flow rate, determined through testing at a flowing pressure
of 20 ± 1 psi (140 ± 7 kPa) and when evaluated in accordance with 10
CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step 6(a), shall not be less than 60
percent of the maximum flow rate value specified in Section 3.1.1.
3.1.4 The minimum flow rate shall be the lowest value obtained through testing
at flowing pressures of 45 and 80 ± 1 psi (310 and 550 ± 7 kPa), when
evaluated in accordance with 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step
6(a). This minimum flow rate shall not be less than 75 percent of the
maximum flow rate value specified in Section 3.1.1.
4.0 Spray Force Criteria
4.1 The spray force of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the
procedures outlined in Appendix A and shall meet the following criteria:
4.1.1 The minimum spray force shall not be less than 2.0 ounces (0.56 newtons
[N]) at a pressure of 20 ± 1 psi (140 ± 7 kPa) at the inlet when water is
flowing.
5.0 Spray Coverage Criteria
5.1 The spray coverage of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the
procedures outlined in Appendix B and shall meet the following criteria:
5.1.1 The total combined maximum volume of water collected in the 2- and 4-
inch [in.] (50-, 101-millimeter [mm]) annular rings shall not exceed 75
percent of the total volume of water collected, and;
5.1.2 The total combined minimum volume of water collected in the 2-, 4-, and
6-in. (50-, 101-, 152-mm) annular rings shall not be less than 25 percent
of the total volume of water collected.
6.0 Marking
In addition to the marking requirements in ASME Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1, the following
markings shall apply:
Version 1.0 2 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
6.1 The product shall be marked with the maximum flow rate value in gpm and L/min
as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing and in compliance with
this specification.
6.2 The product packaging shall be marked with the maximum flow rate value in gpm
and L/min as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing and in
compliance with this specification.
6.3 The product packaging shall be marked with the minimum flow rate value in gpm
and L/min at 45 psi, calculated in Section 3.1.4 as 75 percent of the
manufacturer's specified maximum flow rate value, verified through testing and in
compliance with this specification.
6.4 Flow rate marking shall be in gpm and L/min in two or three digit resolutions
(e.g., 2.0 gpm [7.6 L/min]).
7.0 Effective Date
This specification is effective on February 9, 2010.
8.0 Future Specification Revisions
EPA reserves the right to revise this specification should technological and/or market changes
affect its usefulness to consumers, industry, or the environment. Revisions to the specification
would be made following discussions with industry partners and other interested stakeholders.
9.0 Definitions
Definitions within ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 are included by reference
ASME —American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASME PTC —American Society of Mechanical Engineers Performance Test Codes
ANSI —American National Standards Institute
CFR — Code of Federal Regulations
CSA — Canadian Standards Association
ISA — International Society of Automation
Version 1.0 3 March 4, 2010

EPA 1 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
WaterSense Supporting Statement
WaterSense® Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
Introduction
Showering is one of the leading uses of water inside the home, representing approximately 17
percent of annual residential indoor water use in the United States. This translates into more
than 1.2 trillion gallons of water consumed each year',2. The WaterSense program released its
final specification for showerheads on March 4, 2010, to capitalize on this opportunity to further
improve the nation's water and energy efficiency by raising consumer awareness and promoting
the use of more efficient showerheads. The intent of this specification is to help consumers
identify those products that have met EPA's criteria for water efficiency and performance.
WaterSense collaborated with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME)/Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Joint Harmonization Task Force to develop the
specification criteria for high -efficiency showerheads. This task force is open to the public and
comprises a wide variety of stakeholders, including showerhead manufacturers, water and
energy utilities, testing laboratories, consultants, and other water -efficiency and conservation
specialists. Their participation, resources, and expertise enabled WaterSense to evaluate
showerhead efficiency and performance and develop meaningful testing protocols that can
effectively differentiate showerhead performance.
Prior to the task force's work there were no universally accepted criteria for measuring
showerhead performance. Federal water -efficiency legislation and national performance
standards only establish product flow rates that dictate water consumption —they do not address
what makes a satisfactory, or unsatisfactory, shower. Now, with this specification, WaterSense
and the task force have bridged this consumer information gap by incorporating performance
requirements for products seeking to earn the WaterSense label. The requirements address
flow rates across a range of pressures, spray force, and spray coverage, three key attributes of
showerhead performance, according to consumer testing. These new requirements are
designed to ensure a high level of performance and user satisfaction with high -efficiency
showerheads.
II. Current Status of Showerheads
With nearly 110 million occupied housing units in the United States3 and an average of two
showerheads per household4, WaterSense estimates that there are 220 million showerheads
'Assumes a per capita shower use of 11.6 gallons. See Mayer, Peter W. and William B. DeOreo.
Residential End Uses of Water. Aquacraft, Inc. Water Engineering and Management. American Water
Works Association. 1998. Page 102.
Z According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there are 300 million persons in the United States.
3 See U.S. Census Bureau and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development's American
Housing Survey for the United States. 2007.
4 Mayer and DeOreo, op. cit., 99.
Version 1.0 1 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
currently installed in homes across the United States. WaterSense also estimates that
approximately 10 percent of the existing 220 million showerheads are replaced each year due to
wear, remodeling, or other reasons. This means that the vast majority of these existing
showerheads have flow rates equal to or less than the federal standard of 2.5 gallons per
minute (gpm), which was mandated by the Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992. With normal
replacements and units sold for new construction, WaterSense estimates that approximately
25.6 millions new showerheads are sold each year. Since Congress enacted the federal
requirements in the early 1990s, manufacturers have gone on to develop showerheads that use
significantly less water than the flow rates set in EPAct 1992. These high -efficiency
showerheads can save at least 20 percent compared to standard fixtures, resulting in a potential
savings of more than 1,200 gallons per showerhead per year.
III. WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Scope
This specification applies to showerheads and hand-held showers. Showerheads are fixed
devices for directing water onto a user for bathing purposes. Hand-held showers, a subset of
showerheads, are moveable devices for directing water onto a user. Hand-held showers can be
installed on a support to function as a showerhead.
Multiple showerheads are eligible to receive the WaterSense label provided the showerheads
are sold in combination in a single device intended to be connected to a single shower outlet.
Further, each showerhead must meet all of the requirements of the specification and the entire
multiple -head system must meet the maximum flow rate requirement of the specification in all
possible operating modes.
Body sprays are excluded from this specification because their function and design are wholly
different than that of a showerhead or hand-held shower. Retrofit devices, including aftermarket
flow control devices, are also excluded because the intent of the specification is to recognize
and label complete, fully functioning fixtures or fittings, and not individual components.
General Requirements
Many showerheads are sold with multiple modes to provide the user with options for different
spray types (e.g., misting, massaging, or pause). WaterSense wants to maintain manufacturing
flexibility and consumer choice for multiple mode showerheads, thus the specification addresses
these types of showerheads by requiring all modes to meet the maximum flow rate requirement
(i.e., no mode can exceed 2.0 gallons per minute [gpm]) and at least one of the modes, as
specified by the manufacturer, must meet all of the requirements contained in the specification,
including the maximum and minimum flow rates, spray force, and spray coverage requirements.
Water-Efficiencv Criteria
5 Units sold for replacement is based upon a 10 percent natural replacement rate. Units sold for new
construction is based on 1,797,000 new housing starts per year based on the average number of new
housing starts from 2003-2007.from U.S. Census. 2007 American Housing Survey, Table 1A-1.
www.census.aov/Drod/2008Dubs/hl 50-07.pdf.
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
The water -efficiency component of this specification establishes a maximum flow rate of 2.0
gpm (7.6 liter per minute [L/min]). WaterSense settled on this flow rate after examining the
range of products currently available on the market. This maximum flow rate represents a 20
percent reduction from the current federally allowable maximum flow rate of 2.5 gpm
established by EPAct 1992, which is consistent with WaterSense's stated water -efficiency goal.
The specification also includes minimum flow rate requirements at 80, 45, and 20 pounds per
square inch (psi) of pressure (the upper, mid, and lower range of potential household pressures)
to ensure performance and user satisfaction under a variety of household conditions.
Specifically, at 45 and 80 psi the tested flow rate cannot be less than 75 percent of the
showerhead's maximum "rated,6 flow rate value. This minimum requirement is specified at both
45 and 80 psi because some showerheads that are designed to compensate and adjust for
changes in water pressure will actually produce maximum flow at 45 psi and not at 80 psi. As a
result, WaterSense wants to ensure that this minimum flow rate requirement is met at both
pressures. Likewise, at 20 psi the tested flow rate cannot be less than 60 percent of the
showerhead's maximum rated flow rate value. Table 1 below provides some examples of the
allowable minimum flow rates for showerheads with various rated flow rates. Defining minimum
flow rate requirements in this manner ensures that the showerhead is designed to provide
consistent flow across a range of pressures.
Tab a 1. Examale Minimum Flow Rates
Showerhead
Minimum Allowable Flow Rate
Rated Flow Rate
80 psi
45 psi
20 psi
2.0 gpm
1.5 gpm
1.5 gpm
1.2 gpm
1.75 gpm
1.3 gpm
1.3 gpm
1.1 gpm
1.5 gpm
1.1 gpm
1.1 gpm
0.9 gpm
1.0 gpm
0.8 gpm
0.8 gpm
0.6 gpm
WaterSense is requiring both the maximum and minimum flow rates of the showerhead to meet
the testing and verification protocols for sampling outlined in the Code of Federal Regulations
(see 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Steps 6[b] and 6[a], respectively). The U.S.
Department of Energy currently uses the sampling plan outlined in the CFR for assessing
compliance of showerhead flow rates with EPAct 1992 requirements, and thus referencing it in
this specification provides specific and familiar guidance to third -party certifying bodies for
determining whether a showerhead meets the flow rate requirements established by
WaterSense.
Performance Criteria
Establishing performance -based criteria for WaterSense labeled showerheads is critical to
ensuring user satisfaction and maintaining the integrity of the WaterSense label. Prior to this
specification, however, there were no universally agreed -upon testing protocols for showerhead
performance or measures that adequately defined user satisfaction. WaterSense worked with
6 The "rated" flow rate is the showerhead's maximum flow rate, as specified by the manufacturer, verified
through testing, and in compliance with this specification.
Version 1.0 3 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
the task force to determine, through its expertise and supported by consumer testing, the key
performance attributes of showerheads.
To measure those attributes in a laboratory setting, the task force undertook an intensive effort
to develop test protocols. The spray force and spray coverage requirements contained in the
specification are a result of these efforts. Both test protocols subsequently underwent several
iterations of round robin testing in various laboratories by multiple manufacturers and
independent third -party certifiers in order to ensure that the procedures are repeatable and the
results reproducible. Laboratory test data were then compared back to the consumer test data
for a variety of showerheads to determine the specific performance levels that are included in
the specification. These performance levels define the boundaries for user satisfaction for both
spray force and spray coverage.
The spray force component of the specification requires a showerhead's spray force to be at
least 2.0 ounces (0.56 newtons [N]) at an inlet pressure of 20 psi when the water is flowing. The
testing procedure, described in Appendix A of the specification, is a pass/fail test that assesses
the relative force of the shower spray through the use of a force balance fixture. The force
balance fixture is equipped with a force target on one side that receives the shower spray and
counterbalancing weights on the other side, set to the specified force (i.e., 2.0 ounces). As the
shower spray hits the force target, the force balance fixture measures the rotation angle of the
balance at the pivot point of the two sides (the spray and counterbalancing weights).
If the shower spray force is greater than the specified minimum, it will overcome, or move, the
counterbalancing weights to or beyond the point of balance, achieved when the angle rotates
within 0.10 of zero or past it. Under this scenario the showerhead would pass the force
requirements. If the showerhead's force is less than the specified minimum, it will not overcome
the counterbalancing weights and the angle of balance will not rotate within 0.10 of zero or past
it. Under this scenario, the showerhead would fail the force requirements. The target force of 2.0
ounces specified in the specification represents the lower bounds of user satisfaction based on
results from consumer tests using a variety of showerheads.
The spray coveraae component of the specification, as described in Appendix B of the
specification, requires the use of an annular ring gauge consisting of a series of concentric
rings, starting with a 2-inch diameter center ring and each successive ring increasing in
diameter by 2 inches out to 20 inches. The showerhead is positioned and turned on directly
above the surface of the annular ring gauge. The relative amount of water captured in each set
of concentric rings provides a representation of the distribution of the spray pattern and can be
used to evaluate the showerhead's spray coverage.
Simultaneous to the development of the test apparatus, WaterSense gathered consumer test
data to determine user preferences with respect to spray coverage. Data showed general
dissatisfaction with showerheads that spray with a hollow spot in the center or that have too
much water flowing in the center to form a very narrow beam. Thus the criteria contained in the
specification were crafted to capture and disqualify showerheads with these types of coverage
characteristics. Specifically, to meet the spray coverage requirement, the total volume of water
collected in the two center rings (out to 4 inches) cannot exceed 75 percent of the total collected
water volume (i.e., the showerhead cannot deliver all its water through a narrow beam in the
center). In addition, the total combined volume of water collected in the three center rings (out to
Version 1.0 4 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
6 inches) must be at least 25 percent of the total collected water volume (i.e., the showerhead
cannot have a hollow spot in the center).
Markina
With this specification, WaterSense has adopted a new approach to product and package flow
rate marking. The requirements are designed to clarify and clearly indicate which maximum flow
rate value the manufacturer is to use. At the outset of certification, the manufacturer specifies a
maximum flow rate value ("rated" flow rate), not to exceed 2.0 gpm, which is subsequently
verified through testing. WaterSense requires the manufacturer to mark the product and product
packaging with this rated flow rate value, so that the information provided to the consumer is
both informative and accurate.
In addition to marking the product and packaging with the maximum rated flow rate, the product
packaging (but not the product itself) must also be marked with the showerhead's minimum flow
rate at 45 psi. This minimum flow rate is calculated as 75 percent of the manufacturer's
specified maximum flow rate value and is subsequently verified through testing. The purpose of
this marking requirement is to assist installers in properly matching showerheads and
automatic -compensating mixing valves for installation in order to provide protection against
thermal shock and scalding events (see Section V below for more information).
Potential Water and Enerav Savings
Note: Refer to Appendix A for the assumptions and calculations used to derive these estimates.
Showerheads with a flow rate of 2.0 gpm or less have the potential to save significant amounts
of water both individually and at the national level. Replacing standard showerheads with
WaterSense labeled showerheads could save more than 1,200 gallons per showerhead or
2,300 gallons of water per household per year. Based upon the amount of water saved, the
average household could save 300 kilowatt hours (kWh) of electricity or 1,500 cubic feet of
natural gas that would otherwise be required to heat the water.
Nationwide, if WaterSense labeled showerheads were purchased for all normal showerhead
replacements and installed in all new construction, WaterSense estimates that water savings
could reach 30.3 billion gallons per year. National energy savings could exceed 1.6 billion kWh
of electricity and 10.9 million cubic feet (Mcf) of natural gas each year.
Cost -Effectiveness
Note: Refer to Appendix A for the assumptions and calculations used to derive these estimates.
The average homeowner retrofitting his or her showerheads with WaterSense labeled
showerheads will realize an accompanying $14 savings on water and wastewater costs
annually due to lower water consumption. Factoring in the accompanying energy savings, the
average household with electric water heating may save an additional $36, for a combined
annual savings of $50. The average household with natural gas water heating may save an
additional $18 for a combined annual savings of $32.
Version 1.0 5 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
If the average showerhead costs $30 retail, the average payback period for the replacement of
two standard showerheads per household with WaterSense labeled models would be
approximately 14 months for those with electric water heating and about two years for those
heating with natural gas.
IV. Certification and Labeling
WaterSense has established an independent third -party product certification process, described
on the WaterSense Web site at www.er)a.aov/watersense/partners/certification.html. Under this
process, products are certified to conform to applicable WaterSense specifications by
accredited third -party licensed certifying bodies. Manufacturers are then authorized to use the
WaterSense label in conjunction with certified products.
V. Other Issues
Detailed Drawings for the Force Balance Test Apparatus
As the specification indicates, the spray force performance requirement is measured via a force
balance test apparatus. This force balance test apparatus was developed by the task force
specifically for the purpose of determining a showerhead's compliance with the specification's
force requirements; therefore it is not a readily available or mass-produced piece of testing
equipment. In addition, the test apparatus needs to be manufactured with very specific
tolerances to ensure the results are repeatable and reproducible in any laboratory setting.
WaterSense has made available the specification drawings to facilitate the construction of this
test equipment. Detailed drawings for the force balance test apparatus are available on the
WaterSense Web site at www.er)a.aov/watersense/products/showerheads.htm1.
Health and Safetv
In developing this specification, WaterSense and the task force considered potential negative
impacts of reducing the flow rate on consumer satisfaction, including potential health and safety
issues once these products are installed in the plumbing system. Of particular concern is the
potential for increasing the risk of thermal shock or scalding as shower flow rates are reduced.
Thermal shock or scalding can be caused when a hot- or cold -water -using device is activated
(e.g., flushing the toilet or running the dishwasher) while the shower is running. Water is
diverted away from the shower, causing a pressure drop in either the hot or cold water supply
line to the shower. As a consequence, the balance of hot and cold water is shifted either to a
hotter or colder temperature mix. This sudden change in temperature can either cause a user to
abruptly move away from the shower stream, potentially resulting in an injury or fall, or if the
temperature increase is severe enough, scalding can occur.
To mitigate the risks of temperature -related shower injuries, most U.S. plumbing codes require
showers to be outfitted with individual automatic -compensating mixing valves that comply with
either the American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 1016 or ASME Al 12.18.1/CSA
13125.1 standards. An automatic -compensating mixing valve is a device that is installed as part
of the shower's flow control that helps to regulate water temperature; it is not part of the
showerhead itself. The valve works either through balancing the incoming hot and cold water
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
pressures or through controlling the mixed outlet temperature with a thermostatic element that
can maintain water temperature to within +/- 3.6°F.
Despite advances in plumbing codes and mixing valve technology, thermal shock and scalding
risks are still present under two scenarios. First, automatic -compensating mixing valves are
currently only required to be tested and certified at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 45 psi. When these
devices are outfitted with a showerhead that has a lower flow rate, there may not be adequate
assurance that the valve is sensitive enough to provide the required protection. This is
potentially true for all showerheads, as standard showerheads are currently tested and certified
at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 80 psi. Second, not all homes are equipped with an automatic -
compensating mixing valve. The risks are of particular concern for showerhead retrofits in
homes built prior to 1987.
As a part of the development of the criteria for showerheads, WaterSense and the task force
evaluated the link between flow rate and temperature deviations associated with pressure and
temperature changes. The task force gathered and presented data to compare the temperature
profiles that result from a drop in hot and cold water pressure for both standard and high -
efficiency showerheads under the two risk scenarios: (1) installation with various types of
automatic -compensating mixing valves (thermostatic, pressure balancing, or combination)
designed for a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 45 psi and (2) installation without the protection of an
automatic -compensating mixing valve. The data showed that the risks are present for
showerheads of all flow rates, but that more efficient showerheads are more sensitive to sudden
changes in water pressure. As a consequence, a temperature change in water exiting the
shower may be amplified when the pressure within the cold water or hot water supply plumbing
suddenly changes.
Ultimately, WaterSense and the task force came to the conclusion that the thermal shock and
scalding risks cannot be fully addressed through the specification for showerheads. First, there
is a clear disconnect between the showerhead and automatic -compensating mixing valve
compatibility, as the products are tested at different pressures (80 psi and 45 psi, respectively)
and currently automatic -compensating mixing valves are only tested at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm.
Second, the potential temperature of the hot water is controlled by the design of the hot water
heater and delivery system, which can discharge water well in excess of the code required
140OF due to "layering" and the location of the thermostat at a point that is not necessarily the
location of the hottest water. Because of the interrelated nature of these three components in
the plumbing system, the control of the risks cannot solely rest on the design of the
showerhead. In fact, the showerhead itself has very little, if any, control over the outlet water
temperature.
To the extent possible, WaterSense has addressed this issue in the specification by
requiring manufacturers to mark the product packaging with the minimum flow rate at 45 psi as
determined by testing at that pressure. This is a vital step toward providing the information
necessary to "match" the showerhead with a compatible automatic -compensating mixing valve
that is rated to perform at the same flow rate and tested pressure. In addition, industry is
currently working to harmonize automatic -compensating mixing valve standards and
showerhead standards to address potential incompatibilities of these plumbing system
components. This will go a long way toward addressing the risks of thermal shock and scalding
associated with the installation of a WaterSense labeled showerhead, indeed with all
Version 1.0 7 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
showerheads, particularly in new construction. WaterSense is also educating consumers and
program partners regarding the issue and associated risks so that consumers can continue to
make informed purchasing decisions.
Version 1.0 8 March 4, 2010

EPA 1 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
WaterSense Supporting Statement
Appendix A: Calculations and Key Assumptions
Potential Water Savinas Calculations
Assumptions:
• Average actual flow rate for an existing showerhead is 2.22 gpm' (the average flow rate
is less than the standard rated flow rate of 2.5 gpm most likely because the products are
rated at 80 psi, but installed in homes with less pressure)
• Average shower duration is 8.2 minutes"
• The average person takes 0.67 showers per day$
• A WaterSense labeled showerhead reduces the flow rate by 20 percent
• An estimated 10 percent of existing showerheads are replaced each year due to wear,
remodeling, or other reasons
• There are an estimated 1,797,000 new housing starts per year based on the average
number of new housing starts from 2003-20079
Equation 1. Annual Water Savings Potential from Replacing a 2.5 gpm Rated Showerhead
(((2.22 gpm — (2.22 gpm x (1-0.2))) x 8.2 minutes/shower x 0.67 showers/person/day x 2.6
people/household x 365 days/year) = 2,300 gal/household/year
(2,300 gal/household/year / 2 showerheads/household) = 1,200 gal/showerhead/year
Equation 2. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Replacing All Existing 2.5 gpm
Showerheads
(1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 220 million existing showerheads) = 260 billion gal/year
Equation 3. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with
WaterSense Labeled Showerheads
(1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 220 million showerheads * 0.10) = 26 billion gal/year
Equation 4. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled
Showerheads in New Construction
(1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 1,797,000 annual new housing starts x 2
showerheads/household) = 4.3 billion gal/year
Unit Abbreviations:
gal = gallon
gpm = gallons per minute
psi = pressure per square inch
Potential Enerav Savinas Calculations
Mayer and DeOreo, Op. cit., 102.
8 Calculated based upon an assumed 17.2 gallons per shower and 11.6 gallons per day for showering.
�lbid.)
U.S. Census. 2007 American Housing Survey, Table 1A-1. www.census.aov/prod/2008r)ubs/hl50-
07.pdf
Version 1.0 9 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
Assumptions:
• Approximately 73 percent of showerhead water used in a household is hot water10
• 42,239,000 (approximately 40 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using electricity"
• 60,998,000 (approximately 56 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using natural gas'1,12
• Water heating consumes 0.18 kWh of electricity per gallon of water heated assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 Btu/Ib x ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 kWh = 3,412 Btus
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F)
o Water heating process is 90 percent efficient for electric hot water heaters
Water heating consumes 0.88 Mcf of natural gas per 1,000 gallons of water heated
assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 Btu/Ib x ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 Therm = 99,976 Btus
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F)
o Water heating process is 60 percent efficient for natural gas hot water heaters
Electricity
Equation 5. KWh Required to Raise 1 Gallon of Water 650 F
[(1.0 Btu/Ibs x ° F) (1kWh/3,412 Btus) / (1 gal/8.34 Ibs) x 650 F] / 0.90 = 0.18 kWh/gal
Equation 6. Electricity Saving Potential per Household
(2,300 gal/year x 0.73) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 300 kWh of electricity per year
Equation 7. National Electricity Savings Potential from Replacing All Existing 2.5 gpm
Showerheads
(260 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 14 billion kWh of
electricity nationwide
Equation 8. National Electricity Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with WaterSense
Labeled Showerheads
(26 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 1.4 billion kWh of
electricity nationwide
Equation 9. National Electricity Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled
Showerheads in New Construction
10 DeOreo, William B., and Peter W. Mayer. The End Uses of Hot Water in Single Family Homes From
Flow Trace Analysis. 2000. Aquacraft, Inc.
11 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing
Survey for the United States: 2007. 2008. Table 1A-5, page 7.
12 Ibid.
Version 1.0
H
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
(4.3 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 230 million kWh of
electricity nationwide
Natural Gas
Equation 9. Therms Required to Raise 1 Gallon of Water 650 F
[(1.0 Btu/Ibs x ° F) (1 Therm/99,976 Btus) / (1 gal/8.34 Ibs) x 650 F] / 0.60 = 0.009 Therms/gal
Equation 10. Converting Therms to Mcf
0.009 Therms/gal x 1,000 gal/kgal x 1 Mcf/10.307 Therms = 0.88 Mcf/kgal
Equation 11. Natural Gas Savings Potential per Household
(2,300 gal/year x 0.73) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 1.5 Mcf (1,500 cubic feet) of
natural gas per year
Equation 12. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Replacing All 2.5 gpm Showerheads
(260 billion gal x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 94 million Mcf of natural
gas nationwide
Equation 13. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with
WaterSense Labeled Showerheads
(26 billion gal x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 9.4 million Mcf of natural gas
nationwide
Equation 14. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled
Showerheads in New Construction
(4.3 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 1.5 million Mcf of
natural gas nationwide
Unit Abbreviations:
Bcf =
billion cubic feet
Btu =
British thermal unit
F = Fahrenheit
kgal
= kilogallons
kWh
= kilowatt hour
Ibs =
pounds
Mcf =
thousand cubic feet
Cost -Effectiveness Calculations
Assumptions:
• Price of water and wastewater is $6.06/1000 gallons 13
• 2009 Price of electricity is $0.12/kWh14
• 2009 Price of natural gas is $11.98/Mcf15
13 Raftelis Financial Consulting. Water and Wastewater Rate Survey. American Water Works Association.
2006.
14 U.S. Department of Energy, www.eia.doe.aov/cneaf/electricitv/epm/table5 3.html.
Version 1.0
iff
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
Equation 15. Annual Household Water and Wastewater Cost Savings
2,300 gallons/yearx $6.06/1,000 gallons = $14/year
Equation 16. Annual Household Electricity Savings
(300 kWh/household/year * $0.12/kWh) = $36/year
Equation 17. Annual Household Natural Gas Savings
(1.5 Mcf/household/year * $11.98/Mcf) = $18/year
Equation 18. Annual Water, Wastewater, and Electricity Savings
($14/year + $36/year) = $50/year
Equation 19. Annual Water, Wastewater, and Natural Gas Savings
($14/year + $18/year) = $32/year
Equation 11. Average Full Payback Period (Electric Water Heating)
($30/showerhead x 2 showerheads/household) / $50/year = 1.2 years (-14 months)
Equation 12. Average Full Payback Period (Natural Gas Water Heating)
($30/showerhead x 2 showerheads/household) / $32/year = 1.9 years (- 23 months)
15 U.S. Department of Energy, www.eia.doe.aov/steo.
Version 1.0
12
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Version 1.2
June 2, 2014

I.NA 6
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
1.0 Scope and Objective
This specification establishes the criteria for a tank -type high -efficiency toilet under the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense program. It is applicable to:
• Single -flush, tank -type gravity toilets
• Dual -flush, tank -type gravity toilets
• Dual -flush, tank -type flushometer tank (pressure -assist) toilets
• Tank -type, flushometer tank (pressure -assist) toilets
• Tank -type electrohydraulic toilets
• Any other tank -type technologies that meet these performance specifications
The specification is designed to ensure both sustainable, efficient water use and a high level of
user satisfaction with flushing performance.
2.0 General Requirements
2.1 The toilet shall conform to applicable water closet requirements in ASME
Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1,' except as otherwise indicated in this specification.
2.2 If the toilet has dual -flush capabilities, it shall conform to requirements in ASME
Al12.19.14.
3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria
3.1 Single -flush toilets: The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8
liters) when evaluated in accordance with the sampling plan contained in 10 CFR
429.30. For single -flush toilets, the effective flush volume is the average flush
volume when tested in accordance with ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
3.2 Dual -flush toilets: The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8
liters) when evaluated in accordance with the sampling plan contained in 10 CFR
429.30. For dual -flush toilets, the effective flush volume is the average flush
volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. Flush volumes shall be tested
in accordance with ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME Al 12.19.14.
3.3 Samples with average flush volume in excess of 0.10 gallon (0.4 liter) greater
than their rated flush volume shall be deemed to fail testing requirements due to
excessive flush volume.2
References to this and other standards apply to the most current version of that standard.
2 For example, fixtures rated at 1.28 gallons per flush (the maximum flush volume) but flushing at greater than 1.38 gallons (5.2 liter)
when adjusted in accordance with the water consumption test procedure in ASME Al 12.19.21CSA B45.1 shall be deemed to have
"failed" the requirements of this specification.
Version 1.2 1 June 2, 2014

I.NA 6
WaterSense
WaterSense`� Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
3.4 Samples with average flush volumes less than or equal to 0.10 gallon (0.4 liter)
greater than their rated flush volume shall be adjusted, if possible, to their rated
flush volume prior to performance testing.
3.5 Samples with average flush volumes less than their rated flush volume shall be
tested at measured volume and this volume shall be recorded on the test report.
4.0 Flush Performance Criteria
4.1 Toilet model performance is identified as either a "pass" or "fail' depending upon
whether it can successfully and completely clear all test media from the fixture in
a single flush in at least four of five attempts. Flush performance testing shall be
conducted in accordance with the waste extraction test protocol provided in
ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.
5.0 Product Marking
5.1 Toilet fixtures shall be marked in accordance with requirements in ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 with the exception identified in Section 5.1.1 below.
5.1.1 Toilet bowls intended to be used with tanks of varying consumption levels
(e.g., 1.6 and 1.28 gallons per flush) shall be marked with a dual
consumption marking or a consumption range, as indicated in ASME
Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1; however, toilet bowls shall not be marked with the
words "or less" to indicate compatibility with tanks of varying consumption
levels.
5.2 Toilet tanks shall not be packaged, marked, nor provided with instructions
directing the user to an alternative water use setting that would override the rated
flush volume, as established by this specification. Any instruction related to the
maintenance of the product shall direct the user on how to return the product to
its rated flush volume.
6.0 Effective Date
This specification is effective on June 2, 2014.
7.0 Future Specification Revisions
EPA reserves the right to revise this specification should technological and/or market changes
affect its usefulness to consumers, industry, or the environment. Revisions to the specification
would be made following discussions with industry partners and other interested stakeholders.
8.0 Definitions
Definitions within ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME Al 12.19.14 are included by
reference.
Version 1.2 2 June 2, 2014

I.NA 6
WaterSense WaterSense`�-' Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Pressure -assist toilet: A water closet that uses a flushometer tank as a flushing
device, as defined in ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
Rated flush volume: The maximum flush volume, as specified by the
manufacturer, verified through testing and in compliance with this specification.
Version 1.2 3 June 2, 2014

L Y•7
6
WaterSense
WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Appendix A: Requirements for WaterSense Labeling
The following requirements must be met for products to be bear the WaterSense label.
1.0 WaterSense Partnership
The manufacturer of the product must have a signed partnership agreement in place with EPA.
2.0 Conformity Assessment
Conformance to this specification must be certified by an EPA licensed certifying body
accredited for this specification in accordance with the WaterSense Product Certification
System.
3.0 Clarifications
3.1 Adjustability
Toilet tanks with adjustable water use settings that can be identified and activated by a
user or plumbing professional to override the rated flush volume, as established by this
specification, do not comply with the intent of this specification or the WaterSense
program and do not qualify for use of the WaterSense label.
3.2 Tanks and Bowls Manufactured and Sold by Different Companies
WaterSense requires every combination tank and bowl to be tested and certified for
conformance to this specification in order to ensure that the toilet as a whole provides
the expected water efficiency and performance. Wall -hung bowls and in -wall carrier
systems manufactured and sold by different companies can earn the WaterSense label,
provided that the combination unit is tested and certified. However, since these products
might not necessarily be sold as a unit, WaterSense has established some additional
certification requirements that these products must meet in order to earn the
WaterSense label. Both manufacturers must agree to have their products tested and
certified together in order for the tank and bowl combination to receive the WaterSense
label.
Certification Listing
In order to control the use of the WaterSense label, EPA is requiring each manufacturer
(e.g., the tank manufacturer and the bowl manufacturer) to obtain a certification listing
with one of EPA's licensed certifying bodies to show that the toilet, formed by the
combination tank and bowl, was certified for conformance to the specification. The
listings must identify both components, along with the respective manufacturers' names,
3 Manufacturer, as defined in the WaterSense program guidelines, means: "Any organization that produces a product for market that
might be eligible to meet WaterSense criteria for efficiency and performance. Manufacturers can also produce 'private label'
products that are sold under the brand name of a separate organization, which is treated as a separate partner/application from the
original product manufacturer." In the case of private labeling, the private labeling organization that ultimately brands the product for
sale must have a signed WaterSense partnership agreement in place with EPA.
Version 1.2 A-1 June 2, 2014

L Y•7
6
WaterSense
WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
brand names, model names, and model numbers by which the products are identified
and sold. Separate listings will allow the licensed certifying body to directly authorize
each manufacturer to use the WaterSense label on their tanks or bowls. Note that
though a certification listing is required for each manufacturer, WaterSense is not
requiring the combination toilet to be tested more than once. The licensed certifying
body must ensure that the listing information is complete prior to issuing the certification
and the WaterSense label to either manufacturer.
As an alternative to separate listings, and at the discretion of the licensed certifying
body, the manufacturer of one of the components (e.g., either the tank or bowl
manufacturer) can become listed as an additional company under the certification listing
of the manufacturer of the corresponding component (e.g., the bowl or tank). However,
both components, along with the respective manufacturer's names, brand names, model
names, and model numbers by which the products are identified and sold, must be
identified under both the certification file owner's listing and the additional company's
listing. This will ensure that there is no confusion about which products were certified in
combination to earn the WaterSense label.
3.3 Product Packaging Marking and Labeling
Though every combination tank and bowl must be tested and certified for conformance
to this specification in order to ensure that the toilet as a whole provides the expected
water efficiency and performance, in some cases the tank and bowl might be packaged
individually and/or sold separately. To ensure that it is clear to the purchaser that a
particular combination tank and bowl is labeled, EPA is providing clarification regarding
how the packaging must be marked and how the WaterSense label must be used.
These marking and labeling requirements apply to tanks and bowls made by the same
company and those made by different companies, as is the case for some wall -hung
bowls and in -wall carrier systems.
Manufacturers must adhere to the following product packaging marking and labeling
requirements for toilet tanks and bowls packaged and sold individually:
• In all cases, the toilet tank and toilet bowl packaging must bear the WaterSense
label.
• Toilet bowl packaging must indicate all of the specific brand names, model
names, and model numbers, as applicable, of the counterpart tanks it can be
used with to form a WaterSense labeled tank -type toilet. For example, the toilet
bowl packaging might say:
"This [insert description of bowl] is WaterSense labeled when used with
[list brand names, model names, and model numbers, as applicable, of
the tank(s) that the bowl can be used with to form a WaterSense labeled
tank -type toilet]."
Version 1.2 A-2 June 2, 2014

L Y•7
6
WaterSense
WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
• Product specification sheets or other product documentation for both the toilet
tank and bowl must indicate all of the specific brand names, model names, and
model numbers, as applicable, of the counterpart products (e.g., the bowl or
tank) that the product can be used with to form a WaterSense labeled tank -type
toilet.
Note that for toilet tanks and bowls packaged and sold together as a unit, the packaging
must bear the WaterSense label.
Version 1.2 A-3 June 2, 2014

lI. i ,t 6 Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Version 1.2
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense program is announcing the
release of Version 1.2 of its WaterSense Specification for Tank -Type Toilets (specification). The
purpose of this document is to summarize the revisions made to the specification, share the
reasoning for the changes, and provide a timeline for compliance with the new requirements.
It is important to note that EPA considers the revisions made in Version 1.2 of the specification
to be minor in nature. The revisions are meant to provide clarification of the existing
requirements and do not materially affect the scope, performance, or efficiency requirements.
The revisions also do not affect the status of existing certified, WaterSense labeled tank -type
toilets.
Background
WaterSense released its initial Tank -Type High -Efficiency Toilet Specification in January 2007
and issued the first revision to the specification in May 2011. Since that time, the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) have
revised ASME Al12.19.2/CSA 1345.1 Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures to include the waste media
extraction test, fill valve integrity test, and tank trim adjustability test protocols established in the
WaterSense Specification for Tank -Type Toilets. To align with the revised ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA 1345.1 standard, to the extent possible, WaterSense is issuing Version 1.2 of the
specification. The changes to the specification, described in this document, will ensure
consistency and reduce redundancy in toilet testing for manufacturers seeking the WaterSense
label. WaterSense has also taken this opportunity to make some additional minor revisions to
the specification to align it with the other WaterSense product specifications. All of the revisions
contained in Version 1.2 will ensure that tank -type toilets receiving the WaterSense label are
certified and labeled consistently, in accordance with EPA's intent, and will continue to meet
consumer expectations for efficiency and performance.
Section 2.0 General Requirements
EPA has revised the title of the section from "Summary of Criteria" to "General Requirements."
This change does not affect the specification's original scope of objective, but rather aligns the
organization of the specification with other WaterSense product specifications.
Similarly, to align with other WaterSense product specifications, EPA has revised the content of
Section 2.0 to provide the general and overarching requirements that products must meet to
earn the WaterSense label, rather than a summary of the specification requirements. This
section now indicates that all tank -type toilets shall conform to the applicable water closet
requirements in ASME Al12.19.2/CSA 1345.1, and all dual -flush tank -type toilets must conform
to applicable requirements within ASME Al 12.19.14 Six -Liter Water Closets Equipped With a
June 2, 2014

lI. i ,t 6 Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Dual Flushing Device. This change now more fully and clearly aligns the specification with the
requirements of the guiding national standards for tank -type toilets.
Section 3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria
Flush Volume Measurement Requirements
The majority of the fixture performance testing protocol, originally provided in Appendix A of the
specification, is included in the recent revisions to the ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard.
The fixture performance testing protocol is now incorporated by reference in Section 2.0 of the
specification. However, the ASME/CSA standard does not address the average flush volume
limits that dictate whether a toilet is deemed to pass or fail the flush volume test or whether the
flush volume should be adjusted to complete the test. As a result, WaterSense has retained
these requirements in the specification. As discussed below, Appendix A was removed from the
specification because a majority of the requirements are now redundant with the
Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard; therefore, WaterSense moved these flush volume limit
requirements to Section 3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria. This change does not affect the
specification's original requirements or intent.
Section 4.0 Flush Performance Criteria
Testing Protocol Reference
In Version 1.1 of the specification, the fixture performance testing protocol was identified in
Appendix A. Since the protocol is now included in the recent revisions to the ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard, WaterSense has updated Section 4.0 Flush Performance
Criteria to reference compliance with the standard rather than Appendix A (Appendix A has
been subsequently deleted). In addition, under Version 1.1, this section summarized the test
media requirements. It also stipulated that the protocol was only applicable to single -flush toilets
and to the full flush option of dual -flush toilets. These requirements are also covered in the
referenced standards and, therefore, WaterSense removed them from this section to minimize
redundancy.
In addition, in the development of the revised ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard, there was
consensus that the casing used for the test media did not materially affect the results of the test.
Either cased or uncased media were deemed acceptable for performance testing. In view of this
decision and because of the desire for the WaterSense specification to be consistent with the
standard, EPA has determined that performance testing using cased or uncased media is
acceptable under this specification. This allowance is included by reference to the standard.
Section 5.0 Supplementary Requirements for Flush Volume Adjustability (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
June 2, 2014

lI. i ,t 6 Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
In Version 1.1 of the specification, Section 5.0 Supplementary Requirements for Flush Volume
Adjustability included testing protocols intended to limit the flush volume adjustability of certified
tank -type toilets. These testing protocols included the fill valve integrity test protocol (Appendix
B of Version 1.1 of the specification) and the tank trim adjustability testing protocol (Appendix C
of Version 1.1 of the specification). These testing protocols were adopted by the ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA 1345.1 standard, which is now incorporated by reference in Section 2.0 of the
specification. Therefore, WaterSense removed these requirements from the specification to
minimize redundancy. This change does not affect the specification's original requirements or
intent.
Section 5.0 Product Marking
Tank Marking Requirements
Toilet tank marking requirements identified in ASME Al12.19.5 Flush valves and spuds for
water closets, urinals, and tanks (referenced in Version 1.1 of the specification) require
manufacturers to permanently mark or label the tank with information pertaining to the
appropriate flush valve replacement parts. These requirements have subsequently been
incorporated into ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA 1345.1. Therefore, WaterSense updated the
specification to reference compliance with the toilet fixture marking requirements identified in the
ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA 1345.1 standard.
Bowl Marking
Version 1.1 of the specification allowed toilet bowls to be marked in a manner that indicated
compatibility with flush volumes below 1.6 gallons per flush (gpf). This requirement was
intended to alleviate confusion because many manufacturers were marking their toilet bowls
with a 1.6 gpf flush volume despite compatibility and certification with tanks that flush at lower
volumes (e.g., 1.28 gpf). The revisions to ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA 1345.1 now include provisions
clarifying the marking requirements for bowls that are compatible with lower (or varying) flush
volumes. Specifically, the standard allows toilet bowls to be marked using the words "or less," a
dual consumption marking, or a consumption range.
WaterSense is incorporating by reference the bowl marking requirements from the ASME/CSA
standard, which will provide clarity on the appropriate ways to mark bowls that are compatible
with a range of flush volumes. However, WaterSense is taking exception to the allowance for
the use of the words "or less." Placing a marking on the bowl that identifies a maximum flush
volume along with the words "or less" could imply that the bowl is compatible with tanks of any
flush volume, potentially below the minimum the flush volumes with which the bowl was certified
to perform.
Section 8.0 Definitions
Referenced Standards
June 2, 2014

lI. i ,t 6 Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
WaterSense has removed the reference to ASME Al 12.19.5, as the marking requirements have
been incorporated into ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
Definitions
WaterSense has removed the definition of an electrohydraulic toilet because it is incorporated
by reference in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
WaterSense has revised the definition of a pressure -assist toilet to use language consistent with
definitions included in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
WaterSense has revised the definition of rated flush volume to be consistent with the definition
included in other WaterSense product specifications. The new definition clarifies that the rated
flush volume is specified by the manufacturer and verified through testing to ensure compliance
with the specification.
Appendix A: Fixture Performance Testing Protocol (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
As mentioned previously, a majority of the fixture performance testing protocol, originally
provided in Appendix A of Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in
the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. One exception is the flush volume measurement
limits that dictate whether the toilet passes, fails, or should be readjusted for testing. To reduce
redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has subsequently moved these requirements to
Section 3.0 and has removed the entirety of Appendix A from the specification. This change
does not affect the specification's original requirements or intent.
Appendix B: Fill Valve Integrity Test Protocol (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
As mentioned previously, the fill valve integrity test protocol, originally provided in Appendix B of
Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA
B45.1 standard. To reduce redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has subsequently
removed the entirety of Appendix B from the specification. This change does not affect the
specification's original requirements or intent.
Appendix C: Tank Trim Adjustability Testing Protocol (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
As mentioned previously, the tank trim adjustability testing protocol, originally provided in
Appendix C of Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in the ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. To reduce redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has
June 2, 2014

6
F PA Summary of Revisions to the
aterSe stWaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
subsequently removed the entirety of Appendix C from the specification. This change does not
affect the specification's original requirements or intent.
Appendix A: Requirements for WaterSense Labeling
Section 3.3 Product Packaging Marking and Labeling
Section 3.3 of Appendix A provides additional product packaging marking and labeling
requirements for toilet tanks and bowls that are packaged and sold individually. Version 1.1
prohibited the WaterSense label on toilet bowl packaging that indicated compatibility with flush
volumes greater than the rated flush volume identified in this specification. WaterSense
developed that requirement to prevent confusion about whether a bowl with an advertised flush
volume higher than the maximum allowed by the specification was actually labeled.
The new bowl marking requirements identified in ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1, and now
incorporated by reference in the specification, should eliminate this confusion as toilet bowls can
be marked with a dual consumption marking or a consumption range to indicate compatibility
with multiple flush volumes. Therefore, EPA is now requiring the toilet tank and bowl packaging,
in all cases, to bear the WaterSense label.
Timeline for Compliance with Version 1.2 of the Specification
Version 1.2 of this specification goes into effect June 2, 2014. EPA is providing manufacturers
with a six-month grace period to begin complying with the new requirements. By December 2,
2014 all certification activities must be completed in accordance with Version 1.2 of this
specification, in order for tank -type toilets to earn the WaterSense label. The existing licensing
agreements between EPA and the licensed certifying body will remain in full force and effect.
June 2, 2014

Clothes Washer
Clothes Washer I Home Water Works
Terms of Use
Water Calculator
Water Conservation
Tips
Indoor Water Use
Toilets
Clothes Washer
Showers
Faucet
Dishwasher
Leaks
DIY - Installation
How to Read Your
Water Meter
Landscape & Irrigation
Water & Energy
About Us
Crisp, Clean Clothes Without the Waste
Washing laundry is a significant use of water in the average home; accounting for
15% to 40% of the overall water consumption inside the typical household of four
persons. The average American family washes almost 400 loads of laundry each
year.
Water Factor
Because washers come in various sizes and capacity, the water efficiency of
clothes washers is rated using the term "Water Factor" to accurately compare water
use. Water Factor (WF) is measured by the quantity of water (gallons) used to wash each cubic foot of laundry.
Older Washers
An old school washer will use approximately 40 to 45 gallons (151.4 L to 170.3 L) of water per load and have a
water factor of 10 or higher. A family of four using a standard clothes washer will generate more than 300 loads
per year, consuming 12,000 gallons (45.4 m3) of water annually.
High Efficiency Washers
New, High -Efficiency Washers (HEW) (front loading or top loading machines are available) can use 14 to 25
gallons (53 L to 94.6 L) of water per load and will have a water factor of 8 or less. Replacing an old and
inefficient clothes washer can reduce this water use by more than 6,000 gallons per year (22.7 m3), save energy,
clean the clothes better, and reduce fabric wear.
Clothes Washer Water Saving Tips
1. Run full loads only, even if the washer has an adjustable load setting. A full load is the most efficient way to
wash clothes.
2. Replace the old inefficient clothes washer with a new high -efficiency model to save water and energy.
https://www.home-water-works.org/indoor-use/clothes-washer 1 /2

Clothes Washer I Home Water Works
More Information About Clothes Washers
Standard Washers
The standard top loading clothes washer, using a vertical -axis drum, has changed
little from General Electric's design in 1947. The vertical axis design requires enough
water in the drum to suspend the fabric in the soapy water while the agitator churns
the clothes to help remove dirt and stains. The large amount of water required to
suspend the fabric in the tub limits the ability for this type of washer to efficiently use
water. Historically, vertical axis washers consumed 45 gallons per load (170 L),
though newer models of the past few years have reduced this to less than 40 gallons
per load (151.4 L). Even the best designs manufactured today require more than 9
gallons (34.1 L) of water per cubic foot of capacity (28.31 L).
J
0
High -Efficiency Washers
High -efficiency front or top loading washers facilitate greater efficiency because they use less
water and energy. These high-tech machines are proven to be more effective in cleaning the
clothes with less water, and is gentler on the fabric when compared to old -school vertical axis
washers. Additional benefits of lower water use are: a) less laundry detergent is required; and, b)
less water needs to be heated resulting in energy conservation. Most high -efficiency washers use
only 15 to 30 gallons (56.8 to 113.6 L) of water to wash the same amount of clothes as older
washers (29 to 45 gallons per load (109.7 to 170 L). The most efficient washers use less than 5
gallons (18.9 L) per cubic foot of capacity.
Water Efficiency of Washers
The smaller the water factor rating, the more water efficient the clothes washer. A typical
residential clothes washer has a capacity of approximately 3 cubic foot, though sizes range from
1.7 cubic feet (48.13 L) to more than 4.2 cubic feet (118.9 L) for the extra large capacity machines. The Water
Factor provides a means to directly compare water efficiency of different sized machines.
Efficiency Example
Washer A uses 32 gallons of water per load (wash and rinse cycles) with a 4 cubic foot capacity of laundry; thus,
has a Water Factor rating of 8 (32-4=8).
Washer B uses 30 gallons of water (wash and rinse cycles) with a 2.5 cubic foot capacity; thus, has a Water
Factor rating of 12 (30-2.5=12).
Washer A uses water more efficiently (WF=8) than Washer B (WF=12). While Washer A uses slightly more
water per load, it can clean 40% more clothes per load.
Looking for a New Water Efficient Washer?
When buying a new machine, finding the Water Factor rating of a clothes washer is not always easy. Though
manufacturers measure Water Factors for each model of washer, manufacturers are not required to display the
rating on the machine. Fortunately, the Energy Star Program reports Water Factors and energy use for nearly
evert HEW in the market.
Listing of High Efficiency Clothes Washers
Are you in the market for a new clothes washer? The most recent listings of high -efficiency clothes washers are
provided here:
CEE Residential Clothes Washers Qualifitinq Product List
https://www.home-water-works.org/indoor-use/clothes-washer 2/2

`r`e-Weyzel
Energy Efficient Washing Machine I ENERGY STAR
CLOTHES WASHERS
OVERVIEW
SPECIFICATION
BUYING GUIDANCE
PROMOTIONS
For Partners
The average American family washes about 300 loads of laundry each year. ENERGY STAR can help families cut their related
energy and water costs. ENERGY STAR certified clothes washers use about 25% less energy and 33% less water than
regular washers. Over the lifetime of the product, models that have earned the ENERGY STAR can save $380 in energy costs.
They have a greater tub capacity which means you can wash fewer loads to clean the
same amount of laundry. They are available in front -load and top -load models from brands
including Blomberg, Asko, GE, Kenmore, LG, Samsung, Whirlpool, and many more. ENERGY
STAR top -load models utilize new technologies that do not require the tub to fill with
water. They clean using sophisticated wash systems to flip or spin clothes through a -
stream of water. Many have sensors to monitor incoming water levels and temperature.
They also rinse clothes with repeated high-pressure spraying instead of soaking them in a
full tub of water.
Consider the following:
• Use less energy. On average, a new ENERGY STAR certified clothes washer uses 316 kWh of electricity and can save
you about $35 a year on your utility bills compared to a standard model.
• Use less water. A full-sized ENERGY STAR certified clothes washer uses 14 gallons of water per load, compared to
the 20 gallons used by a standard machine. That's a savings of more than 2,000 gallons of water, per year!!
• Is your washer over 10 years old? It's estimated that there are 74 million top -loading washers and 24 million front -
loading washers - 26 million of which are at least 10 years old, still in use across the country. Washers that are
approximately 10 years old are significantly less efficient than newer models. Together, these inefficient washers
cost consumers about $4.7 billion each year in energy and water. If you have a standard clothes washer that is
approximately 10 years old, it's costing you, on average $185 a year.
If every clothes washer purchased in the U.S. was ENERGY STAR certified, we could save more than $3.3 billion each year
and prevent more than 19 billion pounds of annual greenhouse gas emissions, equal to the emissions from more than 1.8
million vehicles.
https://www.energystar.gov/products/appliances/clothes—washers

5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from
Single Family Dwellings.

a -
Executive Summary
Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings
Study done for the Michigan Technical Advisory Council for Onsite Wastewater Treatment
Danielle N. McEachin and Ted L. Loudon
Student Intern and Professor, respectively,
Agricultural Engineering Department
Michigan State University
The purpose of this study was to collect, organize and present what is known about the amount of wastewater that can be expected to flow from dwellings. Th
goal is to provide designers and regulators with an actual flow based data set from which to develop design flow numbers for sizing systems. The data in this
document comes from a variety of sources. Most were found on the Internet, some were found in the library, and others were provided from file data collected
by entities in Michigan. The study was restricted to data collected during the years 1980-2000, so that the values determined would be representative of life
styles of the present generation. In fact, only two numbers in the data tables are from before 1987.
A group of studies providing metered home water use rates presented in units of gpd per capita from around the country were reviewed and summarized.
When averages were weighted based on the number of homes per study, the overall weighted average per capita daily water use was just under 51 gpd (Table
1). The value of this data is limited by the fact that much of the data was total use, including outdoor water use, and had to have a correction factor applied.
Numerous sources containing recommended per capita design flows were reviewed. Most recommendations are in the 50-70 gpd/c range (Table 4).
Perhaps the most valuable data is data gathered in Michigan. A study of metered data from 700 homes in southern Michigan showed an average daily use
per home of 214.3 gallons. The three bedroom home average was 221.3 gpd (74 gpd/br) and the four bedroom average was 285.5 gpd (71 gpd/br). A study
of measured flows from 66 homes in Jackson County showed flows of 56 gpd per bedroom.
Average per person flows, averaged over large numbers of people, appear to be in the 50-55 gpd/c range. Average flows expressed per bedroom, for 3-4
bedroom homes appear to be in the 70-75 gpd/br range. While bedrooms do not generate flow, people do, it is common to design on the basis of number of
bedrooms since occupancy varies. For large clusters of homes, designing on the basis of 75 gpd/br would appear to be supported by the data available. For
an individual home design, a significant safety or peaking factor must be applied. Many of the references consulted suggest a factor of 2 or even 2.5. Use of
a high design flow for individual homes helps to compensate for the state of the art in site evaluation and the occasional high water use occupancy.
The Technical Advisory Council will produce a companion guidance document providing recommendations for applying this data in design
recommendations.
Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings
Study done for the Michigan Technical Advisory Council for Onsite Wastewater Treatment
Danielle N. McEachin and Ted L. Loudon
Student Intern and Professor, respectively,
Agricultural Engineering Department
Michigan State University
Purpose: Rational design of wastewater treatment and dispersal systems is based on the flow that the system must be able to handle. This is usually
expressed on a daily flow basis and typically includes a factor of safety which is large for individual home systems and may be reduced as systems are
clustered together. The purpose of this study was to collect, organize and present what is known about the amount of wastewater that can be expected to
flow from dwellings. The goal is to provide designers and regulators with an actual flow based data set from which to develop design flow numbers for
sizing systems.
The data in this document comes from a variety of sources. Most were found on the Internet, some were found in the library, and others were provided from
file data collected by entities in Michigan. Every effort was made to ensure that the data reflect indoor water use, which eliminates most consumptive uses
and represents the flow that would be expected in the wastewater system. Because consumptive uses are hard to eliminate completely, particularly in and
climates, we restricted our data to the more humid states. One exception is that a study from Denver, CO is included in which a significant effort was made
to eliminate outdoor consumptive uses in the design of the study. The numbers in the Colorado study are higher than those from more humid states but we
cannot determine exactly what the reason for this might be. Wherever total water use numbers were encountered they were multiplied by a factor of 0.70 to
give indoor water use only. These values are indicated by a *. This factor is based on the findings of multiple studies which measured both indoor and
outdoor usage. We restricted our selection of data to include only data collected during the years 1980-2000, so that the values determined would be
representative of life styles of the present generation. In fact, only two numbers in the data tables are from before 1987, and these are from a study deemed
to be sufficiently reliable that we did not wish to exclude it.
The data are divided into four tables. Table I contains data from literature and internal sources that were obtained through actual measurement. This means
that the numbers were derived from meter readings at occupied residences. These numbers are from studies where multiple homes were metered and the
indoor water use was determined. Only some of these studies reported indoor water use only. For those where the reported values were total use, the 0.70
factor was used to obtain indoor water use numbers. See footnotes following the tabulated data for the basis of this factor. The study done by the American

Water Works Association Research Foundation metered 1188 homes to obtain their data. The Denver Board of Water Commissioners metered 5649 homes
in the city and county of Denver.
The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development has conducted many studies on residential water use. In some of their work, they designed
studies to obtain as diverse a group of homes as possible by gathering data on each household through issuing a questionnaire to each resident. Their study
entitled "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" included water meter data from over 200 homes. They also conducted a study of flow from apartment
buildings in which they collected data from 23 buildings. The apartments were noted to be especially leaky and they found unusually high per capita water
use. The U.S. Geological Survey published a table with water use values for every state. We selected data from the more humid states and applied the 0.70
factor to obtain indoor water use values. Data were collected from homes where the water supply was from both self -supplied (SS) and public -supplied (PS)
sources.
Table 2 contains data that was found through actual measurement but is presented as gallons per day per home. The Michigan study done by Equinox Inc.
for use in the design of the Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision metered over 700 homes in Livingston and Oakland counties and determined average
water use per dwelling. The first 7 entries in Table 2 represent flows averaged over multiple single family dwellings and would be representative of flows to
be expected from a cluster of homes. The average flow equals 159 GPD/home over 640 homes. The Michigan Department of Environmental Quality study
involved determination of metered flows from over 500 homes in Oakland County and Highland Township. Both of these Michigan studies are believed to
be highly reliable but resulted in per home flows that were higher.
Table 3 contains data found through actual measurement but the values were presented in the original studies in units of gallons per day per bedroom. This
data is from a study done by the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. In this study, 66 homes were metered in Jackson County and the size of
home determined so that the data could be presented in terms of a per bedroom water use average.
Table 4 contains data from publications which give representative numbers that are recommended for design of wastewater systems. These are not well
referenced so it is unclear whether they originally came from actual use studies or are estimates, possibly including a safety factor, that are simply repeated
from another publication. These sources were mostly found on the Internet.
After the tables are a set of statements and observations gleaned from literature. The effect of income level and household size on water use is analyzed.
Our reasons for using the 0.70 factor are given, a comparison of self -supplied and public -supplied water use is given. Typical times of peak water use are
analyzed as are the effects of metering and water pressure.
Conclusions that can be drawn:
From Table 1, the per capita metered indoor water use data from nationwide studies show an average value of 69 gallons per person per day. The per capita
data obtained by applying the 0.70 factor to total water use data found in humid climates shows an average value of 55.2 gallons per day, with a self -supplied
average of 50.5, a public -supplied average of 57.7 and a range of 35-86.8. The weighted average per capita water use data for all homes in Table 1 show an
overall average use of 50.7 gallons per day, with a self -supplied use of 51.1 and a public -supplied use of 50.47.
The per home metered indoor data in Table 2 shows an average of 214.3, with a 3 bedroom average of 221.3, a 4 bedroom average of 285.5 and a range of
140-327. The first 7 entries in Table 2 represents measured flow data from 640 Michigan homes and shows an average of 159 GPD/home.
The nationwide data sets show somewhat higher per capita water use. Humid region data suggest that average per capita indoor water use averages between
50 and 70 gpd. Total water use per home averages between 160 and 285 GPD with the larger figure for larger homes.
This should be considered a work in progress. We would like to include additional data. If the reader has or is aware of additional data that could be
included, we would like to receive it. This summary will be modified if additional data are received or otherwise located.
Residential Water Consumption Data, From a Variety of Sources
Table 1. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/Person
Sponsor Source
AWWA Research
Foundation
Denver Board of
Water
Commissioners
Rhode Island
Governor's Office of
Housing, Energy,
and
Intergovernmental
Relations
Study Area of Study
httD://www.awwarf.com/exsums/90781.htm Residential End
12 study sites,
Uses of Water
across the U.S.
[Prof ect#241 1
Litke and Kauffman, "Analysis of Residential Use of
16 groups of
Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, CO, 1980-87
homes in the
city and county
of Denver
M. A. Horn, P.A. Craft & Lisa Bratton, "Estimation of
Cumberland,
Water Withdrawal and Distribution, Water Use, and
Rhode Island
Wastewater Collection and Return Flow in
Cumberland, Rhode Island, 1988
Report by: Danielle McEachin
Time Period
Indoor
Type of
Per capita
use or
Dwelling
daily
Total
water use
use?
Copyright1999
Indoor
1,188 Single-
69.3,
family
Including
homes
Leakage
Data From
Indoor
5,649 Single-
64-119
1980-87
family
Mean =
homes
85.6
Data From
Indoor
Single-
70 SS
1988
and
family
(Total)
Total
homes
77 PS
(Indoor)
&90PS
(Total)
U.S. Department of Brown and Caldwell, "Residential Water Saved by Nationwide Data from Indoor 200 Single- 66.2
Housing and Urban Water Conservation Projects, Low -flow 1983 family
Development, Office Summary Report", 1984 Fixtures homes

of Policy
Retrofit of Washington,
Data From
Indoor
23
100**
Development and
Apartment D.
C.
1981
Apartment
Including
Research
Buildings
buildings
Leakage
Table 1. (cont.)
Source Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per
Sponsor
Period
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
United States
http://water.usgs.eov//watuse/tables/dotab.st.html Table12.
Alabama
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
Geological Survey
Domestic
From
homes
70* PS
Freshwater Use
1990
by State (States
Arkansas
Data
Indoor
Single-family
61.6* SS
chosen with
From
homes
74.2* PS
humidity similar
1990
to that of
Connecticut
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
Michigan)
From
homes
49* PS
1990
Delaware
Data
Indoor
Single-family
55.3* SS
From
homes
54.6* PS
1990
Georgia
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
From
homes
80.5* PS
1990
Illinois
Data
Indoor
Single-family
58.8* SS
From
homes
63* PS
1990
Indiana
Data
Indoor
Single-family
53.2* SS
From
homes
53.2* PS
1990
Kentucky
Data
Indoor
Single-family
35* SS
From
homes
49* PS
1990
Louisiana
Data
Indoor
Single-family
58.1* SS
From
homes
86.8* PS
1990
Maine
Data
Indoor
Single-family
63* SS
From
homes
40.6* PS
1990
Maryland
Data
Indoor
Single-family
58.1* SS
From
homes
73.5* PS
1990
Massachusetts
Data
Indoor
Single-family
50.4* SS
From
homes
46.2* PS
1990
Michigan
Data
Indoor
Single-family
51.1* SS
From
homes
53.9* PS
1990
Mississippi
Data
Indoor
Single-family
35* SS
From
homes
86.1* PS
1990
Table 1. (cont.)
Sponsor
Source Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per
Period
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
United States
http://water.uses.eov//watuse/tables/dotab.st.htm] Table12.
Missouri
Data
Indoor
Single-family
42* SS
Geological Survey
Domestic
From
homes
59.5* PS
Freshwater Use
1990
by State (States
New Hampshire
Data
Indoor
Single-family
45.5* SS
chosen with
From
homes
49.7* PS
humidity similar
1990
to that of
New Jersey
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
Michigan)
From
homes
52.5* PS
(cont.)
1990
New York
Data
Indoor
Single-family
40.6* SS
From
homes
83.3* PS
1990
North Carolina
Data
Indoor
Single-family
38.5* SS
From
homes
39.9* PS
1990

Ohio
Data
From
1990
Pennsylvania
Data
From
1990
Rhode Island
Data
From
1990
South Carolina
Data
From
1990
Tennessee
Data
From
1990
Vermont
Data
From
1990
Virginia
Data
From
1990
West Virginia
Data
From
1990
Wisconsin
Data
From
1990
Table 1. (cont.)
Sponsor
Source Study
Area of
Time
Study
Period
United States
http://oh.water.usgLgov/i��?tCr use/95hue.html Estimated Water
Ohio
Data
Geological Survey
Use for Ohio, 1995,
From
by Hydrologic
1995
Cataloging Unit
Michigan Department of Public Health Oakland County Oakland
Water County, MI
Use/Population
Study
SS = Self -supplied
PS = Public -supplied
*Converted to Indoor Use From Total Use by using the formula Indoor Use = (0.70) Total Use
** This study stated these apartments to have an especially large amount of leakage and
therefore the numbers from these apartments were not used in any averages
Table 2. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/Home
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
homes
37.5* PS
Indoor
Single-family
36.4* SS
homes
43.4* PS
Indoor
Single-family
49* SS
homes
46.9* PS
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
homes
53.2* PS
Indoor
Single-family
45.5* SS
homes
59.5* PS
Indoor
Single-family
50.4* SS
homes
56* PS
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
homes
52.5* PS
Indoor
Single-family
56* SS
homes
51.8* PS
Indoor
Single-family
42.7* SS
homes
36.4* PS
Indoor
Type of
Per
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
Indoor
Single-family
70 SS*
homes
50 PS*
Data Total 1512 56.7*
From bedroom
1991 homes
4453 49*
bedroom
homes
1864 51.8*
bedroom
homes
30 5 bedroom 57.4*
homes
Average per capita indoor water use = 50.76
SS average per capita indoor water use = 51.1
PS average per capita indoor water use = 50.47
Range of per capita water use = 35-100
Sponsor
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor use
Type of Dwelling
GPD/
Period
or Total
Home
use?
Equinox, Inc., Stephens
Daniel C. Schrauben and David R.
Deer Creek
Data From
Indoor
3 single-family
148
Consulting, Inc.
Beschke, "Basis of Design, Flow
1990
homes
Adjustment, Wastewater System, Mill
Greenock Hills
Data From
Indoor
20 single-family
158
Valley Condominium Subdivision", June
No. 3
1990
homes
17, 1999.
Lake Tyrone
Data From
Indoor
182 single-family
165
1990
homes
Portage Bay
Data From
Indoor
20 single family
140
1990
homes
Runyan Lake
Data From
Indoor
274 single-family
164
1990
homes
Sandy Creek
Data From
Indoor
5 single-family
154
1990
homes
Tanglewood
??
Indoor
136 single-family
145

homes
City of Novi
Data From
Indoor
4 bedroom home
327
1990-1992
City of Novi
Data From
Indoor
3 bedroom home
234
1990-1992
Eagle Ravine
Data From
Indoor
8 Single-family
270
1990
homes
Milford Bluffs
Data From
Indoor
3 bedroom home
222
1990
Milford Bluffs
Data From
Indoor
4 bedroom home
255
1990
Settler's Pointe
Data From
Indoor
3 bedroom home
213
1990
Table 2. (cont.)
Sponsor
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor use
Type of Dwelling
GPD/
Period
or Total
Home
use?
Equinox, Inc., Stephens
Daniel C. Schrauben and David R.
Settler's Pointe
Data From
Indoor
4 bedroom home
281
Consulting, Inc.
Beschke, "Basis of Design, Flow
1990
Adjustment, Wastewater System, Mill
Valley Condominium Subdivision", June
Village of Milford
??
Indoor
4 bedroom home
209
17, 1999.
Village of Milford
??
Indoor
3 bedroom home
206
(cont.)
Michigan Department of
Oakland County Water Use/Population
Oakland County,
Data From
Total
3 Bedroom home
197
Public Health
Study
MI
1991
4 Bedroom home
257
Highland Township, Four Bedroom and
Highland
Data From
Total
3 Bedroom home
256
Three Bedroom Water Usage Comparison
Township
1993
4 Bedroom home
284
Average
per home indoor water use (all homes) = 214.3
Average
indoor water
use (3 bedroom
homes) = 221.3
Average
indoor water
use (4 bedroom
homes) = 285.5
Range of indoor water
use (all homes) = 140-327
Table 3. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/BR
Sponsor Study Area of Study
Michigan Department of Engineering Company Review of One
Public Health Subdivision, Jackson County
Table 4. Sources using published numbers (recommended for design use)
Sponsor Source
Auburn httn://hennes.ecn.Durdue.edu/cei/converlwa?7696
University
Domestic
httn://freehostingl.at.webium).com/6eba64886/nu/numnman-
Wastewater
webjump/plan.htm
Systems &
Pump Talk,
R.L. Peeks
Pump Sales
Individual
http://www.co.scott.mn.us/FH/TSTS/septic.htm
Sewage
Treatment
System
(ISTS), Scott
County
Kennewick
httn://www.ci.kennewick.wa.us/nw/watercon.htm
Public
Works
Department
Michigan
httn://hennes.ecn.Durdue.edu/cei/convertwa?5373
State
Jackson County
Time
Indoor use
Type of Dwelling GPD/
Period
or Total
Bedroom
use?
Data From
Total
66 single-family 56
1991
homes (3 & 4
bedrooms)
Study
Area of
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per capita
Study
Period
use or
Dwelling
daily
Total
water use
use?
Conserving
Alabama
Data
Indoor
Single-
50-70
Water,
From
family
Developing
1995
homes
Water -
Conserving
Habits: A
Checklist
Planning
N/A
Last
Indoor
Single-
75
Your Water
Modified
family
System
May
homes
2000
Water Usage Minnesota Data
and Your From
On -Site 1990
Sewage
Treatment
System
Indoor Single- 52.5*-70*
family
homes
32 Tips on Washington
Last
Indoor Single- 63.75
Water
Modified
family
Conservation
June
homes
2000
How to Michigan
Data
Indoor Single- 50-70
Conserve
from
family

University,
Water in
Extension
Your Home
and Yard
Missouri
httD://www.dnr.state.mo.us/de/residential/waterusage.htm Residential
Missouri
Department
Energy
of Natural
Efficiency,
Resources,
Water Usage
Energy
Center
North
http://www.bae.nesu.edu/bae/programs/extension/publicat/wcwm/he25O.htm] Focus on
North
Carolina
Residential
Carolina
Cooperative
Water
Extension
Conservation
Services
Polk County,
httD://www.co.Dolk.ia.us/deDartments/conserv/kids.aSD.htnl Water
Iowa
Department
Conservation
of Water
for Kids
Conservation
Sponsor Source
Study
Prairie Water http://www.cuantumlvnx.com/water/back/vol]2nol/v2l st2.html Bill
News, Vol. 12, Anderson,
no. 1 "Water Use
Trends on the
Prairies"
Ron Crites and George Tchobanoglous, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater
Management Systems, 1999.
1987 homes
Last Indoor Single- 50
Modified family
Mar. homes
2000
Last
Indoor Single- 52.5*
Modified
family
Mar.
homes
1996
Last
Indoor Single- 50
Modified
family
June
homes
2000
Area of Study Time
Period
Saskatchewan Spring,
1992
N/A
United States
httD://www.eDa.gov/OGWDW/wot/howmuch.htn l
How Much
N/A
Environmental
Drinking
Protection
Water Do We
Agency (EPA),
Use in Our
Office of Water
Homes
United States
httD://water.usgs.gov/outreach/Doster3/grade school/Page7.html
Water
N/A
Geological
Resources
Survey
Outreach
Program
University of
http://hennes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?7541
Home Water
Arkansas
Arkansas
Use
Management
University of
httD://hermes.ecn.Durdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?6229
Conserving
Georgia
Georgia
Water at
Home
University of
http://hennes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?6453
Conserving
Maine
Maine
Water at
Home
Sponsor Source
University httD://he—es.ecn.Durdue.edu/cgi/covertwa?5321
of
Maryland
Indoor Type of Per
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
Indoor
Single-
50 SS
family
homes
Copyright, Indoor High rise 55
1999
Low rise
55
Hotel
40
Newer
70
home
Older
50
home
Summer
40
cottage
Motel
100
w/kitchen
Motel w/o
95
kitchen
Trailer
40
park
Last
Indoor Single-
54.5
Modified
family
June 2000
homes
Last
Indoor
Single-
79
Modified
family
Mar. 2000
homes
Data From
Indoor
Single-
1992
family
homes
Data From
Indoor
Single-
1991
family
homes
Data From
Indoor
Single-
1991
family
homes
Study Area of Time
Study Period
Margaret T. Maryland ??
Ordonez,
"Water
Conservation
63.75
50-75
45-50
Indoor Type of Per
use or Dwelling capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
Indoor Single-
50-75
family
homes

University http://www.extension.umn.edu/distribution/vouthdevelopment/components/032R-
of 05.html
Minnesota
University http://hennes.een.purdue.edu/cLi/converhvc96425
of Rhode
Island
In the
Home."
Water Use
and
Conservation
Alyson
McCann and
Thomas P.
Husband,
"Water
Conservation
In and
Around the
Home.",
1999.
SS = Self -supplied
PS = Public -supplied
*Converted to indoor use from total use by using the formula Indoor Use = (0.70) Total Use
Interesting Observations on the Effects of Some Factors on Water Use
Minnesota Last
Indoor Single- 50
Modified
family
June
homes
2000
Rhode Data
Indoor Single- 50-75
Island From
family
1991
homes
Range of per capita water use for homes = 40-79
Water -conserving toilets were shown to leak more often than non -conserving ones in the "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" study done by the U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development.
Effects of income level and household size on water use:
To determine the effects of income on residential water use, the study "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" by the U.S Department of Housing
and Urban Development compared the average interior water use in gallons per capita -day for each household with the average income range for
that household. The scatter plot of this data showed a wide variation of per capita water use within each income range.
The average interior water use values for each income bracket were also compared, and showed little or no correlation between income and water
use.
In this same study, the average interior water use in gpcd was compared with household size. A wide variation of water usage within each
household size was observed. However, the comparison of average interior water use for each group of household sizes did show a decreasing
trend in per capita use as the number of people in the house increased.
If outside use were also included in this study, a correlation between income and water use would most likely be observed, due to bigger yard
size and pools.
In the study, "Analysis of Residential Use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co", it was found that Indoor water use correlated best with
persons per household and that correlation with assessed value was very low.
The Oakland County Water Use/Population Study also showed little or no correlation between assessed value and water use.
It is interesting to note, however, that homes with low incomes may not have washing machines or dishwashers, while homes with higher
incomes usually do. This could have a great effect on water use.
Indoor water use as a function of total water use:
Indoor water use is said to be about seventy-five percent of total water use in the document, "Focus on Residential Water Conservation" by the North
Carolina Cooperative Extension Service.
The book "Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Systems" states that, "If a community has a water system but not a wastewater
collection system, the average wastewater flow -rate can be estimated by multiplying the water use by a factor of sixty -eighty percent, depending on
the landscaping." This is approximately equivalent to saying that base water use is sixty -eighty percent of total water use.
The Oakland County Water Use/Population Study shows a difference between winter and summer water use of sixty-six percent.
Based on these observations some of the total water use data in the above table was multiplied by a factor of 0.70 to get the indoor water use.
The study "Analysis of Residential use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co" states that, "Water used to grow lawns in Denver is forty-two
percent of water consumption." This is because Colorado is a very dry state.
Times of peak water use:
In the study, "Analysis of Residential Use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co", it is stated that, "more water is used in the summer, on
Sundays, and from 7 a.m.— 9 a.m."
On the ETA's website "How Much Drinking Water Do We Use In Our Homes?", it states that
The lowest rate of use is from 11:30 p.m. to 5:00 a.m.
There is a sharp rise in use from 5:00 a.m. to noon, with a peak hourly use from 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m.
There is a moderate use from noon to 5:00 p.m., with a lull around 3:00 p.m.
There is an increase in use in the evening from 5:00 to 11:00 p.m., with the second minor peak from 6:00 to 8:00 p.m.
Metered versus flat rate customers:
The study, "Water Saved by Metering", done by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development compares metered customers' water use
with that of flat rate customers.
Denver is unique because it has both metered and flat rate customers. Since 1957, all new homes have been required to be metered. In spite of this,
most customers are flat rate because they pre-existed this policy. Because of this, nearly identical homes in the same area can have different billing
systems.
To study the effect of metering, one group of twenty-five metered homes and two groups of flat -rate homes (forty-two homes total) were identified,
and there water use data collected for a period of three -years.
The test groups were selected so those factors such as fire hydrants and downstream water uses were eliminated.
Over the three-year period of data collection, water use in metered homes averaged about 453 gallons per day (total, 42% is yard watering), and
water use in flat -rate homes averaged about 566 gpd. Thus, metered homes used twenty -percent less water than flat -rate homes.
The basic effect of metering is to reduce the amount of water used for irrigation. Therefore, water use would be reduced more in a dry area such as
Denver than a more humid area.
Effect of water pressure on water use:
- Reducing water pressure can be one means of reducing water use. A decrease in water pressure causes a decrease in water flow related to the square
root of pressure drop.

Many water use appliances regulate the volume of water they use, eliminating the effect of water pressure. Water pressure does, however, have an
effect on water leakage and outdoor water use.
The U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development did a study on water pressure entitled, "Effect of Water Pressure on Water Use", in which
they studied different pressure zones in Denver, Los Angeles, and Atlanta. They found a difference of about two -three percent in the water use of
homes with high compared to low pressure (difference of about 35 psi).
Equations Related to Water Use
The book, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Systems", states that the equation for flow from a residence can be given as: Flow,
gal/home*day = 40 gal/home*day + 35 gal/person*day x (number of persons/home).
The document, "Water Use", given to me by Larry Stephens describes three types of residences, with separate equations for estimating water use.
In a Type I residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 800 square feet, or more than two of
the following water -use appliances are installed: automatic washer, dishwasher. In a Type I residence the estimated water use is equal to 150
gpd/bedroom. This assumes an occupancy of two people per bedroom, each using 75 gpd.
In a Type II residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 500 square feet and there are no more
than two water -use appliances. Water use in a Type II residence is obtained by multiplying 75 times a factor equal to the number of bedrooms
plus one.
In a Type III residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 500 square feet and there are no
more than two water -use appliances. Water use in a Type III residence is obtained from the formula: 66+38(number of bedrooms +1).
References
Anderson, Bill. 2000. Water Use Trends on the Prairies. Prairie Water News Vol. 12, No. 1 (1992) August 2000.
<httn://www.auantumlvnx.com/water/back/vol2nol/v21 st2.html>.
AWWA Research Foundation Webpage. 2000. "Residential End Uses of Water
[Project#241]" June2000<httD://www.aw-warf.com/exsums/90781.htm>.
Brown and Caldwell. 1984. Residential Water Conservation Projects, Summary Report. USDHUD.
University of Georgia. August 2000. Conserving Water At Home.
<httn://hermes.ecn.Durdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?6229>.
University of Maine. August 2000. Conserving Water At Home.
<httn://hermes.ecn.Durdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?6453>.
Auburn University. August 2000. Conserving Water, Developing Water -Conserving Habits: A Checklist. <httn://hermes.ecn.nurdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?
7696>.
Crites, Ron and Tchobanoglous, George, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater
Management Systems", 1999.
R. L. Peeks Pump Sales. July 2000. Domestic Wastewater Systems and Pump Talk.
<httn://freehostingI.at.we.bjumn.com/6eba64886/pu/pumpman
webjump/plan.htm>.
United States Geological Survey. August 2000. Estimated Use of Water in the U. S. in 1990. <httn://water.usg5.aov//watuse/tables/dotab.st.html>.
United States Geological Survey. August 2000. Estimated Water Use for Ohio, 1995. <httD://oh.water.usga..gov/wat(-,r—].Ase/95.hue.html>.
North Carolina Cooperative Extension Service. August 2000. Focus on Residential Water Conservation.
<httn: //www.bae.n esu.edu/bae/program s/exten si on /nub] i cat/wowm /he250.htm 1.
University of Arkansas. August 2000. Home Water Use Management.
<httn: //herm es.een.Durdue.edu/cgi /con vertwa97541>.
Horn, M.A., Craft, P.A., Bratton, Lisa. 1988. Estimation of Water Withdrawal and
Distribution, Water Use, and Wastewater Collection and Return Flow in Cumberland, Rhode Island. Rhode Island's Governor's Office of Housing,
Energy and Intergovernmental Relations.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Office of Water. August 2000. How Much Drinking Water Do We Use in Our Homes.
<httn://www.ena.gov/OGWDW/wot/howmuch.html>.
Michigan State University Extension. July 2000. How to Conserve Water in Your Home and Yard. <httn://hermes.en.nurdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?5373>.
Litke and Kauffman. 1988. Analysis of Residential use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area. Denver Board of Water Commissioners.
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. 1999. Oakland County Water
Use/Population Study, 1991, Highland Township Water Use Data, 1993, and Jackson County Sanitary Flow Comparison.
Missouri Department of Natural Resources Energy Center. August 2000. Residential Energy Efficiency.
<httn://www.dnr.state.mo.us/de/residential/waterusage.htm>.
Schrauben, Daniel and David Beschke. 1999. Basis of Design Flow Adjustment, Wastewater System Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision. Equinox Inc.
June 1999.

Polk County, Department of Water Conservation. August 2000. Water Conservation For Kids.
<httn://www.co.nolk.ia.us/departments/conserv/kids.asn.html>
U of Rhode Island. August 2000. Water Conservation In and Around the Home.
<httn://hermes.ecn.Durdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?6425>.
University of Maryland. August 2000. Water Conservation In the Home.
<httn://hermes.ecn.nurdue.edu/cgi/convertwa?5321>.
Unites States Geological Survey. August, 2000. Water Resources Outreach Program Page.
<httn://water.usgs.gov/outreach/noster3/grade_school/Page7.html>.
Water Usage and Your Onsite Sewage Treatment System. Individual Sewage Treatment System (ISTS), Scott County, MN. July 2000.
<httn://www.co.scott.mn.us/EH/ISTS/seDtiC.htm>.
University of Minnesota. August 2000. Water Use and Conservation.
<httn: //www.exten si on.umn.edu/di stributi on /vouthdevel onm en t/com non ents/0328-05.htm 1>.
Kennewick Public Works Department. July, 2000. 32 Tips on Water Conservation <httn://www.ci.kennewick.wa.us/nw/watercom.htm>

Page 1 of 3
Type: CONSOLIDATED REAL PROPERTY
Recorded: 6I4I2021 1:30:00 PM
Fee Amt: $126.00 Page 1 of 3
Revenue Tax: $100.00
Granville County, NC
Kathy M. Taylor Reg of Deeds
B K 1843 PG 927 - 929
Submitted electronically by Ronald J Antonelli. Esg in compliance with North Carolina statutes goverginn recordable
documents and the terms of the submitter agreement with the Granville Countv Register of Deeds.
This instrument prepared by, Ronald J Antonelli, a licensed North Carolina aWrney. Delinquent taxes, if any, to be paid by the
closing attorney to the county tax collector upon disbursement of closing proceeds.
EXCISE TAX: $100,00 RECORDING TIME, BOOK & PAGE
Tax Lot No Parcel Identifier No. 089401381440
Verified By. Granville County on the day of , 2021
Mail After Recording to: Grantee at 3428 Savan Ct, Raleigh NC 27613
This Instrument was prepared by: &nald J. Antonelli" Escr.
Brief Description for Index: Tract 5, 6.215 Acres, by Barry H. Oakes PA dated 1/29/2001, PB 26, PG 70, GCR
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
THIS DEED made this the �JL day of May 2021, by and between:
GRANTOR
Doxander Battle Allen
And spouse,
Kristen Marie Truman -Allen
2226 Forecastle Drive
Fort Collins CO 80524
GRANTEE
KelGe Dillinger
and husband,
Daniel Dillinger
404 Boswell Ct
Clayton, NC 2 752 7
Nicole DiWmger
3428 Savan Ct
Raleigh, NC 27613
Timothy Dillinger
13616 DurantRoad
Raleigh, NC 27614
Tenants in Common
Enter in appropriate block for each party: Name, Address, and if appropriate, character of entity, e.g. corporation or partnership
This property is ( ), is not (X) the primary residence of the Grantor.
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors and
assigns, and shall include singular, plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WiTNESSETH, that the Grantor, for good and valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, has and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the
Grantee in fee simple, all that certain lot or parcel of land situated -in the City/Town of Creedmoor._
Granville County, North Carolina and more particularly described as follows:

Page 2 of 3
SEE ATTACHED "mmiutT A
The Property herein described was acquired by instrument recorded in: Book 1827. Page 167-169
A Map showing the above -described property is recorded in Plat Book 26, Page 70
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances
thereto belonging to the Grantee in fee supple.
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor is seized of the premises in fee simple, has the
right to convey the same in fee simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all encumbrances, and
that Grantor will warrant and defend the title against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever except
for the exceptions hereinafter stated. Title to the property hereinabove described is subject to the
following exceptions:
Ad Valorem Real Property Taxes for 2021
Covenants, Easements and Restrictions of Record
I-N WITNESS WHEREOF the Grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal, or if corporate, has
caused this instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its duly authorized officers acid its seal to be
hereunto affixed by authority of its Board of Directors, the day and year f rst above written.
GRANTORS;
Daxander Batt Allen
�� +lS�j-t-Us►
Kristen Marie Truman -Allen
STATE OF at 0 clla , Li. Mef COUNTY
I certify that the following person(s) personally appeared before me this day, each acknowledging to me
that he/she/they voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the
capacity indicated:
Daxander Battle Allen and spouse Kristen Marie Truman -Allen
Today`s Date: May ZS , 2021.
STIAN ENRIQUE BAR . .
CRI BALENA
Notary blic NOTARY PUBLIC
Printed Name of Notary:C,lrS� ti } , Iewk STATE OF COLORADO
� 4v
My commission expires: �'L1 W PAf` f�OTARYID20184025181
&ILKION EXPIRES JUNE 15, 2022

Page 3 of 3
EXHIBIT A
BEING all of Tract #5 containing 6.215 acres on survey and plat of Barry H Oakes
Surveying P.A., entitled "Family Subdivision Survey for Sherry A Campbell, Cindi
A Cuthrell, Vickie A Thomas, Calvin Allen, Perrin Allen", dated January 29, 2001,
of record in Plat Book 26, Page 70, Granville County Registry, to which reference is
hereby made for a more particular description.
Property Commonly Known as Tract 5 Battle Caviness Road, Creedmoor NC 27522
PIN:089401381440